SPECIAL PUBLICATION 363

U.S.

EPARTMENT

OF

COMMERCE

National

Bureau

of

Standards

Bibliography

on Atomic Energy Levels

and Spectra

July 1968 through June 1971
NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

The National Bureau of Standards^ was established by an act of Congress March 3, 1901. The Bureau's overall goal is to strengthen and advance the Nation's science and

technology and facilitate their effective application for public benefit. To this end, the Bureau conducts research and provides: (1) a basis for the Nation's physical measure- ment system, (2) scientific and technological services for industry and government, (3) a technical basis for equity in trade, and (4) technical services to promote public safety.

The Bureau consists of the Institute for Basic Standards, the Institute for Materials

Research, the Institute for Applied Technology, the Center for Computer Sciences and

Technology, and the Office for Information Programs.

THE INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS provides the central basis within the United States of a complete and consistent system of physical measurement; coordinates

that system with measurement systems of other nations; and furnishes essential services leading to accurate and uniform physical measurements throughout the Nation's scientific community, industry, and commerce. The Institute consists of a Center for Radiation Research, an Office of Measurement Services and the following divisions: Applied Mathematics—Electricity—Heat—Mechanics—Optical Physics—^Linac Radiation^—Nuclear Radiation-—Applied Radiation^—Quantum Electronics^

Electromagnetics^—Time and Frequency'—Laboratory Astrophysics^—Cryogenics'.

THE INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH conducts materials research lead- ing to improved methods of measurement, standards, and data on the properties of

well-characterized materials needed by industry, commerce, educational institutions, and

Government; provides advisory and research services to other Government agencies;

and develops, produces, and distributes standard reference materials. The Institute consists of the Office of Standard Reference Materials and the following divisions: Analytical Chemistry—Polymers—Metallurgy—Inorganic Materials—Reactor

Radiation—Physical Chemistry.

THE INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY provides technical services to pro- mote the use of available technology and to facilitate technological innovation in industry and Government; cooperates with public and private organizations leading to the development of technological standards (including mandatory safety standards), codes

and methods of test; and provides technical advice and services to Government agencies

upon request. The Institute also monitors NBS engineering standards activities and

provides liaison between NBS and national and international engineering standards

bodies. The Institute consists of the following divisions and offices: Engineering Standards Services—Weights and Measures—Invention and

Innovation—Product Evaluation Technology—Building Research—Electronic

Technology—Technical Analysis—Measurement Engineering—Office of Fire Programs.

THE CENTER FOR COMPUTER SCIENCES AND TECHNOLOGY conducts re- search and provides technical services designed to aid Government agencies in improving cost effectiveness in the conduct of their programs through the selection, acquisition,

and effective utilization of automatic data processing equipment; and serves as the principal focus within the executive branch for the development of Federal standards for automatic data processing equipment, techniques, and computer languages. The Center

consists of the following offices and divisions: Information Processing Standards—Computer Information—Computer Services —Systems Development—Information Processing Technology.

THE OFFICE FOR INFORMATION PROGRAMS promotes optimum dissemination

and accessibility of scientific information generated within NBS and other agencies of

the Federal Government; promotes the development of the National Standard Reference

Data System and a system of information analysis centers dealing with the broader

aspects of the National Measurement System; provides appropriate services to ensure

that the NBS staff has optimum accessibility to the scientific information of the world,

and directs the public information activities of the Bureau. The Office consists of the following organizational units: Office of Standard Reference Data—Office of Technical Information and

Publications—Library—Office of International Relations.

1 Headquarters and Laboratories at Gaithersburg, Maryland, unless otherwise noted; mailing address Washington, D.C. 20234.

2 Part of the Center for Radiation Research

3 Located at Boulder, Colorado 80302.
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE • Peter G. Peterson, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS • Lawrence M. YMSWiER, Acting Director

Bibliography on Atomic Energy Levels and Spectra

July 1968 through June 1971

Lucy Hagan and W. C. Martin

Optical Physics Division

Institute for Basic Standards

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D.C. 20234

National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 363

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 363, 103 pages (June 1972) CODEN: XNBSAV

Issued June 1972

For sale by the Superntendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C 13.10;363), Price $1 Stock Number 0303- 0%2

Foreword

The National Standard Reference Data System was established in 1963 for the purpose of

promoting the critical evaluation and dissemination of numerical data of the physical sciences.

The program is coordinated by the Office of Standard Reference Data of the National Bureau of

Standards but involves the efforts of many groups in universities, government laboratories, and

private industry. The primary aim of the program is to provide compilations of critically evaluated physical and chemical property data. These tables are published in the Journal of Physical

and Chemical Reference Data, in the NSRDS-NBS series of the National Bureau of Standards,

and through other appropriate channels.

The task of critical evaluation is carried out in various data centers, each with a well-defined

technical scope. A necessary preliminary step to the critical evaluation process is the retrieval

from the world scientific literature of all papers falling within the scope of the center. Each center,

therefore, builds up a comprehensive well-indexed bibliographical file which forms the base for

the evaluation task. Bibliographies derived from these files are published when they appear to be

of value to research workers and others interested in the particular technical area. Further information on NSRDS and the publications which form the primary output of the

program may be obtained by writing to the Office of Standard Reference Data, National Bureau

of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234.

David R. Lide, Jr., Chief

Office of Standard Reference Data

III
Contents

Page

1. Introduction 1 1.1. Reference Classification Scheme and Scope of Bibliography 1 1.2. Arrangement of Bibliography and Handling of Special Types of References 2

1.3. References 2

2. Classified References for Individual Spectra 3

2.1. Index to Spectra 3

2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra 9

3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers 35

4. Author Index 85

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 72-600009

IV
Bibliography on Atomic Energy Levels and Spectra

July 1968 through June 1971

Lucy Hagan and W. C. Martin

The bibliography contains approximately 1100 references classified by subject for individual atoms and atomic ions. A number index identifies the references. An author index is included. Ref- erences included contain data on energy levels, classified lines, wavelengths, Zeeman effect. Stark

effect, hyperfine structure, isotope shift, ionization potentials, or theory which gives results for

specific atoms or atomic ions.

Key words: Atomic energy levels; atomic spectra; bibliography; energy levels, atomic; spectra, atomic; wavelengths, atoms and ions.

1. Introduction

This bibliography is the first of a series ex- pected to be issued under the same title by the

Atomic Energy Levels Data Center. With the

exception of a few references to earlier papers,

the bibliography begins chronologically where

C. E. Moore's Bibliography on the Analyses

of Optical Atomic Spectra [1]' left off.

1.1. Reference Classification Scheme and

Scope of Bibliography

The references pertain to atomic structure and spectra that arise from interactions or excitations involving electrons in the outer shells of free atoms and atomic ions, or from innershell excitations corresponding to frequencies

up to the soft x-ray range. A paper was included

if it gave results for a particular ion or spectrum

falling into one of the following categories:

EL Energy Levels. Experimental energy dif- ferences, except Hfs or IS. Includes ref erences that suggest the rejection of pre- viously reported levels. ND New Designations. New or changed designations or J values for known energy levels. CL Classified Lines. Indicates the assignment

of observed lines to transitions between

energy levels that are specified by theoretical

designations and/or by their positions in a known level scheme.

' Figures in brackets refer to the literature references in section 1.3 on page 2.

W Wavelengths (or wavenumbers ). New measurements, or wavelengths newly assigned

to a particular spectrum. References that

list measurements of other entities corres- ponding to energy differences between

levels may also be included.

ZE Zeeman Effect data or interpretation.

SE Stark Effect data or interpretation.

Hfs Hyperfine structure. Observations and

theory. IS Isotopic or Isomeric (Nuclear) Shifts. IP Ionization Potential. SF Series Formulae. Evaluated series constants,

including those appearing in polarizationtheory formulae.

TE Theoretical Energies. Restricted to a few

references that give calculated energy levels with accuracies about equal to or exceeding

those now obtainable by observation.

PT Parametric Theory. Evaluations of the

usual energy parameters of Slater-Condon

theory, or extensions thereof, based on

fitting the theory to experimental levels,

g-factors and/or other observed quantities.

AT Ab initio Theory. These references are mostly to Hartree-Fock type calculafions

of energy parameters or levels. OT Other Theory. Predictions of energy levels by theorefical methods not primarily classifi- able as PT or AT (for example, Z expansion

techniques).

These categories are based on those used for describing references in Atomic Energy Levels

[2] and in other publications of C. E. Moore.

1
The changes are mainly to allow more specific

descriptions of some types of results. References in the first two categories are

limited mainly to those judged useful for compiling tables of atomic energy levels. The bibliography is probably less complete for references

in the last two categories than for the other categories, and there is some overlap in the coverages

of the theoretical categories. It is worth noting

explicitly that the reference categories do not

include transition probabilities, line intensities, or broadening. The NBS data center on atomic

transition probabilities publishes bibliographies on this subject [3]. This bibliography is further restricted, with

few exceptions, to original research papers or monographs; textbooks and extensive compilations are not usually included. Some of the more

recent compilations of special interest that are not included in the classified references are given

as references [4-9] at the end of this introduction.

1.2. Arrangement of Bibliography and Handling

of Special Types of References

Each reference has been assigned a number.

In section 2.2 the appropriate reference numbers

are given under headings for individual spectra

(element and ionization stage). The reference

numbers under each spectrum heading are listed separately for each of the content categories

explained above. Reference numbers for papers

reporting wavelengths of unknown ionization

stage are given as the last group for the element.

The full references are given in order of the as- signed numbers in section 3. Each such reference

is followed by the spectra and category symbols

appropriate to the content. Except for Russian

titles, which are given in English, the titles of

articles are given in the language in which they were published. References to articles from

Russian journals that also appear in English

translations are to the translation journals.

Section 2.1 is an index to the spectra for which

there are references, and an author index (sec.

4) follows the listing of the complete references.

The main exception from the arrangement

described above is for the references 1250 through

1281. Each of these papers gives theoretical

results for a rather large number of elements

and/or ionization stages. These references are included in section 4, along with the usual

information on their content, and in the author

index. However, they were omitted from the

reference numbers for the individual spectra

(sec. 2.2).

Most of the reference numbers followed by

an "A" indicate abstracts of papers presented

at meetings of the Optical Society of America,

the American Physical Society, or the European

Group for Atomic Spectroscopy. The assigned content categories for these abstracts are those

thought to be applicable to the paper itself, as indicated by the abstract; the indicated results are not necessarily included in the abstracts. These abstracts (mostly reference numbers

950A through 11 07 A) frequently provide infor- mation about work in progress. A few of the "A" references are to abstracts of theses in Dissertation Abstracts. Some of the other references

are to theses for which the AEL Data Center

has obtained copies.

Dr. Charlotte E. Moore helped us greatly in the learning of techniques for continuation of

the bibliographic files on atomic spectra pre- viously maintained by her in this laboratory.

We gratefully acknowledge her kind assistance.

We are indebted to Dr. David Garvin, who

suggested the keyboard format for the references

and whose programs we used to put this bibliography into Document Image Code on magnetic

tape for the computer. To Mr. James Koch we

are especially grateful for providing the program

decks, anticipating our problems, explaining the

programs, and making sure the programs ran

correctly.

We thank the NSRDS staff, particularly Robert

McClenon, Carla Messina, and Robert Thompson,

for the programs that reformatted our bibliography

and produced the author index.

For the difficult job of keyboarding the refer- ences we thank especially Kathy Weaver, who

transposed the references to the present format,

and Christine Kellerman, Mary Jackson, and

Barbara Reader.

1.3. References

[1] Moore, C. E., Bibliography on the Analyses of Optical

Atomic Spectra, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ

306, Section 1, 80 pp. (Sept. 1968); Section 2, 57 pp. (Feb. 1969); Section 3, 37 pp. (May 1969); Section 4, 48 pp. (Aug. 1969).

[2] Moore, C. E., Atomic Energy Levels as Derived from

Analyses of Optical Spectra, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Circ. 467, Vol. 1, 309 pp. (1949); Vol. 2,227 pp. (1952); Vol. 3, 245 pp. (1958).

[3] Fuhr, J. R., and Wiese, W. L., Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Spec. Publ. 320, Suppl. 1, 60 pp. (Sept. 1971). Refer- ences to earlier work are included in this reference.

[4] Kelly, R. L., Atomic Emission Lines Below 2000 Angstroms

(Hydrogen through Argon), NRL Report 6648, 354

pp. (1968).

[5] Striganov, A. R., and Sventitskii, N. S., Tables of Spectral Lines of Neutral and Ionized Atoms, 899 pp. (IFI/ Plenum Press, New York, N.Y., 1968).

[6] Harrison, G., Editor, M.LT. Wavelength Tables, 2nd

edition, 429 pp. (M.LT. Press, Cambridge, Mass.,

1969).

[7] ZaideP, A. N., Prokofev, V. K., Raiskii, S. M., Slavnyi, V. A., and Shreider, E. Ya., Tables of Spectral Lines, 782 pp. (IFI/Plenum Press, New York, N.Y., 1970).

[8] Moore, C. E., Ionization Potentials and Ionization Limits Derived from the Analyses of Optical Spectra, Nat.

Stand. Ref. Data Sen, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 34, 10

pp. (1970).

[9] Kelly, R. L., and Harrison, Jr., D. E., Ionization Potentials, Experimental and Theoretical, of the Elements Hydrogen to Krypton, U.S. Naval Postgraduate School,

NPS-61Ke70071A, 31 pp. (1970).
2, Classified References for Individual Spectra

2.1. Index to Spectra

Element Z Spectrum Page Element Z Spectrum Page

Actinium 89 Ac I 32 Bismuth 83 Bi I 32

Bi 11 Aluminum 13 Al I 13 Bi III Al 11 Bi IV Al III Bi V

Al IV Al VI Boron 5 B 9 Al VII B I Al VIII B II Al IX B 111 Al X B IV 10 Al XI Al XII Bromine 35 Br 25

Al XIII Br 1 Al Br II Br III Americium 95 Am I ii Br IV Am III Br V Am IV Br VI Am V Br VIII Am VI Br XXV Am VII Br XXXI Antimony 51 Sb I 27 Cadmium 48 Cd I 27 Sb 11 28 Cd II Argon 18 Ar I 15 Calcium 20 Ca I 17 Ar II Ca II Ar III 16 Ca III Ar IV Ca IV Ar V Ca V Ar VI Ca VI Ar VII Ca VII Ar IX Ca VIII Ar X Ca IX Ar XI Ca X Ar XII Ca XI Ar xui Ca XII Ar XIV Ca XIII Ar XV Ca XIV Ar XVI Ca XV 18 Ar xvii Ca XVI Ar XVIII Ca xviii Ar Ca XIX

Arsenic 33 As 1 24 Californium 98 Cf 1 33 As II Cf 11 As VI Cf III As VII Cf IV As xxiii Cf V As XXIX Cf VI 28 Cf VII Barium 56 Ba I Ba II Ba III Carbon 6 10

Berkelium 97 Bk 1 Bk II 33 Bk III t; IV Bk IV C V Bk V C VI Bk VI C IX Bk VII C

Beryllium 4 Be 1 9 Cerium 58 Ce 1 28 Be u Ce II Be III Ce III 29 Be IV Ce IV

3
2.1. Index to Spectra— Continued

Element

Cesium

Chlorine

55

17

Chromium 24

Cobalt

Copper

27

29

Spectrum

Cs I Cs II Cs III

CI I CI II CI IV CI V

CI VI CI VII Ci VIII CI IX CI X

CI XI CI XII CI XIII Ci XIV

CI XV

Cr I Cr II Cr III Cr IV Cr V Cr VI Cr VII Cr VIII Cr IX Cr X Cr XI Cr XII Cr XIII Cr XIV Cr XV

Cr XVII Cr XX

Cr XXII Co I Co II Co III Co IV Co VII Co viii Co IX Co X Co XI Co XII Co XIII Co XIV Co XV Co XVI Co XVII Co XVIII Co XXIII Co XXV Cu I Cu II Cu III Cu IV Cu XI Cu XII Cu XIII Cu XIV Cu XVIII Cu XIX Cu XXV Cu XXVII Cu XXVIII

Page

28

15

20

22

Element

Curium

Dysprosium

Einsteinium

23

23

24

Erbium

Europium

Fermium

Fluorine

96

66

99

Francium

Gadolinium

Gallium

68

63

100

Germanium

Gold

87

64

31

32

79

Spectrum

Cm I Cm III Cm IV Cm V Cm VI Cm VII Dy I Dy II Dy III Dy IV

Es I Es II Es III Es IV Es V

Es VI Es VII

Er I Er II Er III Er IV

Eu I Eu II Eu III Eu IV Fm III Fm IV Fm V Fm VI Fm VII FF I F II F III F IV F V F VI F VII F VIII

Fr II Gd I Gd II Gd III Gd IV Ga I Ga III Ga IV Ga V Ga XXI Ga XXVII Ga XXX Ge I Ge II Ge V Ge VI Ge XXII Ge XXVIII Au I Au II 4
2.1. Index to Spectra -Continued

Element

Hafnium

Helium

Holmium

Hydrogen

Indium

Iodine

722

671

49

53

Iridium

Iron

77

26

Krypton 36

Spectrum

Hf I Hf II He

He I He II Ho I Ho 11 Ho III Ho IV HH I

In I In II In III In IV In V II I I II I III I IV I V I VI I VII I VIII

Ir II

Fe 1 Fe II Fe III Fe IV Fe V Fe VI Fe vii Fe VIII Fe IX Fe X Fe XI Fe XII Fe XIII Fe XIV Fe XV

Fe XVI Fe XVII Fe XVIII Fe XIX Fe XX

Fe XXI Fe XXII Fe XXIII Fe XXIV Fe XXV

Fe XXVI Fe

Kr I Kr II Kr III Kr VII Kr VIII Kr X Kr XXVI Kr XXXIV

Page

319

309

27

28

Element

Lanthanum

Lawrencium

Lead

Lithium

Lutetium

Magnesium

57

103

82

71

12

31

21

Spectrum

22

25

Manganese 25

Mendelevium

Mercury

101

80 1 ^ La

ua II La III La IVV

Lr

y

Pb

Pbu

Pb IV Pb V

LiLi I Li II Li III Lu I Lu 111 Lu IV Lu V Mg 1 Mg II Mg III Mg IV Mg V Mg VI Mg VII Mg VIII Mg IX Mg X Mg XI Mg xu Mn I Mn II Mn III Mn IV Mn V Mn VI Mn viii Mn IX Mn X Mn XI Mn XII Mn XIII Mn XIV Mn XV Mn XVI Mn XVIII Mn XXI Mn XXIII Md III Md IV Md V Md VI Md vii Hg I Hg II Hg III Hg IV Hg V Hg VI Hg vii Hg VIII Hg IX

Page

28

33

31

32

30

31

12

13

20

21

33

31

456-156 0 - 72 -2
2.1. Index to Spectra— Continued

Element

Molybdenum

Neodymium

Neon

Neptunium

Nickel

Niobium

42

60

10

93

28

41

Spectrum

Mo I Mo II Mo 111 Mo VI Mo VII Mo VIII Mo IX Mo X Mo XI Mo XII Mo XIII Mo XIV Mo XV Mo XVI Mo XXXII

Nd I Nd II Nd III Nd IV

Ne I Ne II Ne III Ne IV Ne V Ne VI Ne VII Ne VIII Ne IX Ne X Ne

Np III Np IV Np V Np VI Np VII

Ni I Ni II Ni III Ni IV Ni VIII Ni X Ni XI Ni XII Ni xiii Ni XIV Ni XV

Ni XVI Ni xvii Ni XVIII Ni XXIV Ni XXVI

Nb 1 Nb II Nb III Nb VI Nb VII Nb VIII Nb XI Nb XII Nb XIII Nb XIV Nb XV Nb XXXI

Page

26

27

29

11

12

32

23

26

Element

Nitrogen

Nobelium

Osmium

Oxygen

Palladium

Phosphorus

Spectrum

102

76

46

15

Platinum

Plutonium

Polonium

Potassium

78

94

84

19

Page

N 10 N I N II N III N IV N V N VI N VII No IV 33 No V No VI No VII Os I 31 Os II O 10 O I O II 11 O III O IV O V O VI O VII O VIII Pd I 27 Pd II Pd III' P I 14 P II P III P IV PvP VI P VII P VIII P IX PxP XI P XII P Xlll P XIV

Pt I 31

Pu 1 32 Pu II Pu III Pu IV Pu V

Pu VI Pu VII Pu VIll 33

Po I 32 K I 16 Kii K III K IV K V K VI K VII 17 K VIll Kix

Kx

Kxi

Kxii 6
2.1. Index to Soectra- Continued

Element

Potassium- Con.

Praseodymium

Promethium

Protactinium

Radium

Radon

Rhenium

Rhodium

Rubidium

Ruthenium

Samarium

Scandium

59

61

91

86

75

45

37

44

62

21

Selenium 34

Spectrum K XIII K XIV K XV K XVII

Pri

Pr III Pr IV Pr V Pm I Pm III Pm IV

Pa I Pa II Pa III Pa IV Pa V Rai

Rn I

Re I Re III Rh I Rh II Rh III Rh XXXV Rb 1 Rb II Rb III Rb XXVII Ru I Ru II Ru III Ru XXXIV Sm I Sm II Sm II! Sm IV

Sc I Sc II Sc III Sc IV Sc V

Sc VI Sc VII Sc VIII Sc IX Sex

Sc XI Sc XII Sc XIV Sc XVII Sc XIX

Sc XX

Sc

Se I Se IV Se VII Se VIII Se XXIV

Se XXX

Page

17

Element

29

29

32

32

32

31

27

25

27

29

Silicon

Silver

Sodium

24

25

Strontium

47

11

38

Sulfur 16

Tantalum

Technetium

Tellurium

Terbium

73

43

52

65

Spectrum

Si I Si II Si III Si IV

Si

V

Si VII

Si VIII Si IX

Si

X

Si XI

Si XII

Si XIII

Si XIV

Si XVI Ag I Ag II Ag III Na I Na II Na III Na IV Na V Na VI Na VII Na VIII Na IX Na X Na XI Na

Sr I Sr II Sr III Sr IV Sr V

Sr VI Sr xxviii SS I S II S III S IV S V S VI S VII S VIII S IX S X S XI S XII S XIII S XIV S XV S XVI Ta I Ta II

Tc I Tc II Tc III Tc XXXIII

Te I Te II Tb I Tb II Tb 111 Tb IV

Page

13

14

27

12

25

14

15

31

27

28

29

30 7
2.1. Index to Spectra— Continued

rilement bpectrum rage element Z, Spectrum Page

Thallium 81 Tl I 31 V X 19 Tl II V XI Tl III V XII Tl IV V XIII 20 V XIV Thorium 90 Th I 32 V XVI

I 11 II V XIX Th III V XXI Th1 11 IVI V Thulium 69 Tm I 30 Xenon 54 Xe I Xe II 28 Tm II Xe III Tm III Tm IV Ytterbium /U Yd I 30 Tm 50 Sn I 27 I D II Sn IV VU III

I D

I D IV Titanium 22 Ti I 18 Yttrium 39 Ti II Y I 25

Ti III Y II Ti V Y III Ti VI Y IV Ti VII Y V

Ti VIII 19 Y IX 26

Ti IX Y X

Ti X Y XI Ti XI Y XII Ti XII Y XIII Ti XIII Y XXIX

Ti XV

Ti XVIII Zinc 30 Zn I 24

Ti XX Zn II Ti XXI Zn III Ti XXII Zn IV Ti Zn XII Zn XIII Tungsten 74 W I 31 Zn XX Zn XXVI Uranium 92 U I 32 Zn XXVIII U II U III Zirconium 40 Zr I 26 U IV Zrii U V Zr III U VI Zr IV U VII Zr V

Zr VI Vanadium 23 V I 19 Zr VII V II Zr VIII V III Zr IX V IV Zr X V V Zr XI V VI Zr XII V VII Zr XIII V VIII Zr XIV V IX Zr XXX

8
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra

H I

HeHe I

He II

LiLi I

EL 978A, 1005

CL 1005

W 1005

TE 850, 887 AT 81, 287, 458, 850, 1246 OT 887, 1293, 1294 EL 46. 203, 508, 617, 822, 829, 894, 908,

945A, 991A, 1013A, 1142A, 1164 W 46, 1091A

ZE 123,613,615,921

SE 367, 768, 1009A

Hfs 123, 178, 263, 284, 615, 641, 745, 783, 822, 825, 840, 847, 853, 875, 889, 935, 982A, 1015A, 1085A, 1197, 1227, 1239

IP 241 OT 241 EL 826,1 194

Hfs 896 AT 601,896

EL 12, 96, 653, 666, 670, 688, 833, 882, 885, 951A, 994A, 1025A, 1070A,

1 188, 1195, 1230, 1238 CL 653, 885, 1070A, 1 188, 1 195 W 653, 818, 885, lOOOA, 1070A, 1188, 1195 ZE 833 SE 258, 614, 989A, 1 187, 1237

Hfs 258, 321, 386, 649, 651, 669, 688, 689,

782, 828, 882, 951A, 979A, 995A,

1220, 1237

IS 515,717,893

IP 241,449

SF 663, 757, 885 TE 447, 519, 663, 682, 757, 830, 850, 870,

885, 887 PT 651 AT 81, 287, 447, 500, 519, 574, 575, 580,

609, 660, 796, 831, 833, 850, 852, 1246 OT 241, 682, 789, 830, 870, 887, 945, 1306 EL 31 1, 684, 973A, 975A, 1071A, 1072A,

1 152, 1 162, 1 186, 1 199, 1201A

W 302,518,907

ZE 1094

SE 1162

Hfs 160, 240, 312, 652, 684, 840, 877, 977A, 1094A, 1152, 1186, 1196,

1 197, 1227

IS 684, 1 152 AT 83 EL 1190 EL 308, 411, 546, 873, 895, 912, 974A,

1 193, 1235 CL 128, 217, 358, 411, 873, 912, 1070A,

1235 W 217, 308, 358, 411, 873, 912, 1066A,

1070A, 1200, 1235 ZE 86, 128, 546 SE 254, 307, 1 165

Hfs 40, 68, 86, 128, 321, 357, 411, 507, 547, 621, 641, 656, 813, 824, 838, 844,

888, 890, 895, 896, 904, 9':'4A, 1020A

1093A, 1203A, 1220, 1290, 1301

Li II

Li III

Be I

Be II

Be III

Be IV

BB I

B II

B III

IPSF

PT

AT

OT

W

Hfs SF

TE

AT

OT

W

Hfs EL

CL

W

IPSF

TE

PT

AT

OT

EL

CL

W

Hfs SF

PT

AT

EL

CL

W

TE

PT

AT

OT

CL

W

Hfs AT

EL

CL

W

Hfs

ISIPSFAT

OT

EL

CL

W

IPSF

AT

OT

EL

CL

W

241 873

128, 411

40, 896, 910, 912, 1302

241

1127, 1290, 1301,

947A, 1066A, 1200

37

663, 757

663, 682, 711, 757, 887

81, 500, 574, 711, 1246

682, 887, 1245, 1306 1200

195, 393, 652

481, 483

481, 483, 1235

481, 483, 1235

241 483

1

3

3, 9, 1 1, 137, 299, 590, 1127, 1247, 1286

241, 1244, 1296

481, 483

481, 483, 1235

481, 483, 1-235 656, 1301 483

3

3, 1 127, 1301

539, 1051A

229, 539, 1051A

229, 490, 539, 1051A

682, 887 539

81, 287, 500, 574

682, 887 229

229

1282

162, 1282, 1284, 1305

694, 874

732, 874

732, 874

407, 440, 621, 836, 844, 846, 1220 694

143, 241, 694

694

162, 322, 407, 846, 900, 1049A, 1206,

1284, 1285, 1305

143, 241, 525, 1244, 1292 876

49, 732, 876

49, 732, 876 876

876

299, 1 127, 1284

525, 876, 1244 482

482, 732

482, 732

9
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

B III —Continued

Hfs

IPSFAT

B IV

Ci

C II

C III

C IV

C V

C VI

C IX C

CL

W

TE

AT

OT

EL

Hfs AT

EL

CL

W

ZE

Hfs

IPPTAT

OT

EL

CL

W

Hfs

IPPTAT

OT

ELCL

W

IPSFAT

OT

EL

CL

W

Hfs

ISIPAT

EL

CL

W

IPSFTE

AT

OT

EL

CL

W

Hfs

IPPT

W

656, 1301 482 482

900, 1 127, 1301

49, 732

49, 490, 732

682, 887

81, 287, 500, 574, 609

682, 887

1240

1282

1282, 1284, 1285, 1287, 1305

187, 1113

187, 1113

187, 1113

756, 1035A

407, 621, 756, 800, 846 . 241, 1113

327, 334, 339

1 10, 200, 322, 327, 334, 407, 784, 846,

1206, 1248, 1284, 1285, 1305

241. 1129, 1244, 1292

1113 1113

'

1113 1282

143, 1113 309

1 10, 1049A, 1282, 1284, 1305

143, 1244

1113

1113

1113 M

876, 1113 876

9, 299, 1 127, 1284

1244

426, 627, 1113, 1 169, 1 170

426, 627, 1 1 13, 1 169, 1 170

426, 627, 1113, 1 169, 1 170 656

1301 1113

900, 1 127, 1301

586, 622, 663, 101 1 A, 1 1 13, 1 169, 1 170 148,622,663, lOllA, 1113, 1169, 1170

148, 490, 622, 663, 101 lA, 1113, 1169,

1 170

663, 1113 663

663, 682, 887

500, 574, 586

682, 887

151, 1113, 1 169, 1 170

148, 151. 1 1 13, 1 169, 1 170

148, 151.1113. 1 169. 1 170

878. 1024A

1113 637

625

NN I

N II

N III

N IV

N V

N VI

N VII

oO I

Hfs AT

EL

CL

W

ZE

Hfs

IPPT

AT

OT

W

Hfs PT

AT

OT

EL

CL

W

IPPT

AT

OT

EL

ND

CL

W

ZE

IPSF

PT

AT

OT

EL

CL

W

Hfs AT

EL

CL

W

TE

AT

OT

EL

CL

W

EL

Hfs AT

EL

CL

W

ZE

SE

Hfs

IPTE

PT

AT

1282

1282. 1284, 1285, 1287, 1305

187

187

44, 56, 187, 1144 44

44, 360, 407, 621, 671, 709, 911, 1204A, 1220, 1225

241, 244

333

322, 333, 407, 709, 849, 1206, 1284, 1285, 1287. 1305

241, 1292

169, 391, 392

1282 334

334. 1282, 1284, 1287, 1305

1129, 1244

525, 691

525, 691

169, 391, 392, 525, 691, 968A

143 309

1049A, 1284, 1287

143, 1244

691, 1117

691. 1117

691. 1117

392. 691, 968A, 1 1 17 967A

876, 11 17 876

626

9, 299, 1284, 1287 1244

627. 1 169

148. 627. 1070A, 1 169

148. 392, 627, 968A, 1070A, 1 169

656, 1301

900, 1301

586, 1 169

148, 1 169

148, 1 169

682, 887

500, 574, 586

682, 887

1169

1169

905, 906. 1 169 978A. 1006A

1282

1282, 1284, 1285, 1287, 1305

13,

13.

13, 364

174 407

241

13 334

13,

74, 174, 978

A

74, 174. 567. 901. 1213

74, 174, 567. 901. 1213

. 422

, 412, 621

600, 637

200, 334, 407, 412, 1206, 1284,

10
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

O 1—Continued SF 369

1285, 1305 PT 334, 369, 600, 637 OT 241, 1128, 1292 AT 334, 1282, 1284, 1305

528, 929 OT 1128 0 II CL

W 528, 903, 929 F III EL 767 SE 174 CL 767

Hfs 1282 W 767 PT 331, 333, 815 IP 767 AT 333, 849, 1282, 1284, 1287, 1305 SFPT

767

767 0 HI EL

CL

525

525, 929 AT 1284 W 525, 903, 929 F IV EL 525 PT 334 CL 525 AT 334, 1284, 1287 W 525 OT 1129, 1221, 1244 PT 334 AT 334, 1284 0 IV EL

ND

C AO C\^C\ 648, 929

528, 648, 929 OT 1244 CL 528, 648, 929 F V EL 525 W 648 CL 525

IP 143, 648 W 525

ar 648 IP 143

r 1 87, 309 r 1 AT 1049A, 1284, 1287 AT

OT 143, 1244 \J 1 0 V EL J J ^ F VI AT 299 CL 148,528,552 OT 525, 1244 W U8, 528, 552 F VII EL 627

IP 552 CL 627 AT 9, 299, 1284, 1287 W 627, 1016A

OT 1244 Hfs 656, 1301

138, 627, 1169, 1170, 1207 AT 900, 1301 0 VI EL

ND 138 F VIII TE 682, 887 CL 138, 148, 627, 1169, 1 170, 1207 AT 500, 574 W 138, 148,627, 1016A, 1 169, 1 170, 1207 OT 682, 887

Hfs 656, 1301 Ne I EL 36 235 370 653 943 AT 900, 1301 O VII C f hL 586, 1 169, 1170 "Kfx "XlCs fx^'K QA'K CL 804, 1 169, 1170 W 36, 370, 653, 818, 943, 1050A

W 490, 804, 905, 906, 1169, 1170 ZE 216, 967A, 1021A, 1 108 TE 682, 887 Hfs 1023A, 1095A

AT 188, 500, 574, 586, 609 IP 241 OT 682, 887 PT 48, 85, 370, 916 AT 25, 679, 886, 1249, 1285, 1304, 1305 0 VIII EL 1 169, 1 170 OT 241, 1 171, 1299

1 169, 1 170 w 1 169, 1 170 Ne II EL 36, 288 ND 36 F" AT 886, 1285, 1287, 1305 CL 36, 288, 734

F I EL ASIA. W 36, 288, 734, 909, 939, 1077A

ND ASiA ZE 967A, 1021A

CL ASIA Hfs 1282 w 484 PT 331, 1124

Hfs

164, 405

164, 405, 407, 621, 890 AT

OT

886, 1088A, 1282, 1284, 1305 1299

IP 67, 241 Ne III CL 729 AT 407, 886, 1206, 1284, 1285, 1305 W 729, 909, 1077A

OT 241, 1292 ZE 967A, 1021A

F II EL 369 PT 334, 600, 637 AT 334, 1284 ND 369 OT 1128 CL 369 W 369 Ne IV CL 729

Hfs 1282 W 729, 909, 1077A

IP 369 PT 347

11
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Ne IVNe V

Ne VI

Ne VII

Ne VIII

Ne IX

Ne X NeNa I

-Continued AT 1284 CL 729 W 729, 909, 1077A PT 334 AT 334, 1284 OT 525, 1 129, 1244 EL 1169 CL 729,1169

W 729, 909, 1 169

IP 143 AT 900, 1049A, 1284 OT 143, 525, 1244 EL 919, 1 169 CL 919, 1 169 W 919, 1 169

IP 919 AT 299, 679 OT 525, 1244 EL 627, 919, 1 169, 1 170 CL 627, 724, 919, 1 169, 1 170 W 627, 724, 919, 1 169, 1 170

Hfs 656

IP 919 AT 900 EL 1 169, 1 170 CL 724, 804, 1 169, 1 170 W 500,724,804,905,906,1169,1170

IP 724 TE 682, 887 AT 500, 574, 679 OT 682, 887 W 905, 906 W 397 EL 308, 873, 1181 CL 873, 1 181 W 308, 873, 1 168, 1181 ZE 215 SE 599, 721, 841, 1054A, 1 165

Hfs 209, 251, 321, 439, 621, 641, 685, 706, 813, 843, 890, 984A 1033A, 1045A,

1 137, 1220, 1238

Na II

Na III

Na IV

IP 241, 1181 SF 873 PT 1181 AT 1181, 1242, 1285 OT 241, 918 EL 914 CL 914 W 914, 1 168

IP 914 SF 914 PT 85, 914 AT 25, 1305 OT 1245 EL 730, 1096A, 1099A, 1 168 CL 730, 1096A, 1099A, 1 168 W 730, 1096A, 1099A, 1 168 AT 1284 EL 1 168 CL 1 168

W 1 168 PT 334, 600, 637 AT

OT 1128 Na V EL 1 168 CL 1 168 W 1168 AT 1284 Na VI PT 334 AT 334, 1284 OT 1 129 Na VII EL 654 CL 654 W 654

IP 143

. PT 309 AT 900, 1049A, 1284 OT 143 Na VIII EL 654 CL 654 W 654 AT

OT 525 Na IX EL 627 654 CL 627^ 654 W 627, 654 AT 900 Na X w 905 AT 574 Na XI W 905 Na W 390 Mg I EL 133, 1 184 ND 133 CL 481, 535, 1 184 W 481, 535, 1184

Hfs 340, 1046A, 1068A

IP 241, 1 184 PT 340 AT 16, 133, 134, 167, 590 OT 241, 918 Mg II CL 535 W 481, 535, 612 OT 918 Mg III EL 612, 1096A, 1099A

CL 612, 1096A, 1099A

W 612, 1096A, 1099A

IP 1099

A

rPT1 O J AT 25 OT 612

IVlg IV FICL 1096A

W 612, 1096A

Mg V PT 334, 600, 637 AT 334 OT 1 128 Mg VI EL 654 CL 654 W 654

12
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Mg VII EL 654 PT 334 CL 654 AT 334 W 654 OT 1 176 PT 334 AT 334 Al IX EL 654, 927 OT 1 129, 1 176 CL 654, 927 W 654, 927 Mg VIII EL 654, 927 IP 143, 927 CL 526, 654, 927 PT 309 W 654, 927 AT 900 1049

IP 143, 927 OT 143 PT 309 AT 900 1049

Al X EL 654, 753

143, 526 CL

W

654, 753

654, 753 Mg IX EL 654,753 IP 753 CL 654, 753 AT 299 W 654, 753, 999A

IP 753 Al XI EL 627, 654, 695, 1160 AT 299 CL 627, 654, 695, 1160 OT 525 W

AT

627, 654, 695, 1 160 900

Mg X EL 627, 654, 695, 1 1 60 OT 1160 CL 627, 654, 695, 1 160 W 627, 654, 695, 999A, 1 122, 1 160 Al XII CL 804

A T A i VUU W 804 OT 1 160 AT 574 Mg XI EL 1 160 A! XIII CL 804 CL 804, 1 160 W 804 w 804, 905, 906, 1160

Al W 668 AT 574, 609 OT 1160 Si I EL 1 1 12 Mg XII CL 804 CL

W

1112

1 112 W 804, 905 SE 258

Al I EL 531 Hfs 258 ND 1155 IP 165, 241, 1 112 ZE 283 PT 20, 327, 334, 338, 735 SE 283, 428, 1 146 AT 165, 200, 327

Hfs 283, 428, 1 146 OT 241

IP 241, 1 1 1

AT 16, 271, 493, 531 Si II EL 1232 OT 7, 241, 531, 1 111, 1 155 ND 1155 CL 1232

Al II EL 133 W 1232 ND 133 IP 165, 1 1 1 1, 1232 CL 1 152 PT 345, 664 W 261, 1 152 AT

Hfs 1 152 1111 1111, 11

11 JS JS AT 16, 133, 134, 167, 590 OT 918 Si III EL

ND

133, 1232

133

Al III W 261 1 232 AT 1303 w 1232 OT 918 IP 1232

Al IV PT 85 AT 16, 133, 134, 167, 445, 590 AT 25 OT 9 1

Al VI PT ?'?4 600 6'?7 JJ^^ \}\J\J ^ \} -J 1 Si IV EL 1232 AT 334 CL 1232 OT 1128 W

IP 1232 1232

Al VII ELND

U J t , O I t

8 1

OT 918 CL 654, 814 Si V PT 85 W 654, 814 AT

Al VIII EL 654, 814 Si VII PT 334, 600, 637 CL 654, 814 AT 334 W 654, 814 OT 1128

13

456-156 O - 72 - 3
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

ol VIII FI 654 r VIII ww \jy 1 PI PT x-xA Ann w AT

Si IX EL 654 OT 1 128 ND 1128 P IX EL 654 CL 654 1128 PI DJ*f W 654 w oD4, oy / PT 334 AT 334 P X EL 654, 697 U I 1 I Zy, 11/0, 1

I

CL 654, 697 W 654, 697

Si X EL 654, 697, 927 PT 334 CL 526, 654, 697, 927 AT 334 W 654, 697, 927 yj I

1 1 11/0

IP 143, 927 PT 309! 337 P XI EL 654, 697 AT 900 1049A CL 654, 697 OT\j 1 W

IP

654, 697

143

Si XI EL 138, 571, 654, 697, 753, 1122 PI 309 ND 138 AT 900, 1049

A

S71 ft^d (\Q1 7^1 ll"?") OT 143 w I'^R S71 fiSd AQ7 7S'? 1 l?"? AT Z 7 7 P XII EL 654 697

Si XII EL 571, 654, 695, 1160

PI ujt, \jy 1 W 654, 697 CL 571, 654, 695, 1160 AT 299 w S7 1 ^iSd fiQS 1 179 i 1 fin J / I , DJ*t, 07 J, 1 1 ZZ, 11 DU

/\AT1 P XIII Oj4, OV / OT 1 160 CL 654, 697

Si XIII EL 860 w 654, 697 CL 804, 860 AT 900 W 804, 860 P XIV AT 574 AT 574

FI

Si XIV EL 996A

CL 804 S I EL 236 W 804 CL

W

1 15,158,583,901

583, 901

Si XVI EL 996A IDIr 1 Oj, Z4 1 P I Hfs 95, 1220 PT

IP 241 AT 165, 200, 372 PT 20 KJ 1 7/4 1 AOI Z4 1

, oy

J

AT 98 S II CL 583 OT 241 w 324, 583 P II PT 334 IPPT

1 65

J J I ^ J J J P III EL 1155 AT 165, 333, 372 CL 1241 W 1 24

1

S III EL 1122

IP 1111 CL 583, 1 122 AT 271 W 324, 583, 1 122 U 1 till 1 1 < < 1111, 1 1 J J IPor

IAS 1 1 1

1

lu^, 1111

1 I 1 I 1 i 1 i P IV EL 133 PT ND 133 AT 165 CL 1241 OT 1111 W 1241 AT 16, 133, 134 S IV EL 741, 1111, 1122 OT 918 CL 583, 11 1 1, 1 122 P V CL 1241 W 583, 741, 1 122

IP 1 1 11 W 1241 AT 77

1

z /

1

OT 918 OT 1111 P VI W 697

S V EL 1122 PT 85 AT 25 CL 583, 1 122 W 583, 1 122 P VII W 697 OT 918

14
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

S VI CL 583 W 583 OT 918

S VII PT 85 AT 25

S vin IN LJ 1 1 28

TP J O 1 OTyj 1 526 581

S IX EL 1231A

ND 1231A

CL 1231A

W 1231A

IPIr SKI PTr 1 JJHy ?'?4 fifin \j\J\Jy f\'M \JJ 1 AT

OT 581, 1 128

o X PI

IN Lf 1 71 1 A

r'l w

S XI EL 654, 697, 1231A

ND 1231A

W

IP Jo I \J 1 ^ol, 1IZ7, II/D

S XII EL 654, 697, 1231A

ND 1231A

CL 526, 654, 697, 1231

ww f.^A Ml 1 1 A

IPIr 1 ^ J, JO i AT 900

OT 143, 526, 581

C VIII FI ft^d Ml

PI fi'\A Ml

w UJH, U7 /

S XIV EL 654, 697, 1 160

PI OJ*T, U7/, iiUW w DJ**, 07/, 1 1 AT 900

OT 1160

o XV FICL 804, 860 W 804, 860 AT 574, 609

5 XVI oUh w

CI I EL 24, 298, 821 ND 298 CL 24, 298, 821 W 24, 298, 821

l-lf« IP 59, 67, 241, 298, 821 PT 20, 298, 821 OT 7, 241

CI II EL 236 PT 236, 334, 735

CI IV PT 334

CI V EL 761

CI VI

CI VII

CI VIII

CI IX

CI X

CI XI

CI XII

CI XIII

CI XIV

CI XV

Ar I

Ar II

CL 761 W 761

IP 1 1 1

AT 271 OT 1 1 1

EL 76! CL 761 W 761 AT 16 OT 918 OT 918 PT 85 AT 25 EL I231A

ND 1 128, 1231A

CL 1 128, 1231A

W 1231A

EL i231A

ND 1 128, 1231A

CL 1 128, 1231A

W I231A

PT 600 OT 1128 EL 654, 1231

ND 1231A

CL 654, 1231A

W 654, 1231A

EL 654, 1231A

ND 1231A

CL 654, 1231A

W 654, 1231A

OT 1176 EL 654, 1231A

ND 1231A

CL 654, 1231A

W 654, 1231A

IP 143 AT 900

OT 143 EL 654 CL 654 W 654 EL 654 CL 654 W 654 AT 900

EL 234,255,363,514,653,733

CL 234,255,363,653,733

W 234, 255, 363, 514, 653, 733, 811 1050A

SE 866

Hfs 201

IS 201

IP 165,241,733

PT 85, 234, 344, 1123 AT 165,234,1304

OT 241, 832, 1171 EL 448 CL 603, 638, 655, 724 W 448, 603, 638, 655, 724, 998A, 1050A

IP 165

15
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Ar II

1 r^ntinitf^H CL 526 724 1158 1 1 69 PT 331 W 794 1158 I I

M

AT 165 IP 143 581 Ar III EL

CL

78

78

AT

OT

900 1158

143, 526, 581 W 78 741 QQ8A Ar XV EL 1 158

IP 165 CL 724, 1 158 PT 334, 735 W 724, 1 158 AT 78, 165 AT 1158 Ar IV EL 1111 Ar XVI EL 1 158

1111 CL 724. 1 158

78, 1111 W 724. 1 158 w 78 QQ8A It 1 1 / O , 7 7 O i \ f 1111 AT 900 y \J\J , 11 11 580 IPAT

165

165, 936 Ar XVII EL

CL

860, 1 158, 1 180 724 / , 860 0 \}\J 1, 1158 ll_JO, 1llOV/ 1 80 Ar V EL 1111 W 724 860 1158 I 1 80

PI 1111 IP 724 wTV 998A AT 1 158

IPAT165

165 Ar XVIII EL 996A. 1158. 1180 CL 724, 1 158, 1 180 Ar VI EL 1111 W 724, 1 158, 1180 CL 1111 AT 1158 W

IP 998A1111 Ar W 1170 AT 271 K I EL 205, 308, 873 OT 1 1 1

1

ND 354 Ar VII W

KJ 1 998A

Q 1 8 CL

W

ZE

205, 873

205, 308, 873

212, 215 Ar IX CL 724 SE 362. 599, 708, 841, 1165 W 724 Hfs 198. 212. 430, 432, 439, 532. 540, 641, PT 85 813. 843, 890. 984A 1136, 1210 AT 25 IS 1 149 OT 918 IP 241 Ar X EL

ND

CL

W

1 158, 1231A

1231A

526, 1 158, 1231A

111^*0, 1 S8 1l^iJl 731 A

SFPT

AT

OT

873

354

109 1 166

241

IP 581 K II EL 1099

A

AT 1 158 PT 85 OT 526 581 AT 1087A, 1 153 Ar XI EL 1 128, 1 158, 1 169, 1231A

OT 1245 ND 1231A K III EL 64 CL 1128, 1158, 1169, 1231A CL 64 w 1 1 SS M fiQ I I A W 64

IP 58

1

IP 64 PT OT 64

rtAT1 OT

111i JS80 S8 1 1 1 78 K IV EL

CL

64

64 Ar XII PI 1 I S8 1 1 fiQ 1 1 S'^ 1 ^J"? 1 A W 64

1 9 T I A IP 64

11 A 1 1 '(8 1 I fiQ 1 7^ 1 A PT 334, 735 w IJA 1158 11 69 1731A OT 64 AT 1 1 J 0 K V EL 1 1 1

1

Ar XIII EL 1 158, 1 169. 1231A ND nil

ND 1231A CL 1111

llJo, IIO7, liJiM W 1111 1111 w 1 158, 1 169, 123IA AT 936

IPAT

OT

581

1 158

581. 1 129. 1 176

K VI EL

CL

W

761, 1111

761, 1111

761, 1 1 1

1

Ar XIV EL 1 158, 1 169 IP 1111

16
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

K VI— Continued AT A \ 1 C\C\ 1 T /*t 1 41, 109, 1303 OT 1111 Ca III EL 262, 1099A K VII EL 761, 1111 CL 262, 1099A

CL 1111 W 262, 1099

W 761, 1111 IP

IP 1111 PT 85, 1 192 AT 271 AT 165, 1087A

OT 1111 Ca IV EL 64 K VIII EL 761 CL 64 CL 761 W 64 W 761 IP 64, 165 AT 16 AT 165 OT 918 OT 64 K IX OT 918 Ca V EL 64

o c 85 CL 64 K X PT W 64 AT 25

IP 64, 165 K XI EL 1231A PT 334, 735 ND 1231A AT 1 65 CL 1231A KJ 1 04 W 1231A Ca VI EL 761, 1 1 1

IP J o 1 CL 761, 1111

yj 1

1 W 761, 1111 K XII EL 1231A IP 165 ND 1231A AT 165, 936

CL 1231

Ca VII EL 761, 1111 W 1231A ND "1111

IP 58

CL 761, 1111 PT 600, 637 W 761, 1111 OT S8 1 1198

IP 165, 1111 K XIII EL 654, 1 120, 1231A AT 1 ND 1231A

r\ r \J 1 1111 1111 CL 654, 1 120, 1231A Ca VIII EL 1 1 1 1 W 654, 1 120, 1231A CL 1111 K XIV EL 1120 W 761 , 1111 CL 1 120 ID 1111 W 1 120 AA T1 z / 1 IP 581 U 1 1111 1111 OT 581, 1 176 Ca IX EL 761 K XV EL 1 120 CL 761 CL 1120 w / U 1 W 1 120 AT 134

IP 143, 581 OT 918 AT 900 A W 1 70 OT 143, 581 OT 918 K XVII A 1 Ca XI W 170 Ca I EL 82, 433 PT 85 ND 433 AT 25 CL 82 Ca XII CL 526 W 82 W 1 70 ZE 696 IP 581 SE 726 OT 526 581 Hfs 465, 1046A, 1 132

IS 257, 469 Ca XIII W 32, 170

IP 241 IP 32, 581 PT 433, 513, 572, 696, 1243 PT 600, 637 AT 41, 590, 747, 1 166 OT 581, 1 1 28 OT 241 Ca XIV EL 138 654 1231A

Ca II CL 103 ND 138 W 103 CL 138, 654

IS 1133 W 32, 138, 170, 654, 906 PT 330 IP 32

17
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Ca XV EL 5 j J, 1 23 1

A

Sc IX EL 761 , 1 1 1

1

CL 533 CL 761, nil

W 32, 170, 533 W 761, nil

IP 32, 581 IP 1111 OT 581, 1 129, 1 176 AT 271 OT 1111 Ca XVI W 32, 170

IP 32, 143, 581 Sc X EL 761 AT 900 CL 761 OT 143, 581 W 761 AT 16

V^a A V II

1

Hfs 656 OT 918 AT 900

Sc XI EL 761 Ca XIX EL 1 159 CL 761 CL 1159 W 761 W 1159 OT 918

oC I FI Sc XII PT 85

IN u AT 25 SE 1073A

Hfs 194, 578, 813, 848, 1073A, 1130 Sc XIV EL 1 128

IS 864 CL 1 128

IP 241 w 1 1 ZS PT 433, 1243 PT 600, 637 AT 41, 747, 864, 89Z OT 1128 OT 241

Sc XVII AT 900

II PT 17Q Tin ^17 \7A'i Sc XIX AT 900 AT 4 1

, 747

Sc XX AT 609

Sc III ND 328 PT 71, 328 Sc W 761 AT 109 Ti I EL 433 450

oC IV 04, / (5 ND 297, 433

04, / 5 CL 450

W 64, 78 w 4 jU

IP 64 Z,t 1 A "5 1 A lOi 1 A

PT 85 His 1 94, 1 1 30 AT 78, 1 153 IS 469, 864 OT 64 IP 241 PT 297, 433, 1243

Sc V EL 64, 78 AT 41, 417, 747, 864, 1 166 CL 64, 78 OT 241 W 64, 78

IP 64 Ti II ND 329 AT 78 W 450 OT 64 PT 129, 329, 330, 1243 AT 41 140 417 747 I9Q5

Sc VI EL 64, 78 CL 64, 78 Ti III ND 328 W 64, 78 PT 71, 230, 328, 342, 517, 780, 1110, 1243

IP 64 AT 141, 200, 747, 780 PT 334, 735 Ti V EL 64, 78 AT 78 CL 64, 78 OT 64 W 64, 78, 740

Sc VII EL 64 , 761 /Ul, 1111 1111 IP 64, 165

' ND 1111 SF 64 CL 64, 761, 1 1 1

1

PT 85, 1 192 W £. A ^ £. \ 1111 64, 761, 1111 AT 78, 165

IP 64 OT 64 AT 936 Ti VI EL 64, 78 OT 64 CL 64, 78

Sc VIII EL 761, 1111 W 64, 78, 740

IP 64, 165 ND 1 1 1

1

SF 64 CL 761, 1 1 1 1 AT 78, 165 W 761, 1 1 1

1

OT 64

IP 1 1 1

1

OT 1 1 1 Ti VII EL 64, 78

18
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Ti VII

Continued ND 329, 330, 456

CL 64, 78 CL 456

W 64, 78, 740 W 456

IP 64, 165 IP 456

SF 64 PT 329, 330, 534, 1110, 1243 PT 334, 735 AT 41, 417, 559, 747, 1295 AT 78, 165 OT 456, 1298

704, 842 OT 64 V III EL

Ti vm EL 761, 1111 ND 328, 704 CL 761, 1111 CL 704 W 740, 761, 1 1 11 W 704

IP 165 IP 704 AT 165, 936 PT 71, 230, 328, 780, 842, 1 1 10, 1243

Ti IX EL 761, 1111 AT 140, 200, 417, 747, 780 CL 761, 1111 V IV EL 147 W 740, 761, 1 111 CL 147

IP 1 65, 1111 W 147

A TA 1 1 03 IP 147 OT 1111 1111 PT 517, 780, 842, 1243

Ti X EL 761, 1111 AT 141, 200, 747, 780 CL 76l! 1111 V V EL 147, 761 W 740, 761, 11 11 147 1 'f 7A1 / , / O 1 IP 1111 w 14 /, lOl AT 271 IPIr OT 1111

Ti XI EL

CL

761

761

V VI EL 78, 1192

/ o, 11 Vz W 740, 761 W / 0» 1 1 OT 918 PT 85, 1192 AT 78

Ti XII EL 225 V VII EL 78 CL 225 W 225, 740 CL 78 OT 918 W

IP 78581

Ti XIII AT 25 AT 78

Ti XV EL 1128 OT 581 CL 1128 V VIII EL 761 W 1 1 28 CL 761 PT W 761 OT 1 128 IP 58

Ti XVIII AT 900 PT

OT

334, 735

581, 1209

Ti XX EL 1161 CL 1161 V IX EL 761 W 1161 CL 761 AT 900 W

AT

761 936

Ti XXI EL 1161

1 1 O 1 OT 1209 W 1161 V X EL

CL

761

761

Ti XXII EL 1161 W 761 CL 1161 IP 581 W 1161 OT 581, 761, 1209

Ti W 1105A V XI EL 761 V I EL 677 CL 761 ND 504, 677 W 761

Hfs 194, 1 130 IP 581

IS 864 AT 271

IP 241 OT 581 PT 504, 677, 1243 V XII EL 761 AT 41, 504, 746, 864 CL 761 OT 241 W 761 V II EL 456 OT 761, 918

19
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

V XIII EL 225 AT 165, 936 CL 225 OT 1209 W 225

PI OT 918 761 CL 761, 1209 V XIV AT 25 W 761 V XVI EL 1128

IPAT

165, 581

165 CL 1128 OT 581, 761, 1209 W 1 128 PT 600, 637 Or YII V^I All EL 761 OT 1 128 CL 761 AT 900 W 761 V XIX IP 581 V XXI AT 900 AT 271 ATA 0/0

OT 581, 761 Cr I CIMni>i \j JU J , D / O Cr XIII lf\ 1 / U

Hfs 194, 712, 1 130 1(\ 1 IS 469, 864, 1 133 w 761

IP 241 OT 761, 918 PT 676, 1243 Cr XIV EL 225 AT 29, 41, 503, 746, 864, 1295 OT 24

1

CL 225 W 225 Cr II ND 330, 504 OT 918 PT 330, 504, 1243 Cr XV 25 AT 29, 41, 504, 746, 805, 1295 AT

OT 1 i 7 o Cr XVII PT 600, 637 Cr III ND 328 Cr XX AT 900 PT 71, 230, 328, 1 1 10, 1243 AT Cr XXII AT 900 29, 200, 417, 559, 747, 1295 OT 1298 Mn I EL 1097A

Cr IV PT 780, 1110, 1 243 ND 738 AT 141 417 747 780 1795 CL 553. 1097A

W 553, 1097A

Cr V PT 517, 780 ZE 1 135 AT 29, 780, 1295 Hfs 194, 790, 1014A, 1060A, 1130, 1135, Cr VI EL 761 CL 761 IS 864 W 761 IP 241

IP 165 PT 738, 1243 AT 29, 165, 1295 AT 41, 746, 864 OT 241 Cr VII EL 1 192 CL 1 192 Mn II ND 330, 503 W 1 192 ZE 705

IP 165 PT 330, 1243 PT 85, 401, 1 192 AT 41, 503, 746, 1295 AT 165, 401, 1 153 OT 1298

Cr VIII EL 761 Mn III EL 457, 1 179 CL 761 ND Di.<J^ J^Jt, 11/7

W 761 1 I 7Q

IP 165, 581 w 4<7 11 7Q

AT 165 Hfs 93 OT 581 IPPT

457

71, 93, 230, 328, 504, 1110, 1243 Cr IX EL 761 AT Sn4. 746 80S Sl'M CL 761, 1209 OT 1298 W 761

IP 165, 58

1

Mn IV PT 1110 1 74"? Ill \Jy I i.^D PT 735 AT TO -jnO 19QS

AT 165 Mn V PT 780 OT 581, 1209 AT 780 Cr X EL 761 Mn VI PT 342, 517, 780 CL 761, 1209 AT 780 W 761

IP 165 Mn VIII EL 1 192

20
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Mn viii— Continued Fe III ND 328, 503, 698 CL 1192 PT 71, 230, 328, 698, 1 1 10, 1243 W 1192 AT 200. 503, 746 PT 85, 401, 1 192 OT 1298 AT 401 Fe IV EL 516 Mn IX EL 78 CL 516 CL 78 W 385, 516 W 78, 761 PT 879, 1 1 10, 1243

IP 581 AT 29, 1295 AT 78 OT 1298 OT 581 Fe V W 385 Mn X /o, /O 1 PT 884 CL 78,761 AT 200 W 78, 761

IP 581 Fe VI W 385, 742 PT 735 PT 780 AT 78 AT 780 OT 581, 761, 1209 Fe VII ND 517 Mn XI EL 761 W 742 CL 761 PT 517, 780 W 761 AT 780 AT 936 U 1 Q1 1 yil

OT 761, 1209 Fe VIII W 742 Mn XII EL 761 IP 165 CL 761, 1209 AT 165 W 761 Fe IX EL 1 192

IP 581 CL 526, 1 192 OT 581, 761, 1209 W 78, 1090A, 1 192 Mn XIII EL 761 IP 165 CL 761 PT 85, 401, 1 192 W 761 AT 78, 165, 401, 526, 1 153

IP 581 Fe X EL 78, 915 AT 271 CL 78, 526, 915 OT 581, 761 W 78, 1090A, 1 1 14 Mn XIV EL 761 IP 165, 581 CL 761 AT 78, 165, 526, 859 W 761 OT 581, 761 OT 761, 918 Fe XI EL 78, 761, 915 Mn XV EL 225 CL 78, 526, 761, 915, 1209 CL 225 W 78, 761, 1114, 1122 W 225 IP 165, 581 AT 900 PT 735 OT 918 AT

OT

78, 165, 526, 859

581, 761, 1209 Mn XVI AT 25 Fe XII EL 761, 915, 1090A

Mn XVIII PT 600, 637 CL 761, 915, 1090A, 1209 Mn XXI AA T1 onA vuu W 78, 761, 1114, 1 122

IP 165 Mn XXIII AT 900 AT 78, 165, 859, 936

re I 675 OT 761, 810, 1090A, 1209 ND 675 Fe XIII CI /O 1

, ylj

CL 58 CL 761, 915, 1209 SE 802 W 78, 761, 809, 1 114

Hfs 194, 845, 1 130, 1219 IP 165, 581

IS 469, 864, 1 133 AT 78, 165, 859

IP 241 OT 581, 761, 1209 PTAT

OT

534, 675, 1243

41 Sn9 Sflfi Sf,r\ 747 8^i4 241

Fe XIV EL

ND

707, 761, 915 917 CL 707, 761, 915. 917

Fe II ND 330, 728 W 78, 707, 761, 917, 11 14 PT 330, 728, 816, 1243 IP 165, 581 AT 41, 560, 746, 788, 805, 1295 AT 78, 165, 271, 859

21

456-156 0 -72-4
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Fe XIV— Continued AT 384, 859, 900

OT 581, 654, 707, 761 Fe XXV EL 739, 993A, 1161 Fe XV EL 707, 761, 915, 917 CL 739, 993A, 1 161 ND 917 W 719, 739, 993A, 1 161 CL 707, 761, 819, 915, 917 PT 658 W 78, 707, 761, 819, 917, 1114 AT 384, 500, 609

IP 165 1161 AT 78, 165, 859 Fc XXVI EL

OT 654, 707, 761, 918 CL 1 161 W 1 161 Fe XVI EL 225, 707, 819, 915, 917

Fe W 857, 948 ND 917 CL 225, 707, 819, 915, 917 Co I ND 758 W 78, 225, 707, 819, 917 ZE 14

IP 165, 819, 872 SE 802 AT 78,165,859,900 Hfs 14, 194, 751, 1130 OT 654, 707, 872, 918 IS 864

Fe XVII EL 707, 915, 917 IP 241

INL) 917 PT 14, 758, 1243 CL 707, 915, 917 AT 41 139 747 864 W 170, 707, 905, 906, 917 OT 241 PT 85 Co II PT 330, 1243 AT 25, 859, 1 182 AT 41, 141, 502, 506, 559, 560, 747, 1295 OT 654,707,1 182 Co III ND 328

Fe XVIII IT I hL 707, 915, 917, 1 120 PT 71, 230, 328, 1110, 1243 ND 707, 917 AT 200, 560, 746, 788, 805 CL 707, 915, 917, 1 120 OT 1298 W 707, 905, 917, 1120 AT 859, 1 182 Co IV EL 1 103A

OT 654, 707, 1182 CL 1 103A w _.re XIX

IN U

lf\l 0 1^ Q 1 7 707, 917 PT 1 1 10 CL 707, 915, 917 l_-0 VII rPT1 7sn W 707, 917 AT / oU PT 600, 637 Co VIII PT 517 AT 859, 1182 OT 654, 707, 1182 Co IX EL 522, 856 CL 522, 856

Fe XX 707, 915, 917 W 522, 856 ND 707, 917 OT 856 CL 707, 915, 917 W 707, 719, 917 Co X ND 522 AT 859, 1 182 CL 522 OT 654, 707, 1182 W 522 PT 401

Fe XXI EL

ND

707, 915 917 AT 401 CL 707, 915, 917 Co XI EL 522 W 707, 719, 917 CL 522 AT 859, 1182 W 522 OT 654, 707, 1129, 1182 IPOT

581

581 Fe XXII EL 915 CL 915 Co XII CL 522 W 719 W 522 AT 384, 859, 900, 1 182 IDIr C O 1 58

1

OT 654, 1 182 r 1 735 OT 581, 1209 Fe XXIII EL 739, 915 CL 739, 915 Co XIII OT 1209 W 719, 739 Co XIV IP 581 PT 658 OT 581, 1209 AT 384, 859

Fe XXIV Co XV IP 581 EL 739, 915, 993A, 1 161 OT 581 ND 707 CL 739, 915, 993A, 1 161 Co XVI CL 819 W 719, 739, 993A, 1 161 W 819

22
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Co XVI—Continued OT 918 Co XVII EL 225, 819 CL 225, 819 W 225, 819

IP 819, 872 AT 900

OT 872, 918 Co XVIII CL 270 W 270 Co XXIII AT 900 Co XXV AT 900

Ni I ND Ten w QA1 oUj

ZE 38 SE 258, 802

Hfs 38, 194, 258, 1 130

IS 469, 479, 530, 647, 864

IP 241 PT 479, 647, 759, 1243 AT 41, 530, 747, 864, 1 189 OT 241

Ni II EL 897 ND 897 CL 897 W 897

f D C07 oy / r 1 AA T1 A 1 1 IQ 1 Al 1 OO^ 41, 1 jV , /'t / , 1 ZV J

Ni ill ND 328 PT 71, 230, 328, 1 1 10, 1243 AA T1 14^1 1 'f 1 ir\(\ sofi ssQ , ZUU, JUZ, JUD,

Ni IV EL 247, 249, 454, 1 103A

"^Al 040 A'\A 1 in'^A w lAl Z*t/, lAQ A^A *+J't PT "2 1 Q AS? OJ/, 1110 IllU AT 560

XIIN 1 VIII PT 780 AT 780 Nix EL 856 CL 856, 858 W 856, 858 OT o J u

Ni XI CL 526, 1192 W 1 1 14

IP 165 PT 401, 1192 AT 165, 401, 526, 1 153

Ni XII EL 858 CL 526, 858 W 858

IP 165, 581 AT 165, 526 OT JO I

Ni XIII CL 526, 1209

IP 165, 581 PT 735 AT 165, 526 OT 581, 1209

Ni XIV CL 1209

IP 165 AT 165 OT 1209

Ni XV CL 1090A, 1209 W 1090

IP SKI AT 11 DJ OT Jo I , Ni XVI IP 581 OT Jo i Ni XVII EL 819 CL 819 W 819 OT 918

Ni XVIII EL 225, 819 CL 225, 819 W 225, 819

IP 819, 872 AT 900

OT 872, 918

1\| AAlV AT

Ni XXVI AT 900

Cu I ND 0J9 w 1U4 / A

Zh /I r\£ 45j, oUz

Hfs 66, 194, 394,

1 130, 1217

IS 469, 530, 864

IP 241 PT 394, 415, 418 AT 41, 415, 530, OT 241 Cu II EL 1 IZ, 869 ND 330, 722, 869 CL 869 W 869

Hfs 594

IS 530

IP 869 PT 330, 594, 722 AT 41 S"?*! 747 OT 1988 Cu III ND 328 PT 71, 328, 1243 AT 139, 747 Cu IV EL 607, 797 CL 607, 797 W 607, 797

IP 607, 797 PT 607, 797, 111 AT 141 OT

Cu XI EL 856 CL 856, 858 W 856, 858 OT 856 Cu XII EL 858 CL 858 W 858 PT 401

23
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Cu xii— Continued \j2l Hi rPT1 7 1 AT 401 Ga IV yzo Cu XIII EL 858 PT 1243 CL 858 OT 928 W 858 Ga V AT 429, 505, 747 Cu XIV PT 735 Ga XXI AT 900

U A V 111 EL

CL

Q 1 Q

Q 1 O Ga XXVII AT 900

W C 1 Q o I y Ga XXX A 1 Cu XIX EL 225, 819 Ge I Hfs 548, 955A, 972A, 1118, 1119 CL ^ C 0 1 Q ZZD, o I V r 1 IT) '5/1') lAI lOCJ 1 /Z, j4Z, j4j, IZSj

W 225, 819 AT 120, 200. 313, 548

ID 819 1 G7 AT 900 Oe II tL

CL 187 Cu XXV AT 900 W 187 Cu XXVII EL 1161 Ge V ND 928 CL 1 1 A 1 1 1 O 1 KJ 1 VZo W

AT

1 1 A 1 1 1 D 1 900 Ge VI AT 429, 505, 747

Cu xxviii EL 1 1 A

1

1101 Ge XXII AT 900 CL 1 1 A 1 1 1 0 I Ge XXVIII AT 900 W 1101 As I EL 1012A

Zn I EL 145, 242, 400, 736 CL 1012A

ND 145, 400 W 1012A

CL 145, 242, 400 Hfs 1226 W 145, 242, 400, 736 IP 1012A

SE 310 PT 342

Hfs 305 AT 1 1 n 66 1 :?26 IP i ^ J , 1 PT Ann i7,f, As II EL 820 AT A 1 <QC\ llf^ 7Cfi 41, JVU, /OO, /Oo ND 820 U

1

TA 1 CL 820 W 820 Zn II EL 418, 639, 640 7F 820 ND 639 IP 820 CL 418, 639, 640 SF 820 w 418, 640, 81 1, 924 AT 120 1208

IP 640 As VI 1 'I u 928 PT 330, 418, 639, 1 243 OT 928 AT A 1 As VII EL 60 Zn III ND 328 CL 60 W 811, 924 W 60 PT 71, 328, 1243 AT 429 AT 747 As XXIII AT 900 Zn IV AT 429, 505, 747 Ac yvlY AT 900 Zn XII CL 858

Se I Hfs 548 W 858 DTr 1 'XA') Zn XIII EL 858 AT ZUU, J 1 ^, j4o

CL 858 Co i\/ oc IV FI W 858 CL 925 Zn XX AT 900 W 925

IP 925 Zn XXVI AT 900

Se VII OT 928 Zn XXVIII Hfs f\'\(\ O J D AT 900 VIII pi fin CL 60 Ga 1 ZE D jV W 60 SE 963A AT 429

Hfs 224, 548, 659, 813, 848 AT 548 Se XXIV AT 900

24
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Se XXX AT 900 Br EL 1 150 CL 1 150 W 1 150 Bn EL 821 CL 821 W 82

Hfs 548, 848, 861, 890, 1064A

IP 821 PT 821 AT 313, 548

Br II PT 342

Br III EL 981

ND 981 CL 981 w QH 1 A

Br IV EL 930, 981A, 1 157 ND 981 A, 1 157 CL 981A, 1 157 W 981 A, 1 157

IPIt 1 157

Br V EL 930, 981

ND 981A

CL 930, 981

ww

IP 930

Br VI EL 981A

ND 981A

CL 981

W 981A

Br VIII OT 928

Br XXV AT 900

Br XXXI AT 900

Kr I EL 255, 521, 605, 610, 653, 983A

CL 255, 521, 605, 653, 983A

W 255, 521, 564, 605, 610, 628, 653, 818, 983A

AT 313, 1304

\j 1 8'?9 1171

Kr II EL 353, 933 ND 353

1 s 1 J J J W 353, 933

IP 353 Kr III EL 353 W 353 PT 342 Kr VII W 968A

Kr VIII W 968A

Kr X w 968A

Kr XXVI AT 900

Kr XXXIV Hfs 656 Rb 1 EL 145, 308, 620, 873, 971A

ND 145, 620 CL 145, 620, 873 W 145, 259, 308, 620, 873, 1234A

ZE 31, 69, 123, 215, 259, 260, 714, 921,

Rb II

Rb III

Rb XXVII

Sr I

Sr II

Sr III

Sr IV

Sr V

Sr VI

Sr XXVIII Y I

Y II Y III

Y IV

Y V

953A, 976A, 1069A 1 139 SE 279, 488, 599, 970A, 1 131, 1 165 Hfs 31, 69, 218, 222, 260, 641, 813, 881, 890, 953A, 1044A, 1069A, 1234A,

1236

IS 222, 881, 1234A

IP 145 AT 873, 1303 EL 145, 962A, 965A

ND 145 CL 145, 962A, 965A

W 145, 259, 962A, 965A

ZE 259, 965A

IP 145,965A PT 1116 AT 1087A

OT 962A, 1245 EL 145 ND 145,766

CL 145 W 145

IP 145 AT 900 CL 413 W 413 ZE 696 SE 727^802

Hfs 1046A, 1132

IS 419,469

PT 696

IS 419, 1 133

IP 674 EL 962A, 1079A, 1102A, 1229 CL 962A, 1079A, 1102A

W 674, 962A, 1079A, 1 102A

IP 674, 1079A, 1102A, 1229 PT 11 02

OT 962A

ND 766

IP 674

IP 674

IP 674 AT 900

SE 1147

Hfs 813, 1 147 AT 204 EL 990A

CL 990A

W 990A

IP 990A

EL 1078A, 1079A

CL 1078A, 1079A

W 1078A, 1079A

IP 1078A, 1079A

AT 1078A

EL 524 CL 524 W 524

25
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Y V—Continued

OT 766 Y IX EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Yx EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Yxi EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Y XII EL 928 CL 928 W 928 OT ooo Vzo Y XIII 928 CL

W 928 Y XXIX AT 900

Zr 1 IS 4 1 V, 40V, 1 ! J J PT 865

Zr II PT O iC c ODD

Zr III PT 865 AT 200

Zr IV IP 1 65 AT 165 Zr V EL 395, 794, 1079A

ND 1079A

CL 794 1079A

W 794, 1079A

IP 165 395 794 1079A

AT 1 65 OT 794

Zr VI EL 395, 766 ND J 7 J , 1 KJKJ CL 766 W 766

IP 165 AT 165

Zr VII EL 395 765 CL 765 W 765

IP 165 AT 165 Zr VIII IP 165 AT 165 Zr IX IP 165 AT 165 Zrx EL 928 CL 928 W 928

Zr XI EL

CL 928 W 928

Zr XII EL 928 CL 928 W 928

Zr XIII EL 928 CL 928 W 928

KJ 1 Zr XIV CL 928 W 928

Zr XXX AT 900

Nb I PT 865 Nb II PT 534, 865 Nb III PT 865 Nb VI EL 395, 794, 1079A

ND 1079A

CL 794 1079

A

W 794 1079

A

IP 395, 794, 1079A

OT 794 Nb VII EL 395, 766 ND 395, 766 CL 766 W 766 Nb VIII EL 395, 765 CL 765 W 765 Nb XI EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Nb XII EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Nb XIII EL 928 w 928

IP 928 N b XIV EL 928 CL 928 W 928 OT 928 Nb XV EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Nb XXXI AT 900 Mo 1 ZE 1 lOlA

Hfs 1 101

A

IS 419, 469, 1067A PT 865 Mo II PT 865 Mo III PT 865

^4o VI FI

v.. 1- w 565

IP 165 AT 165 Mo VII EL 395, 794, 1079A

ND 1079A

CL 794, 1079A

W 794, 1079A

26
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Mo VII— Continued

IP 165, 395, 794, 1079A

AT 165 OT 794 Mo VIII EL 395, 766 ND 395, 766 CL 766 W 766

IP 165 AT 165 Mo IX hL 7QC

CL 765 W 765

IP 165 AT 165 Mo X IP 165 AT 165 Mo XI IP 165 AT 165 Mo XII EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Mo XIII EL 9^8 CL 928 W 928 Mo XIV EL 928 LL

W 928

IP 928 Mo XV EL 928 CL 928 W 928 OT 928 Mo XVI EL 928 CL 928 W 928 Mo XXXII AT 900

Tc I EL 149

14V w 149 PT 865 Tc II PT 865 Tc III PT 865 Tc XXXIII AT 900 Ru I IS 419 PT 865 Ru II DXr I ODJ Ru III DTr 1 SOD Ru XXXIV A 1 90U Rh I ZE 192

Hfs 192 PT 192, 865 Rh II PT 865 Rh III PT 865 Rh XXXV AT 900

Pd I Hfs 265, 651, 1 107A

IS 419

PT 863, 865 Pd II PT

Pd III PT 865 AT 200 Ag 1 418, ojy, 1U4/A

ND 418, 639 CL 639, 1047A

W 1047

SE 1076A

Hfs 227, 463, 641, 813, 817, 1076A

IS 227, 463 PT 418 f\^Q SftS Ag II PT 865 AT 1289 OT 1245 Ag III CL 926

W 926

PT 865

ffi I

I

1 Ann ^ Ml

\ A^ Ann

1 A c Ann AQ^ 4UU, 4oO w QA } A^ Ann 4fiA 117"^ o4, 4UU, 400, 1 1 / J

1 < J I J SE 310, 491

Hfs 282, 304, 306, 315, 316, 317, 3 512, 1228

IS 419

IP 145, 486

PT 400 AT 1 I 7 Cd II ND 418 SE 491

IS 446, 576, 952A, 1052A

PT 418

Inin I

1 ww

HJI, J/7, UOD, Ov/l, Hfclis 411 Ad'i S7Q Sfll 811

In II w 1 143A

In III EL 1 143A

ND 1 143A

CL 1143A

W 1143A

IP 1 143A

In IV EL 1 143A

I 1 41

PI 1 1 41 A W 1 I 41 A 1 1 4 J/A ID 1 1 41 A 1 1 4 j/\

In V w 1 143 A

Sn I SE 266

nis Z, 1 1 Oj

IClo A}Q ^Al ^0'> fiOA 1 HA 1 A PT 172, 342, 1283 AT 120 Sn IV IS 1052A

Sb 1 Hfs 197, 1032A

IS 1032A

27
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Sb I- ContinuedPT 342 Cs II

AT

EL

245, 1 166

145 Sb II AT 120 ND 145 EL 485

PI 11 <1S Te I w 145 W *+ o J SE 13! ZE 485, I082A

Hfs 1 1

1

IS 419

IP 145 PT 342 OT 1245

1 C 11 W Cs 111 AT 1 166

I- AT 1291 Ba I EL 570

1

1

bL OZ 1 CL 570 862

/4 J, oz i W 570 862 W 743, 821 ZE 246, 389, 577, 1141, 1218 ZE 743

C IT ah TIC O A'^ /25, 802

Hfs 890 Mrs lU4oA, 1 liZ

IP 59, 821 IS 41-9 PT 821 IP 570 AT 1291 SF

PT

570

172, 513, 570, 585

I II CL 743 AT 1 166 W 743 OT 585, 832 ZE 743 PT 342 Ra II DSL 11 CI oOZ AT 1291 w

Hfs 862

214, 463, 752, 813, 1004A

I III AT 1291 IS 714 Af,'^ 1081

A

I IV AT 1291 PT 183 245 A 1 z45, 1 I DO

I V AT 1291 Ba III AT 1 166

I VI AT 1291 La I ZE 891, 942

I VII AT 1291 SE 92o'

I VIII AT 1291

Hfs 750, 813, 891, 920, 938, 1080A

IP 276 Ae I P

I

'^^^ If.'X QCTA in'>AA ZJJ, Ojj, /uj, VSjA, lUzOA PT 938

L. L zjj, A^l OjJ, TAT /0-5, QCTA VSJA, imAA lUzOA AT 892, 1 166 W ICC /^Cl TAT OlO C\ A \ nOTA IA1AA ZJJ, OJJ, /Oj, oIo, V4 1 , VojA, IUzdA La II ND 278 ZE 424, 568, 1039A PT 278, 327, 604, 987A

Hfs 371, 776, 1059A, 1089A AT 327

IS 419, 475, 554, 561, 591, 778, 922,

1058A, 1081A, 1 154 La III EL 245 PT 371, 940, 1 123 CL 245 AT 1 304 W 245 U 1 liil, 11/1 Hfs 245

IP 245 Xe II EL 754 PT 183, 245 CL 90 AT 245' W 90, 754, 939, 941 La IV PT 1121 Xe HI EL 941 W 941 La V EL 960A

PT 342 CL 960A

AT 228, 273 W

Hfs 960A960A

FI I4S IflS AIQ IQT. S?'^ OQ'JA lOIQA

Ce 1 ND 145, 619 EL 681, 1185

(i 1 Q 87^ QQ7A CL 1048A w ) C\A \ "^nfi AIQ 701 87"^ QQ7 A lU^, IHJ, jUo, 017, lyj, o/j, yyZ/\ W

ZE

ISIPPT

1048A

681, 1 185

470, 678

276, 301, 764

278 604

7F 71^ 71/1 7Q1 imSA IIIQ ot lA'J no At ^ A <00 TAO "710 llA^ loj, z/y, 4/5, 4oS, jyy, /Uo, / IS, 1 1 03

Hfs 243, 434, 436, 442, 463, 641, 791, 813,

890, 1038A, 1 138, 1 140, 1 175

IS 233, 243, 361, 451, 463, 467 Ce II ND 278

IP 145, 793 CL 278, I048A

SF 873 W 1048A PT 183, 245 IS 419, 470, 678

28
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Ce II— Continued CL 438, 769, 795 PT 278 W 438, 769, 795 Ce III ND

PTAT

278

278, 327, 987A

142, 327, 1 167

ZE

Hfs

IS

283, 438, 795

^ ^ O , ^OJ

250, 258, 283, 466, 624

419, 479, 647, 795 Ce IV IS 223, 1052A IP 276 PT 183, 1121 PT 479 AT 1017A, 1018A AT 1 189

Pri ZE 997A Sm II EL 438, 795, 1 134

Hfs 997A, 1057A ND 1224

IP 276 CL 438, 769, 795, 1 134 PT 1057A W 438, 769, 795, 1 134

Pr III EL

ND

CL

365

278, 365 365

ZE

ISrDT1

438, 795, 1 134

419, 795, 1 134

1 ZZ4 W 365 Sm III EL 144

IP 365 AT 1 167 PTAT

230, 278, 327, 335, 365, 1 174

142, 327, 1 167, 1212 Sm IV PTAT

101, 105

200, 1 167

Pr IV EL

CL

W

IPPT

144, 1 178

1 178

1 178

Eu I EL

ND

702, 755, lOIOA, 1191

755, 1109 CL 702, lOlOA, 1 191 1178

101, 105, 230, 278, 327, 604, 987A,

1 178

142, 200, 327, 527, 636, 1017A, 1018A,

11Z1"7 ITl*^ I'^^'l

1 167, 1212, 1223

W

ZE

702, lOlOA, 1 191 283, 1 135 AT SE

Hfs 283

283, 785, 792, 1041 A, 1042A, llOOA,

1135, 1172

Pr V PT 183 IS 792, 1046A, 1 lOOA, 1300 Nd I EL

ND

CL

441, 468, 748

748

748, 769

IPPTOT

276, lOlOA, 1 191 585, 702, 755, 1 109 585 W 441, 748, 769 Eu II Hfs 135, 471 ZE 441 468 748 Q8SA PT 604

Hfs

IS 985A

238, 419, 608, 672, 798, 1029A, 1052A, Eu III Hfs AT

785 1018A, 1 167

1151, 1233

IP 276 Eu IV PT 101, 108 PT 441, 468 AT 1018A, 1 167 Nd II EL 441, 748 Gd I EL 645, 646, 1 125, 1 156 CL 748, 769 w 854, 913, 1 125, 1 156 W 441, 748, 769 ZE 645, 646, 1 156 ZE 441, 748 Hfs 253

IS 419, 798, 1040A IP 276, 764 PT 441, 899 PT 604, 799 Nd III EL 988A Gd II EL 352, 701, 1156 CL 988A ND 278, 352, 701, 855, 1 109, 1224 W 988A CL 701, 855, 1 156, 1224 PT 988A W 701, 854, 913, 1 156 AT 1 167 ZE 352, 1 156 Nd IV EL

CL

692, 988A

692, 988A

ISPT

419

278, 701, 799, 1 109, 1224 W 692, 988A Gd III W 913 PT 101, 105, 692, 988A AT 1 167 AT 200,527,635, 1017A, 1018A, 1167 Gd IV EL 584, 913 Pm I IP 276 CL 584, 913 Pm III AT 1167 ww

PT

S84 Q 1 '^ Jot, y I J 101, 584, 913 Pm IV PT 101, 105 AT 1 167 AT 1167 Tb I EL 285, 550, 902 Sm I EL 438, 795 ND 550, 902

29

456-156 0 - 72 -5
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Tb I- Continued Er III AT 1167 CL 285, 550, 902

Er IV EL 144 W 285, 550, 902 ZE 285, 325, 550, 834, 902 r 1 lUl, lUD, ZOU, 1 IZl Hfs 325, 834 AT 200, 527, 1 167

IP 276 Tm I EL 437, 946, lOlOA, 1191 PT 834 ND 946 Th II 1 O 11 EL ^^7 616 17^ CL 437, 946, lOlOA, 1 191 ND

CL

1224 W 437, 946, lOlOA, 1 191 537 ZE 437, 715, 946 W 537 rlis A\1J / Afxfs 1 C\A 1 A 1177 , 'fOO, 1 U'f 1 1 1 /z ZE 723

IDir 77A iniHA llOl Z/O, 740, lUlUA, llVl Hfs 536, 537, 616, 723 ar PT 723, 1224 PT 923, 946 Tb III EL 1098A Tm II EL 437, 946

CI 1 098A ND 946 W 1098A CL 437, 946 AT 1167 W

ZE

437, 946

437, 946 Tb IV PT 101 Hfs 437 AT 200, 1 167 IP 946 Dy r EL 749, 1106A, 1177 PT 278, 946 CL 749, 1 106A, 1 177 Tm 111 EL 587 W 749, 779, 1106A, 1177i CL 587 Zb /4y, 85 1 , 1 lUoA, 11//' W 587

His 85 1 IP 587

IS 171, 220, 419, 1002A PT 587

IP 276 OT 587 PT 749, 1 106A, 1 177 Tm IV PT 101, 105, 327, 1 121 Dy II EL 749 944 966A 1 106A 1177 AT 200, 327, 527, 1017A, 1 167 ND 731

/"I /4y, VOOA, 1 lUOA, 11// Yb 1 EL 91 563 585 946 W 749 779 1 1 06A 1 1 77 ND 946 ZE 731, 749, 944, 1 106A, 1 177 CL 91, 563, 946

IS 455 W 91, 563, 946

rDTi my, VH'f, 1 lUOA, 11// ZE

Hfs 213 946 1043 A 1046A

27, 155, 355, 421, 541, 827, 1 132 Dy III AT 634, 1 167

IS 155, 419, 969A

Dy IV PT 101, 105 IP 91, 276, 563, 585, 946 AT 200, 1167 SF 563, 946 PT 585, 946 Ho I W

IDIr 950 Yb II

OT

ND

585

278 Ho II W 950 Hfs 155, 278 Ho III EL 144 IS 155, 419, 969A

AT 1 1 67 IPPT

642

278 Ho IV EL 144 PT 101, 105 Yb III EL 589 AT 200, 1 167 589 PT 778 Z/o, SSQ Q87A yo//\ Er I CL 1065A

ND 278 Yb IV PT 101 W 1065A Lu I EL 946 ZE 73, 420 CL 946

IS 171,419, 969A, 1063A W 946

IP 276 ZE 629 PT 278 Hfs 356, 813, 1086A, 1 198 Er II EL 523 966A 1065A IP 276, 946 ND 278 SF 946 CL 523, 966A, 1065A Lu II PT 278 W 966A, 1065A

ZE 523 Lu III EL 958A

IS 969A, 1063A CL 958A

PT 278 W 958A

30
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Lu IV EL 958A

yjon w VDoA

Lu V EL 958A

yDon w

Hf I CL 1048A

W 1048A

IS 171, 419, 713 Hf II EL 408 ND 408 CL 408 W 408 PTr 1 978 Z / o, jns HUo Ta I CL 744 w

I m4 A oil

MIS 1 C\1A A 1 ') 1 1

Ta II CL 744 W 744 W I EL 153, 416

CL 153, 416

W 153

IS 419 PT 252 Re I 14fc riis 871 1 n^s A

IS 1028A

Re III 14 fc rllS 870/11

Os I Hfs 471

IS 419, 479, 647

r 1 AIQ ^lA

A X 1 I 1 1 fiQ 1 1 DO, 1 1 oV Os II EL 1092A

CL 1092A w 1 nQ7 A

Ir II EL 1027A, 1092A

1 \Jy i.n w 1

I no? \jy A

1 077 A

Pt I Hfs 1022A

IS 419, 1062A, 1214 Au 1 EL 980A

ND 980A

CL 980A

W 980A, 1047A

Hfs 427, 641, 813, 980A

Au II EL 980A

ND 980A

CL 980A

W 980A

Hfs 980A

OT 1245 Hg I bL 145, jyy, 4UU ND 145, 400 CL 145, 400 W 84, 145, 400 ZE 106, 156, 219, 402,

867, 1037A SE 279, 310, 802

Hfs 100, 106, 219, 231, 281, 282, 340, 402,

452, 464, 474, 651, 937, 986A,

1007A, 1008A, 1075 A, 1 104A

1036A, 1046A,

IS 106, 219, 267, 419, 452, 454, 602, 986A, 1007A, 1046A, 1075A

IP 145, 289 PT 172, 340, 400

A X TOO 1 7Q

V\n Mg fl

II A I Q A77

IP 289 AT 399, 1291 Hg III IP 289 Hp1 1^ IV1 V IP 289 Hg V IP 289 Mg VI IP 289 Hg VII IP 289 Hg VIII IDIr 7 QO

Hg IX IP 289

Tl I EL 145, 1083A

ND 145 CL 145, I083A

W 145, 1083A

ZE 659 SE 435, 623, 686, 949

Hfs 435, 623, 659, 673, 716, 813, 949

IS 716

IDIr

Tl II EL 145, 1202A

ND 145 CL 145, 1202A

W 145, 1202A

Hfs 665, 673

IS 665, 673

IP 145 MAT1

Tl III EL 418, 1202A

ND 418 CL 1202

w J 707 A

Hfc O / J IQlo O / J IDIr 1 707 A I Zl'Z A

DTr 1 A 1 C 4 1 o

Tl IV EL 1 202

CL 1202 W 1202

IP 1202 Pb I EL 487 CL 487 W 487 ZE 700 SE 802

Hfs 651, 700

IS 221 PT 172, 342, 868, 1283 AT 120 Pb II Hfs 651, 813

IS 419

31
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Pb IV EL 1 202A Pa V PT 618 AT 6 1

8

w 1 907 A U I EL 959A, 1074A

IS 673 CL 769, 959A, 1074A

IP 1202A W 769, 959A, 964A, 1074A

1 U V EL 1 202

A

ZE 959A, 1074A

1 202

A

Hfs 473, 961A, 1084A

W 1202

A

to AIQ Q^QA \niA\

IP 777 / / / , Q^QA yJy/\

Bi I ZE 683 r 1

1 f\lA A 1 1 7/1

1 U / 4A, I I /4 Hfs 196, 326, 596, 683, 703, 880, 1205 r\AT1

11 jyj^ 704

IS 326, 880 PT 342, 683 U 1! EL All, 959A, 1074A

Bi II CL 786 w 769, 959A, 964A, 1074A

W 786 ZE 959A

Hfs 231,786 Hfs 961A

AT 120 IS 419, 959A

Bi III Hfs 786, 813 IP 959A

Bi IV EL 786 U III PT 618 CL 786 AT 618 W 786 U IV PT 618, 771

Hfs 786 AT 618

Bi V Hfs 786 U V PT 618

Po I PT 342 AT 618

Rn 1 AT 1304 U VI DXr 1 0 I 8 AT 618 *

Fr II OT 1245 U VII AT 1307 Ra I AT 1 304 Np III PT 618 ACA

I AT 1 1 uu AT 618 Th 1 EL 1056A Np IV PT 618

1 056A AT 618 w TQfi S88 77S lOSftA I I 76 Np V PT 618, 771

IS 667 A T 0 1 0 IP 398 Np VI PT 618

1 n II pi I flSA A AT 618

1I n^A A U J o/\ w 588, 775, 1056A, 1 126 INp VII PTr 1 0 1 0

IS 419, 667 AT D 1 0 TU III

I n III W Pu I EL 1053A PT 618, 987A 7F I OS'7 A AT 618 nis AHit1 4

I? 4 I Q 1 OS 1 A Th IV W 956A AAT1 111 1 7Q

I

PT 618 AT 618 Pu II EL 1053A

1 U J J A

Pa I EL 290, 1055A J"^SJ , 414 Hit

CL 1055A IS 419, 1053A

W 1055A PT 1222 ZE 1055A AT 111 1222 1291 Hfs 1055A

Pu III PT 618

Pa II EL 1055A AT 618 CL 1055A

Pu IV PT 618, 1222 W 1055A AT 618, 1222 ZE 1055A

Hfs 1055A Pu V PT 618

Pa III PT 618 AT 618 AT 618 Pu VI PT 618, 771 AT 618

Pa IV PT 618 AT 618 Pu VII PT 618

32
2.2. Reference Numbers for Individual Spectra—Continued

Pu VII— Continued AT 618 AT 618 Cf V PT 618

Pu VIII PT 618 AT 618 AT 618 Cf VI PT 618 Am I IS 4 1

AT 618 Am HI PT 618 Cf VII PT 618 AT 618 AT 618 Am IV r 1 0 1 8 Es I W 762 AT 618

Es II EL 762, 957A

Am V PT 618 CL 762, 957A

AT 618 w / OZ, yj / A

Am VI PT 618 Hfs 762 AT D 1 o PT 762

PT 618

Eg III PT 618 Am VII AT 618 AA T1 A 1 c

IS 419

Es IV PT 618 Cm I AT 618

IDIr Es V r I £ 1 o 0 1 8 Cm III PT 618 AT 618 AT 618

Es VI PT 618 Cm IV PT 618 AT 618 AT 618

Es VII PT 618 Cm V PT 618 AA TI AT 618 Fm III PT 6 1 6 Cm VI PT 618 AT 618 AT 618 Fm IV PT 618 Cm VII PT 618 AA T1 u 1 o AT 618 Fm V PT 618 Bk I EL 957A AT 618 CL 95 /A Fm VI PT 618 W 957A AATI O 1 o Bk II EL 957A Fm VII PT 618 CL 957A AT 618 W 957A Md III PT 618 OK 111 rPT1 O 1 o AT 618 AA TI 0 1 o Md IV PT 618 Bk IV rDT1 0 1 o AT 618 AT 0 1 0 Md V PT 618 Bk V PT 618 AT 618 AT 618 Md VI rDT1 0 I o AT 618 Bk VI PT 618 AT 618 Md VII PT 618 AT 618 Bk VII PT 618 No IV PT 618 AT 618 AT 618 Cf I EL 737, 957A No V DTr i D 1 o CL 737, 957A AT 618 W 737, 957A

ZE 737 INO VI PT 618 AT 618 Cf II EL 737, 957A

CL 737, 957A No vii PTr 1 618 W 737, 957A AT 618 ZE 737

Lr V PT 618 Cf III PT 618 AT 618 AT 618 Trans Lr Hfs 1215 Cf IV PT 618 AT 159, 239, 377, 378, 1297

33
1
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers

3. O. Bely, Ann. d'Astroph. 27(6), 599-653 (1964). Etude des differents etats d'un systeme (ion +

electron). Be 1, II: PT AT

7. C. M. Varsavsky, Astroph. J. Suppl. 6, No. 81, 75-107

(1961). Some Atomic Parameters for Ultraviolet Lines. Al 1, CI 1: OT

9. R. Steele and E. Trefftz, J. Quant. Spectrosc. Rad.

Transfer 6, 833-846 (1966).

Wave Functions and Oscillator Strengths of Some Iron and Be-Like Ions with Configuration Mixing. Be I, C III, N IV, O V, Fe XIV, XV, XVI: AT

11. P. L. Altick, Phys. Rev. 169, 21-26 (1968). Photo-Ionization Cross Section of Beryllium Near

Threshold. Be I: AT

F. M. J. Pichanick, R. D. Swift, C. E. Johnson, and V. W. Hughes, Phys. Rev. 169, 55-78 (1968). Experiments on the 2 'P State of Helium. I. A

Measurement of the 2 'P, - 2 'Pj Fine Structure. He I: EL

M. E. Rudd and K. Smith, Phys. Rev. 169, 79-84 (1968).

Energy Spectra of Auto-Ionizing Electrons in Oxygen.

O I: EL CL W TE AT

W. J. Childs and L. S. Goodman, Phys. Rev. 170, 50-63

(1968). Hyperfine Structure of Seven Low Atomic Levels in Co", and the Nuclear Electric-Quadrupole Moment. Co I: ZE Hfs PT

M. Wilson, Astroph. J. 148(3), 937-938 (1967). Hartree-Fock Total Energy Differences in the Magnesium I Isoelectronic Sequence.

Mg I, Al I, II, Si II, III, P IV, CI VI: AT

K VIII, Sc X: AT

G. M. Lawrence, Astroph. J. 148( 1 ), 261-268 ( 1967). Resonance Transition Probabilities in Intermediate Coupling for Some Neutral Nonmetals.

Si I, P I, S I, CI 1, Ge I, As I, Se I: PT

Br I, Sn I, I I, Pb I: PT

G. Pietsch and L. Rehder, Zeit. Naturforsch. A22(12), 2127-2129 (1967). Spectroscopy in a Membrane Shockwave Tube. III. Determination of the Wavelengths of Band Heads of

the Chlorine Atom Affinity Continuum.

CI I: EL CL W

S. O. Kastner, K. Omidvar, and J. H. Underwood,

Astroph. J. 148( 1 ), 269-273 (1967).

Oscillator Strengths for Resonance Lines of Ions in the Neon Isoelectronic Sequence. Ne I, Na II, Mg III, Al IV, Si V, P VI: AT

S VII, CI VIII, Ar IX, K X, Ca XI, Sc XII: AT

Ti XIII, V XIV, Cr XV, Mn XVI, Fe XVII: AT

B. Budick and J. Snir, Phys. Rev. Lett. 20(5), 177-180

(1968). Coherent Anticrossing Signals. Yb I: Hfs

29. C. Fisk, C. Valdemoro, and S. Fraga, J. Chem. Phys.

48(7), 2923-2925 (1968). Spin-Orbit Coupling in Some Positive Ions of Chromium,

Manganese, and Iron. Cr 1, II, III, IV, V, VI, Mn IV, Fe IV: AT

31. D. Feiertag and G. zu Putlitz, Zeit. Phys. 208(5),

447^58 (1968). Core Polarization of the Rubidium Atom: Hyperfine

Structure of the 7 ^P,,^ State of Rubidium-85.

Rb I: ZE Hfs

32. N. G. Basov, V. A. Boiko, Yu. P. Voinov, E. Ya. Kononov, S. L. Mandel'shtam, and G. V. Sklizkov, Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. Pis'ma Redaktsiyu 6(9), 849-851

(1967) . Spectra of Calcium Ions, Ca XV and Ca XVI, Obtained During Focussing of Laser Radiation on a Target. Ca XIII, XIV, XV, XVI: W IP

36. A. K. Edwards and M. E. Rudd, Phys. Rev. 170( I ), 140-144 (1968).

Excitation of Auto-Ionizing Levels in Neon by Ion Impact. Ne I, II: EL ND CL W

37. C. Ambry, N. Bessis, and C. M. Moser, Phys. Rev.

170(1), 131-135 (1968).

Calculation of the Magnetic Hyperfine Structure of the 'D, 'D, 'F and 'F States of Lithium-7 Ion. Li II: Hfs

38. W. J. Childs and L. S. Goodman, Phys. Rev. 170( 1 ), 136-140 (1968). Hyperfme-Structure Studies of Nickel-61, and the Nuclear Ground-State Electric Ouadrupole Moment.

Ni 1: ZE Hfs

40. D. L. Hardcastle, J. L. Gammel, and R. Keown, J. Chem.

Phys. 49(3), 1358-1364 (1968). Hyperfine Splitting of the Ground State of Lithium.

Li I: Hfs AT

41. C. R. Claydon and K. D. Carlson, J. Chem. Phys. 49(3), 1331-1339 ( 1968). Ground States, Configurations and Truncated Orbital Bases of the Iron-Series Atoms. Ca I, II, VI, Sc 1, II, Ti I, II, V I, II: AT

Cr I, II, Mn I, II, Fe I, II, Co I, II: AT

Ni I, II, Cu I, II, Zn I, II: AT

44. H. E. Radford and K. M. Evenson, Phys. Rev. 168(1), 70-74 (1968). Paramagnetic-Resonance Spectrum of Metastable (^D)

Atomic Nitrogen.

N I: W ZE Hfs

46. L. Csillag, Acta Phys. Acad. Sci. Hungary 24(1), 1-18

( 1968) . The Balmer Lines of Deuterium. Dl: EL W

48. R. I. Semenov and B. A. Strugach, Optics and

Spectrosc. 24(4), 258-262 (1968). Determination of the Binding Coefficients of the Configurations np'n's and np'n'p from Experimental

Data. Ne I: PT

35
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

49A. M. L. Luther, Diss. Abstr. B 28(9), 3851-3852 (1968).

A Measurement of Some Energy Levels and Lifetimes for

Collisionally Excited Boron. B II, III; CL W

55. S. Gerstenkorn, Proc. Intern. Conf. Spectrosc, First (Bombay) 1, 24-31 (1967). Determination of Interval Factor a,, on the Basis of

Multiplet Hypcrfme Structure and Isotopic

Displacement Constant C„p (239-240). Pu II: Hfs

56. R. E. Huffman, J. C. Larrabee, and Y. Tanaka, J. Chem.

Phys. 45(9), 3205-3213 (1966).

Absorption Spectrum of Activated Nitrogen in the 600-1 100 A Region.

N I; W

58. C. H. Corliss and J. L. Tech, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) Monogr, No. 108, 66pp. (1968).

Oscillator Strengths and Transition Probabilities for 3288 Lines of Iron I (2100-9900 A). Fe I: CL

59. R. E. Huffman, J. C. Larrabee, and Y. Tanaka, J. Chem.

Phys. 48(8), 3835 (1968). Absorption Series and Ionization Potentials of Atomic

Chlorine and Iodine. CI I, I I: IP

60. L. I. Zvereva and E. Ya. Kononov, Optics and

Spectrosc. 24(5), 445^46 (1968).

Spectra of As VII and Se VIII in the Vacuum UV Region. As VII, Se VIII: EL CL W

64. L. A. Svensson and J. O. Ekberg, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm)

37(7), 65-84 (1968). Spectra of Titanium V, VI and VII in the Region 100-400 A. Ti V, VI, VII: EL CL W IP SF OT

K III, IV, Ca IV, V: EL CL W IP OT

Sc IV, V, VI, VII, Fe IX: EL CL W IP OT

66. E. A. Phillips and A. D. Jackson, Jr., Phys. Rev.

169(4), 917-923 (1968). Nuclear Magnetic Moments of Copper-60 and Copper-62;

hfs (Hyperfme Structure) Experiment and

Configuration-Mixing Calculation. Cu I: Hfs

67. R. E. Huffman, J. C. Larrabee, and Y. Tanaka, J. Chem.

Phys. 47(2), 856-857 (1967). New Absorption Series and Ionization Potentials of Atomic Fluorine, Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine. F I, CI I, Br I, I I: IP

68. E. S. Chang, R. T, Pu, and T. P. Das, Phys. Rev.

174(1), 1-16 (1968). Many-Body Approach to the Atomic Hyperfme Problem. 1. Lithium-Atom Ground State. Li I: Hfs

69. C. W. White, W. M. Hughes, G. S. Hayne, and H. G.

Robinson, Phys, Rev. 174( 1 ), 23-32 ( 1968). Determination of g-Factor Ratios for Free Rb" and Rb" Atoms. Rb I: ZE Hfs

71.

73.

74.

75.

81.

82.

83.

84.

85.

C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 72A(5),

505-520 (1968).

The Configurations 3d"4p in Doubly Ionized Atoms of

the Iron Group.

Sc III, Ti III, V III, Cr III, Mn III: PT

Fe III, Co III, Ni III, Cu III, Zn III: PT Ga III: PT

K. Heilig and O. Kircher, Zeit. Phys. 212(3), 243-247

(1968). Zeeman Effect in Erbium I. Er I: ZE

K. B. S. Eriksson and H. B. S. Isberg, Ark. Fys.(Stockholm) 37(17), 221-230 (1968). New Measurements in the Spectrum of Atomic Oxygen,

O I. O I: EL CL W

C. F. Fischer, Astroph. J. 151(2), 759-764 (1968).

Superposition of Configuration Results for Si II. Si II: AT

B. C. Fawcett, N. J. Peacock, and R. D. Cowan, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 1(2), 295-306

(1968).

Classification and Oscillator Strengths of Lines in the Far Vacuum Ultraviolet Spectrum of the Iron Period Elements. Sc IV, Ti V, V VI: EL CL W AT

Sc V, Ti VI, V VII, Mn IX, Fe X: EL CL W

Ar III, Sc VI, Ti VII, Mn X, Fe XI: EL CL W

Ar IV: CL W

Fe IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI: W

AT

AT

AT

R. H. Perrott and A. L. Stewart,

Phys. §oc. London) 1(3), 38!

2 I

J. Phys. B(Proc. -383 (1968).

The 2p

H", He I D Resonance in Helium.Li II, Be III, B IV: AT

G. H. Newsom and B. W. Shore, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 1(4), 742-744 (1968).

Analysis of Autoionization Resonance Structure in the Spectrum of Calcium Vapour.

Ca I: EL CL W

J. Macek, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 1(5), 831 843 (1968).

Properties of Autoionizing States of He. He II: AT

J. Berkowitz and C. Lifshitz, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 1(3), 438 440 (1968). The Photoionization of Cadmium and Mercury Vapours.

Cd I, Hg I; W

P. W. Murphy, Astroph. J. 153(1), 301-306 (1968).

Relative Strengths of Resonance Lines in the Ne I and Ar I Isoelectronic Sequences. Ar I, K II, Ca III, Sc IV, Ti V, V VI: PT

Cr VII, Mn VIII, Fe IX: PT

Ne I, Na II, Mg III, Al IV, Si V, P VI: PT

S VII, CI VIII, Ar IX, K X, Ca XI, Sc XII: PT

Fe XVII: PT

36
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

86. P. Di Lavore III, Dissertation, Univ. of Michigan

(1967) . A Measurement of the Fine and Hyperfine Structures of

the 2 States of Li'. Li I: ZE Hfs

87. W. van Rensbergen, Bull. Astron. Inst. Netherlands

19(1), 6-10 (1967).

Collisional Excitation of Auto-Ionizing Levels in the Term System of Silicon IX at Coronal Temperatures.

O IV, Si IX: PT

90. J. H. Collins, R. E. Winters, and G. G. Engerholm, J. Chem. Phys. 49(6), 2469-2472 (1968).

Fine Structure in Energy-Distribution-Difference

lonization-Efficiency Curves. Xe II: CL W

91. A. C. Parr and F. A. Elder, J. Chem. Phys. 49(6), 2665-2667 (1968).

Photoionization of Ytterbium: 1350-2000 A. Yb I: EL CL W IP

93. K. N. Shrivastava, Phys. Lett. 26A(12), 637-638

(1968) . Hyperfine Interaction Dependence on the Racah

Parameter: the Mn^* Ion. Mn HI: Hfs PT

95. N. C. Dutta, C. Matsubara, R. T. Pu, and T. P. Das,

Phys. Rev. Lett. 21(16), 1139-1143 (1968). Brueckner-Goldstone Many-Body Theory for the Hyperfine

Structure of Phosphorus. P I: Hfs

96. R. D. Kaul, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 58(3), 429L (1968).

Helium 3 'D Fine Structure. He I; EL

98. G. S. Chandler and T. Thirunamachandran, J. Chem.

Phys. 49(8), 3640-3652 (1968).

d Orbitals in the sp'd, spM\ and p'd^ Configurations of Phosphorus. P 1: AT

100. M. C. Bigeon and G. Berube, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2658(20), 1089-1092 (1967). Hyperfine Structure of the 2967 A Line (6 'P^ - 6 'D,

)

and the 6 'D, Level of Mercury.

Hg I: Hfs

101. W. T. Carnall, P. R. Fields, and K. Rajnak, J. Chem.

Phys. 49(10), 4412-4423 (1968).

Spectral Intensities of the Trivalent Lanthanides and

Actinides in Solution. II. Pm'\ Sm'*, Eu^\ Gd^*

Jb'\ Dy'\ and Ho'\

Pr IV, Nd IV, Pm IV, Sm IV, Eu IV: PT

Gd IV, Tb IV, Dy !V, Ho IV, Er IV: PT

Tm IV, Yb IV: PT

103. N. Grevesse and J. P. Swings, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2668, 1 10-1 12 (1968).

Identification of a Forbidden Line in the Solar Spectrum of Ca II. Ca II: CL W

104. R. J. Harrach, J. Appl. Phys. 38(4), 1808-1819 ( 1967). Radiation-Field-Dependent Frequency Shifts of Atomic Beam Resonances. Cs I: W

105.

106.

108.

109.

I 10.

111.

1 12.

115.

120.

123.

128.

W. T. Carnall, P. R. Fields, and K. Rajnak, J. Chem.

Phys. 49(10), 4424^442 (1968).

Electronic Energy Levels in the Trivalent Lanthanide Aquo Ions. I. Pr'*, Nd'\ Pm'*, Sm'\ Dy", Ho'*,

C.J* Er'*, and Tm'*.

Pr IV, Nd IV, Pm IV, Sm IV, Dy IV: Ho IV, Er IV, Tm IV: PT PT

D. Lecler, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., 2668(25), 1509-1512 (1968).

Isotopic Shifts and Hyperfine Structure of the 1850 A

Resonance Line of Mercury.

Hg I: ZE Hfs IS

W. T. Carnall, P. R. Fields, and K. Rajnak, .1. Chem

Phys. 49(10), 4450^455 (1968).

Electronic Energy Levels of the Trivalent Lanthanide Aquo Ions. IV. Eu'*. Eu IV: PT

A. W. Weiss, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) 71A(2), 157-162 (1967). Hartree-Fock Multiplet Strengths for K I, Ca II, and

Sc III. K I, Ca II, Sc III: AT

A. W. Weiss, Phys. Rev. 162(1), 71-80 (1967).

Superposition of Configurations and Atomic Oscillator Strengths - Carbon I and II. C I, II: AT

M. Wilson, Phys. Rev. 171(1 ), 4-7 (1968). Configuration Interaction Integrals for Pu I and Pu II. Pu I, II: AT

M. Wilson, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 1(2), 736-741 (1968). Ab Initio Calculation of Excited Odd Configurations of Cd 1. Cd I: AT

J. W. Swensson, Zeit. Astroph. 68(2), 151-155 (1968). Forbidden Lines of Neutral Sulfur in the Fraunhofer Spectrum.

S I: CL

P. F. Gruzdev, Optics and Spectrosc. 25(1), 1-7 (1968).

Oscillator Strengths of Resonance Lines of Ge 1, As II, Sn I, Sb II, and Pb I, Bi II. Ge I, As II, Sn I, Sb II, Pb I, Bi II: AT

G. S. Hayne, E. S. Ensberg, and H. G. Robinson, Phys. Rev. 171(1), 20-31 (1968). Measurements of gj Ratios for Rubidium-85,

Rubidium-87, Hydrogen and Deuterium, and of the Hyperfine Separation of Deuterium. H I, Rb I: ZE

D I: ZE Hfs

P. Feldman, M. Levitt, and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. Lett. 21(6), 331-335 (1968). Energies and Lifetimes of the Metastable Autoionizing

(ls2s2p)*Pj States of Li' and Li'; Assignment of

Li-I" Quartet Lines.

Li I: CL ZE Hfs PT

37

456-156 O - 72 - 6
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

129. H. Mendlowitz, Astroph. J. 154(3), 1099-1 1 10 ( 1968). Calculated Line Strengths for the Transitions Between

the Configurations (3d'+3dMs) and 3d^4p in Ti II. Ti II; PT

131. G. Khvostenko and M. Chaika, Optics and Spectrosc. 25(3), 246 ( 1968).

Stark Effect on Hyperfine Levels of the 7 Pj^j State of Cesium. Cs II: SE Hfs

133. R. N. Zare, J. Chem. Phys. 45(6), 1966-1978 (1966).

Correlation Effects in Complex Spectra. I. Term

Energies for the Magnesium Isoelectronic Sequence.

Mg I, Al II, Si III, P IV: EL ND AT

134. R. N. Zare, J. Chem. Phys. 47(9), 3561-3572 (1967).

Correlation Effects in Complex Spectra. II. Transition

Probabilities for the Magnesium Isoelectronic Sequence.

Mg I, Al 11, Si HI, P IV, Ca IX: AT

135. G. Guthoehrlein, Zeit. Phys. 214(4), 332-356 ( 1968). Determination of the Nuclear Quadrupole Moments of the Two Stable Europium Isotopes from the Eu II Spectrum. Eu II: Hfs

1 36. C. E. Webb, IEEE J. Ou. Electronics 4(6), 426-427

(1968). New Pulsed Laser Transitions in Tellurium II. Te II: W

137. J. G. Stamper, Theor. Chim. Acta 11(5), 459-462

(1968). Note on the Treatment of Quadrupole Excitations in Configuration Interaction. Be I: AT

138. B. B. Jones, F. F. Freeman, and R. Wilson, Nature

219(5151), 252-254 (1968). Extreme UV and Soft X-Ray Spectra of the Sun. O VI, Si XI, Ca XIV: EL ND CL W

139. D. Grabauskas, J. Vizbaraite, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 7(3), 597-609 (1967). Spectra of Cobalt I, Nickel II, and Copper III in Excited Configurations.

Co I, Ni II, Cu III: AT

140. D. Grabauskas, J. Vizbaraite, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 7(3), 583-595 ( 1967). Spectra of Titanium II and Vanadium III in Excited

Configurations.

Ti II, V III: AT

141. D. Grabauskas, J. Vizbaraite, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 7(3), 567-582 ( 1967). Spectra of Ions of Iron-Group Elements.

Ti III, V IV, Cr IV, V, Co II, Ni III: AT

Cu IV: AT

142. G. Malli and K, M. S. Saxena, J. Chem. Phys. 50( 1 ), 174-181 (1969). Intra-Atomic Magnetic Interactions in f

Configurations. I. Spin-Spin Interaction for f^ and

f' Configurations.

Ce III, Pr III, IV: AT

143. J. Lexa, Bull. Astron. Czech. 18(5), 269-273 (1967). Energy Levels in the Boron I Isoelectronic Sequence. B I, C II, N III, O IV, F V, Ne VI: IP OT

Na VII, Mg VIII, Al IX, Si X, P XI: IP OT

S XII, CI XIII, Ar XIV, K XV, Ca XVI: IP OT

144. H. M. Crosswhite and H. W. Moos, Conference on Optical

Properties of Ions in Crystals, H. M. Crosswhite and

H. W. Moos, Editors, pp. 3-33 (Interscience

Publishers, New York, 1967).

Crystal Spectroscopy at the Johns Hopkins University.

Sm III, Ho III, Pr IV, Er IV, Ho IV: EL

145. J. P. Connerade, Dissertation, Imperial College of Science and Technology, London, 157 pp. (1968). Atomic Absorption Spectra in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. Zn I, Cd I, Hg I, TI I, II: EL ND CL W IP Rb I, II, III, Cs I, II: EL ND CL W IP

147. L. Iglesias, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 72A(4),

295-308 (1968).

The Fourth and Fifth Spectra of Vanadium (V IV and V V). V IV, V: EL CL W IP

148. N. V. Roth and R. C. Elton, U. S. Clearinghouse Fed.

Sci. Tech. Inform. AD 667584, 41 pp. (1968). Measurement and Identification of Laboratory Produced Vacuum Ultraviolet Spectral Lines. C V, VI, O V, VI, N V, VI: CL W

149. W. R. Bozman, C. H. Corliss, and J. L. Tech, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) 72A(6), 559-608 (1968). Energy Levels and Classified Lines in the First Spectrum of Technetium (Tc I). Tc I: EL CL W

151. R. C. Elton and N. V. Roth, Appl. Opt. 6(12), 2071-2078 (1967). Plasma Spectroscopy in the Vacuum Ultraviolet and Soft X-Ray Regions.

C VI: EL CL W

153. D. D. Laun and C. H. Corliss, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 72A(6), 609-755 (1968). The First Spectrum of Tungsten (W I). W I: EL CL W

155. Yu. Chaiko, Optics and Spectrosc. 20, 424-428 (1966).

Isotope Shifts of Resonance Lines in the Spectrum of Ytterbium. Yb I, II: Hfs IS

156. I. M. Popescu, Rev. Roum. Phys. 10(2), 201-215 (1965). Atomic Levels of Hg by Optical Detection of the Magnetic Resonance. Hg I: ZE

158. J. W. Swensson, Astroph. Lett. 1(4), 185-18^7 (1968).

Identification of the Forbidden S I Line 3p* Pj -

3p'' D, in the Fraunhofer Spectrum.

S I: CL

38
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

159.

160.

162.

163.

164.

165.

167.

169.

170.

171.

T. C. Tucker, L. D. Roberts, C. W. Nestor, Jr., T. A.

Carlson, and F. B. Malik, Phys. Rev. 174( 1 ), 1 18-124

(1968).

Calculation of the Electron Binding Energies and X-Ray

Energies for the Superheavy Elements 1 14, 126, and

140 Using Relativistic Self-Consistent Field Atomic

Wavefunctions. Trans Lr Elements 1 14, 126, 140: AT

L. L. Hatfield and R. H. Hughes, Phys. Rev. 156( 1 ), 102-108 (1967). Measurement of the Lamb Shift in the n=4 Level of He*: RF Spectroscopy Using Time-Resolved Optical

Detection. He II: Hfs

H. F. Schaefer III and F. E. Harris, Phys. Rev.

170(1), 108-1 15 (1968).

Calculation of the Electron Affinity of Boron.

B", B I: AT

J. P. Carrico, A. Adler, M. R. Baker, S. Legowski, E. Lipworth, P. G. H. Sandars, T. S. Stein, and M. C. Weisskopf, Phys. Rev. 170(1 ), 64-76 (1968). Atomic-Beam Resonance Measurement of the Differential

Polarizability Between Zeeman Substates in the Ground State of the Cesium Atom. Cs I: SE

V. Beltran-Lopez, E. Ley Koo, N. Segovia, and E. Blaisten, Phys. Rev. 172( 1 ), 44-49 (1968).

Calculation of the Magnetic Moment of Atomic Fluorine. F I: ZE Hfs

R. D. Cowan, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 58(7), 924-933 ( 1968). Theoretical Study of p^p""'! Spectra.

AT

AT

Mo VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI: IP AT

Ar I, II, III, IV, V; IP AT

Ca III, IV, V, VI, VII: IP AT

Ti V, VI, VII, VIII. IX: IP AT

Cr VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI: IP Fe VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV: IP Fe XV, XVI: IP AT

Ni XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV: IP AT

Zr IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX: IP AT

A. W. Weiss, J. Chem. Phys. 47(9), 3573-3578 (1967).

Theoretical Multiplet Strengths for Mg I, Al II, and

Si III. Mg I, Al II, Si III: AT

U. Fink, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 57(7), 937-940 (1968).

Ionization States of Some Unidentified Lines in Nitrogen.

N II, III: W

N. G. Basov, V. A. Boiko, Yu. P. Voinov, E. Ya. Kononov, O. N. Krokhin, S. L. Mandel'shtam, and G.

V. Sklizkov, Rev. Roum. Phys. 13(2), 97-101 (1968). Laser Spark as an Excitation Source for Spectra of

Highly Ionized Atoms. Ca X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, Fe XVII: W

A. F. Golovin and I. F. Kramer, Optics and Spectrosc. 23(2), 105-107 (1967).

Isotope Shift in the Hafnium Spectrum: Deformations of Hafnium, Erbium, and Dysprosium Nuclei. Dyl, ErI, Hfl: IS

172. A. Kancerevicius, Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 7(2), 321-327 (1967).

Probabilities of Intercombination Transitions in Series of Zinc I, Cadmium I, and Lead III Atoms. Ge I, Sn I, Ba I, Hg I, Pb I, III: PT

174, K. R. Peschmann, Zeit. Phys. 201(1), 79-86 (1967).

Stark Effect of Oxygen Lines of the Arc and First Spark Spectrum in the Spectral Region 5440-4050

O I: EL CL W SE

O II: SE

178. B. L. Cosens, Phys. Rev. 173( I ), 49-55 (1968). Remeasurement of the Lamb Shift in Deuterium. D I: Hfs

183. V. Kaufman and J. Sugar, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 71A(6), 583-585 (1967). The Fifth Spectrum of Praseodymium.

Pr V: EL CL W Hfs IP PT

Cs L Ba II, La III, Ce IV: PT

187. V. Kaufman, L. J. Radziemski, Jr., and K. L. Andrew,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56(7), 91 1-915 (1966). Vacuum Ultraviolet Spectrum of Neutral Silicon.

Si I: EL ND CL W

C I, N I, Si II, Ge II: EL CL W

188. A. W. Weiss, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) 71A(2),

163 168 (1967).

Oscillator Strengths for the Helium Isoelectronic Sequence.

O VII: AT

192. Y. W. Chan, W. J. Childs, and L. S. Goodman, Phys. Rev. 173(1), 107-114 (1968). Magnetic Hyperfine Interaction Constants and

Electronic g Factors for Eight Atomic States of Rh""

Rh I: ZE Hfs PT

194. W. J. Childs, Phys. Rev. 160(1), 9-10 (1967). Contact Magnetic-Dipole Hyperfine Structure in 3d°4s^ Atoms.

Sc I, Ti I, V I, Cr I, Mn I, Fe I, Co I: Hfs Ni I, Cu I: Hfs

195. C. Y. Fan, M. Garcia-Munoz, and I. A. Sellin, Phys. Rev. 161(1), 6-15 (1967). Lamb Shift in the (Li')** Ion. Li III: Hfs

196. J. Heldt, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 58(11), 1516-1519 (1968). Hyperfine Structure of the Multipole Lines of Bismuth

(Bi I). Bi I: Hfs

197. M. Kopff, F. Les, Z. Les, and B. Malczyk, Acta Physica

Polon. 31(4), 781-782 (1967).

Hyperfine-Splitting Factors of Some Antimony I Levels. Sb I: Hfs

198. R. W. Schmieder, A. Lurio, and W. Happer, Phys. Rev.

173(1), 76-79 (1968). Hyperfine Structure and Lifetimes of the 4 ^P,^ and

5 ^Pj/j States of K". K I: Hfs

39
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

200.

201.

203.

204.

205.

209.

212.

213.

214.

215.

R. E. Watson and M. Blume, Phys. Rev. 139A(4), 1209-1210 (1965). Spin-Spin Interaction in Paramagnetic Ions. Pr IV, Nd IV, Sm IV, Tb IV, Dy IV, Ho IV: Er IV, Tm IV, Ti III, V III, IV, Cr III: Cr IV, Mn IV, Fe III, V, Co III, Ni III: Zr III, Pd III, C I, O I, Si I, S I, Ge I: Se I: AT

AT

AT

AT

AT

W. Traub, F. L. Roesler, M. M. Robertson, and V. M.

Cohen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 57(12), 1452-1458 (1967). Spectroscopic Measurement of the Nuclear Spin and

Magnetic Moment of "Ar. Ar I: Hfs IS

H. Metcalf, J. R. Brandenberger, and J. C. Baird, Phys. Rev. Lett. 21(3), 165-169 ( 1968). Measurement of the Sommerfeld Fine-Structure Constant

by Level Crossing in Atomic Hydrogen.

H 1: EL

T. K. Krueger, L. H. Aller, J. Ross, and S. J. Czyzak,

Astroph. J. 152(3), 765-775 (1968). Yttrium Abundance in the Sun. Y II: AT

R. D. Hudson and V. L. Carter, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

57(12), 1471-1474 (1967). Experimental Values of the Atomic Absorption Cross

Section of Potassium Between 580 and 1000 A. K I: EL CL W

G. Copley, B. P. Kibble, and G. W. Series, J. Phys.

B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 1(4), 724-735 (1968). A Method for Improved Resolution of Level Crossing

Curves: A plication to the Hyperfme Structure of

the Level 3 ^Pj^j in Atomic Sodium. Na 1: Hfs

G. Sprott and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. Lett. 21(6), 336-339 (1968).

Identification of the Metastable Autoionizing States

in Potassium with a New Radio Frequency

Spectroscopic Technique. K I: ZE Hfs

M. Baumann and G. Wandel, Phys. Lett. 28A(3), 200-201

(1968).

gj Factors of the 6s6p 'P, and 6s6p 'P, States of Ytterbium. Yb I: ZE

W. Becker, W. Fischer, and H. Huehnermann, Zeit. Phys.

216(2), 142-152 ( 1968). Hyperfine Structure of the Barium II Resonance Lines and the Quadrupoie Moments of the Odd Barium

Isotopes. Ba II: Hfs IS

P. A. V. Bout, E. Aygun, V. J. Ehlers, T. Incesu, A.

Saplakoglu, and H. A. Shugart, Phys. Rev. 165(1 ), 88-91 (1968).

Precision Measurement of the Electronic g Factors of

the Alkali Metals. Na I, K I, Rb I, Cs I: ZE

216. P. Brun, A. Le Floch, and J. P. Tache, Phys. Lett. 27A(6), 352-353 (1968). Measurement of g Values of Atomic Levels of Neon in a Zeeman Laser. Ne I: ZE

217. J. P. Buchet, A. Denis, J. Desesquelles, and M. Dufay,

Phys. Lett. 28A(7), 529-530 (1969). Doubly Excited States of Lithium.

Li I: CL W

218. H. Bucka, G. zu Putlitz, and R. Rabold, Zeit. Phys.

213(1 ), 101-1 18 (1968). Hyperfeinstrukturaufspaltung und Lebensdauer des

7 ^Pj^ - Term von Rb" und Rb".

Rb I: Hfs

219. J. P. Chartier and Y. Lecluse, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2678(3), 195-198 (1968). Determination of the Hyperfme Structure Constant, A,

of Mercury-199 in the 6 'P, Level; Hyperfine

Structurv. of the 6 'P,-8 ' S^ (4916 A). Hg I: ZE Hfs IS

220. J. W. M. Dekker, P. F. A. Klinkenberg, and J. F. Langkemper, Physica 39(j), 393^12 (1968).

Optical Isotope Shifts and Nuclear Deformation in Dysprosium.

Dy I: IS

221. J. S. Deech, J. B. Cole, and J. H. Sanders, J. Phys.

B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(1), 147 150 (1969).

Isotope Shifts in the 7229 A Transition in Lead Measured Under Superradiant Conditions. Pb I: IS

222. T. H. Duong, R. Marrus, and J. Yellin, Phys. Lett. 278(9), 565-566 (1968). Atomic Beam Study of the Rubidium 85, 87 Relative Isotope Shift. Rb I: Hfs IS

223. R. P. Edwin and W. H. King, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(2), 260-267 (1969).

Isotope Shift Measurements in the Spectrum of Trebly

Ionized Cerium (Ce IV). Ce IV: IS Sr to Ce: IS

224. V. J. Ehlers, Y. Kabasakal, H. A. Shugart, and O.

Tezer, Phys. Rev. 176(1), 25-42 (1968). Hyperfine Structure of "Ga and "Ga. Ga I: Hfs

225. U. Feldman and L. Cohen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 57(9),

1 128-1 129 (1967).

Autoionization Resonance Lines of Highly Ionized Atoms

of the Na I Isoelectronic Sequence.

Ti XII, V XIII, Cr XIV, Mn XV: EL CL W

Fe XVI, Co XVII, Ni XVIII, Cu XIX: EL CL W

227. W. Fischer, H. Huehnermann, and E. Krueger, Zeit. Phys. 216(2), 136-141 (1968). Hyperfine Structure of the Transition Silver I, 19,372 A. Ag I: Hfs IS

40
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

228. C. Foglia, Phys. Lett. 28A(2), 132-133 (1968). Hartree-Fock Parameters for the 'D and 'S Terms of the Configuration Ss^Sp* of Xenon III. Xe III: AT

229. B. S. Frankel, S. Goldsmith, and U. Feldman, Phys.

Lett. 27A(2), 1 1 1-1 12 (1968). High-Energy Satellites in the Vacuum Ultraviolet Spectra of Beryllium II and Beryllium IV. Be III, IV: CL W

230. Z. B. Goldschmidt, A. Pasternak, and Z. H. Goldschmidt, Phys. Lett. 28A(4), 265-266 (1968). Magnetic Interactions in Heavy Atoms.

Ti III, V III, Cr III, Mn III, Fe III: PT Co III, Ni III, Pr III, IV, Er IV: PT

231. G. Mueller and R. Winkler, Optik (Stuttgart) 28(2), 143-148 (1968).

Development and Use of a Double-Passed, Pressure Scanned Fabry-Perot Interferometer. Hg 1, Bi II: Hfs

233. H. Huehnermann and H. Wagner, Zeit. Phys. 216(1), 28-32 (1968).

Isotope Shift in the Resonance Lines of Cesium 131. Cs I: IS

234. C. J. Humphreys, E. Paul, Jr., R. D. Cowan, and K. L. Andrew, J. Opt. Sec. Am. 57(7), 855-864 (1967).

Spectra of the Noble Gases in the Region. Ne I, Ar I, Kr I, Xe I: EL CL W PT AT

235. T. F. Johnston, Jr. and G. J. Wolga, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

59(2), 190-194 (1969). Difference-Frequency Resonance Measurement of the 3p<

3p2 Neon Fine-Structure Splitting. Ne I: EL

236. V. Kaufman and L. J. Radziemski, Jr., J. Opt. Soc. Am.

59(2), 227-228 (1969). Redetermined Level Values and Interaction Parameters

of S I and CI II Ground Configurations.

S 1, CI II: EL PT

238. W. H. King, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(2), 268 269 (1969).

An Interpretation of Isotope Shifts in Neodymium.

Nd I: IS

239. A. C. Larson and J. T. Waber, J. Chem. Phys. 48( 1 1 ), 5021-5025 (1968).

Self-Consistent-Field Calculations for the Translawrencium Elements-Beginning of a 5g

Transition Series. Trans Lr Elements: AT

240. H. P. Larson and R. W. Stanley, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

57(12), 1439-1449 (1967).

Analysis of the He II 4686 A (n=4 to n=3) Line Complex

Excited in an Atomic-Beam Light Source. He II: EL W Hfs

241. W. Lotz, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 57(7), 873-878 (1967).

Ionization Potentials of Atoms and Ions From Hydrogen

to Zinc. H I - Zn I: IP OT

242. G. V. Marr and J. M. Austin, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2( 1 ), 107 114 (1969). Absorption Cross-Section Measurements on the Vacuum

Ultraviolet Spectrum of Zinc Vapour. Zn I: EL CL W

243. R. Marrus, E. Wang, and J. Yellin, Phys. Rev. Lett. 19(1), 1-3 (1967). Measurement of the Hyperfme Structure of Optically Excited States of Radioactive Isotopes. Cs I: Hfs IS

244. J. W. McConkey and J. A. Kernahan, Phys. Lett. 27A(2), 82-83 (1968). The Ionization Limits of N I. N I; IP

245. H. Odabasi, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 57(12), 1459-1463 (1967). Spectrum of Doubly Ionized Lanthanum (La III). La III: EL CL W Hfs IP PT AT

Cs I, Ba II: PT AT

246. G. von Oppen, Zeit. Phys. 213(3), 261-272 (1968). Aligned Excitation of Metastable 6s5d Levels in Ba I Spectra and Measurement of the g. Values. Ba I: ZE

247. R. Poppe, Physica 40( 1 ), 17-26 (1968). The Spectrum of Triply Ionized Nickel (Ni IV). Ni IV: EL CL W

249. O. Garcia-Riquelme, Physica 40( 1 ), 27-29 (1969). On the Structure of Triply Ionized Nickel (Ni IV). Ni IV: EL CL W

250. R. G. H. Robertson, J. C. Waddington, and R. G. Summers-Gill, Can. J. Phys. 46(22), 2499-2507

(1968). Hyperfme Interactions in the J=5 States of Samarium-147 and Samarium-149.

Sm I: Hfs

251. D. Schoenberner and D. Zimmermann, Zeit. Phys. 216(2), 172-182 (1968). Level-Crossing Investigation of the Hyperfme

Structure of the Excited 3 ^Py2 ^"'l ^^3/2 State of Sodium-23.

Na I: Hfs

252. Y. Shadmi and E. Caspi, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 72A(6), 757 760 (1968).

Theoretical Interpretation of the Even Levels in the

First Spectrum of Tungsten.

W I: ND PT

253. P. J. Unsworth, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London)

2(1) 122 133 (1969). Nuclear Dipole, Ouadrupole and Octupole Moments of '"Gd by Atomic Beam Magnetic Resonance. Gd I: Hfs

254. B. Ya'akobi, Phys. Rev. 176(1), 227-230 (1968).

Linear Stark Broadening in High-Density Lithium

Plasma.

Li I: SE

41
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

255. W. S. Watson and F. J. Morgan, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys.

Soc. London) 2(2), 277-281 (1969).

Discrete Structure in the 40-60 A Region of the Photoionization Continua of Argon, Krypton and

Xenon. Ar I, Kr I, Xe I: EL CL W

257. G. L. Epstein, Dissertation, Univ. of California, Berkeley, (1968).

Evaluation of the Field Isotope Effect for the Light Element Calcium. Ca I: IS

258. J. R. K Angel and P. G. H. Sandars, Proc. Roy. Soc. London 305A(1480), 125-138 (1968). The Hyperfine Structure Stark Effect. I. Theory.

He I, Si L Ni I, Sm I: SE Hfs

259. G. P. Anisimova, V. D. Galkin, and R. L Semenov,

Optics and Spectrosc. 25(2), 176-177 (1968). Determination of g Factors of Excited Levels of

Neutral and Singly Ionized Rubidium. Rb L H: W ZE

260. L. C. Balling, Phys. Rev. 163(1), 114-118 (1967).

g,/gj Ratios of Rb" and Rb".

Rb I: ZE Hfs

261. S. Bashkin, W. S. Bickel, H. D. Dieselman, and J. B. Schroeder, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 57(11), 1395-1396

(1967) . Beam-Foil Excitation of Spectra of Al II, III and

Fe II, III. Al II, III, Fe II, III: W

262. A. Borgstrom, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm) 38(3), 243-260

(1968) . Revised and Extended Analysis of the Spectrum of Calcium III. Calll: EL CL W IP

263. S. Brodsky and R. G. Parsons, Phys. Rev. 163( 1 ), 134_146 (1967).

Precise Theory of the Zeeman Spectrum for Atomic

Hydrogen and Deuterium and the Lamb Shift. H I, D I: Hfs

265. B. Budick, Phys. Rev. 168(1), 89-92 (1968).

Lifetime and Hyperfine Structure of the First Excited

'P, State of Palladium. Pd I: Hfs

266. P. H. Zimmermann, Zeit. Naturforsch. 25A(5), 608-61

1

(1970).

Ein Level-Crossing-Experiment im angeregten

(5pi,2 5d5,2 )j.2-Term des Sn I zur Untersuchung der Energieverschiebungen im elektrischen Feld. Sn I: SE

267. V. P. Chebotaev, Optics and Spectrosc. 25(4), 267-268

(1968).

Isotopic Structure of the 1.5295 Millimicron Laser

Line of Mercury.

Hg I: IS

270.

271.

273.

276.

278.

279.

281.

282.

283.

284.

285.

U. Feldman and L. Cohen, Astroph. J. 149, 265-267

(1967).

Newly Identified Lines in the Ne I Isoelectronic Sequence.

Sc XII, Ti XIII, V XIV: EL CL W

Co XVIII, Ni XIX, Cu XX: CL W

C. F. Fischer, J. Quant. Spectrosc. Rad. Transfer

8(2), 755-761 (1968). Configuration Mixing in the Al Sequence.

Al I, Si II, P III, S IV, CI V, Ar VI: AT

K VII, Ca VIII, Sc IX, Ti X, V XI: AT

Cr XII, Mn XIII, Fe XIV: AT

C. Foglia, Phys. Rev. 163(1), 35-37 (1967). Hartree-Fock Wave Functions for Xe III (5p*,

Xe III: AT

P).

G. R. Hertel, J. Chem. Phys. 48(5), 2053-2058 (1968). Surface Ionization. III. The First Ionization

Potentials of the Lanthanides. La I - Lu I: IP

Z. B. Goldschmidt, Thesis, Hebrew Univ. of Jerusalem, 487 pp. (1968).

Theoretical Investigation of Rare-Earth

Spectra. La II, Ce III, Pr III, Gd II: ND PT

Er I, II, Yb IL ND PT

Ce I, Pr IV, Tm II, Yb III, Lu II: PT

Hfll: PT

Ce II: ND CL PT

A. Khadjavi, A. Lurio, and W. Happer, Phys. Rev. 167(1 ), 128-135 (1968).

Stark Effect in the Excited States of Rb, Cs, Cd, and

Hg.

Rb I, Cs I, Cd I, Hg I: SE

D. Lecler and J. Margerie, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2658(2), 123-126 (1967). Etudes des structures hyperfines du niveau 6 'P, des

isotopes "'Hg et ^"'Hg par la methode des croisements de niveaux. Hg 1: Hfs

J. C. Lehmann, Ann. de Phys. 2(6), 345-392 (1967). Etude de 1 'orientation nucleaire par pompage optique des isotopes impairs stables du cadmium.

Cd I, Hg I: Hfs

N. J. Martin, P. G. H. Sandars, and G. K. Woodgate,

Proc. Roy. Soc. London 305A(1480), 139-148 (1968). The Hyperfine Structure Stark Effect. II. The Ground

Levels of Samarium, Europium and Aluminium.

Al I, Sm I, Eu I: ZE SE Hfs

M. Lieber, Phys. Rev. 174(5), 2037-2054 ( 1968). 0(4) Symmetry of the Hydrogen Atom and the Lamb Shift H I: Hfs

E. Meinders and P. F. A. Klinkenberg, Physica 38(2), 253-274 (1968).

Structure of the Spectrum of Neutral Terbium, Tb I. Part IV. Tb I: EL CL W ZE

42
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

287. R. H. Perrott and A, L. Stewart, J. Phys. B(Proc.

Phys. Soc. London) 1(6), 1226-1227 (1968).

2s^ 'S and 2p- 'S Resonances in Helium.

H", He 1, Li II, Be III, B IV: AT

288. W. Persson, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(3), 285-287 (1969). Extended Analysis and New Identifications in the Spectrum of Ne II. Ne II: EL CL W

289. P. A. Redhead and S. Feser, Can. J. Phys. 46(17), 1905-1914 (1968).

Multipole Ionization of Mercury by Successive Electron

Impacts. Hg I - IX: IP

290. E. W. T. Richards, I. Stephen, and H. S. Wise,

Spectrochim. Acta 23B(10), 635-642 (1968).

Survey of the First Spectrum of Protactinium. Pa I: EL

297. G. Smith and J. Siddall, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(4), 419-423 (1969). Odd Configurations of Neutral Titanium (Ti I). Ti I: ND PT

298. L. J. Radziemski, Jr. and V. Kaufman, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

59(4), 424^43 (1969). Wavelengths, Energy Levels, and Analysis of Neutral Atomic Chlorine (CI I). CI I: EL ND CL W IP PT

299. H. Odabasi, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(5), 583-588 (1969).

Configuration Mixing in the N=4 Electron Isoelectronic Sequence. Be 1 - P XII: AT

301. G. Balducci, A. Capalbi, G. De Maria, and M. Guido, J. Chem. Phys. 50(5), 1969-1974 (1969). Thermodynamics of Rare-Earth-Carbon Systems. I. The

Cerium-Carbon System.

Ce I: IP

302. M. Lipeles, R. Novick, and N. Tolk, Phys. Rev. Lett. 15(17), 690-693 (1965).

Direct Detection of Two-Photon Emission From the Metastable State of Singly Ionized Helium. He II: W

304. F. W. Byron, Jr., M. N. McDermott, R. Novick, B. W.

Perry, and E. B. Saloman, Phys. Rev. 1368(6), 1654-1661 (1964).

Ouadrupole Moments of Odd-Neutron Nuclei; Spin and Moments of 14-Year Cd""°. Cd I: Hfs

305. F. W. Byron, Jr., M. N. McDermott, R. Novick, B. W.

Perry, and E. B. Saloman, Phys. Rev. 134A( 1 ), 47-55

(1964). Spin and Nuclear Moments of 245-Day Zn";

Redetermination of the hfs of Zn" and t( P, ) of

Zinc. Zn I: Hfs

306. F. W. Byron, Jr., M. N. McDermott, and R. Novick,

Phys. Rev. 132(3), 1181-1185 (1963). Spin and Nuclear Moments of 6.7-Hour Cd'" . Cd I: Hfs

307. B. Budick, S. Marcus, and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. 140A(4), 1041-1043 (1965). Level-Crossing Spectroscopy with an Electric Field: Stark Shift of the 3 ^P Term in Lithium.

Li I: SE

308. P. Feldman and R. Novick, Phys. Rev, 160(1), 143-158

(1967) . Auto-Ionizing States in the Alkali Atoms with Microsecond Lifetimes.

Li I, Na I, K I, Rb I, Cs I: EL W

309. J. E. Hansen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(6), 722-726 (1969).

Relative ^ine Strengths of the Forbidden 2s^2p ^P -

2s2p^ P Transitions in the B I Isoelectronic Sequence.

C II, N III, O IV, F V, Na VII, Mg VIII: PT

Al IX, Si X, P XI: PT

310. E. J. Robinson, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(6), 782-783

(1969).

Stark Effect in Cadmium, Mercury and Zinc. Zn I, Cd I, Hg I: SE

311. E. Lipworth and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. 108(6), 1434-1448 (1957).

Fine Structure of Singly Ionized Helium. He II: EL

312. R. Novick and E. D, Commins, Phys. Rev. 111(3), 822-840 (1958). Hyperfine Structure of the Metastable State of Singly Ionized Helium-3. He II: Hfs

313. C. Fisk and S. Fraga, Can, J. Phys. 47(6), 637 (1969). Slater-Condon Parameters for the Atoms Gallium to Krypton, Evaluated From Analytical Hartree-Fock

Functions. Ge I, As I, Se I, Br I, Kr I: AT

315. P. Thaddeus and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. 126(5), 1774-1780 (1962).

Optical Detection of Level Crossing in the (5s5p) 'P, State of Cd'" and Cd"\

Cd I: ZE Hfs

316. M. N. McDermott and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. 131(2), 707-718 (1963).

Optical Double Resonance in Radioactive Atoms; Spin and Nuclear Moments of the Ground State of Cd"". Cd I: Hfs

317. M. N. McDermott, R. Novick, B. W. Perry, and E. B. Saloman, Phys. Rev. 1348(1), 25-29 (1964).

Spin and Nuclear Moments of 2.3-Day Cd'" and of 43-Day Cd""". Cd I: Hfs

318. A. Lurio and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. 134A(3), 608-614

(1964).

Lifetime and Hfs of the (5s5p) 'P, State of Cadmium.

Cd I: Hfs

319. R. H. Garstang, Astrophysics Space Sci. 2, 336-343

(1968) . Predicted Forbidden Line Spectrum of Ni IV. Ni IV: PT

43
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

321.

322.

324.

325.

326.

327.

328.

329.

330.

331.

V. V. Klingo, Air Force Cambridge Research

Laboratories, AFCRL-68-0566, October, 1968,

Translation, No. 26 from Vilniaus Valstybinio Univ. Moksio Darbai, 25 (Mat. fix. chem. ser, 8), 89-99

(1958).

Calculation of the Magnetic Hyperfine Structure of

Spectral Lines with Allowance for the Finite Size of

the Atomic Nucleus and a Study of the Density of Nuclear Magnetism. He I, Li L Na I: Hfs

A. P. Jucys and R. S. Dagis, Air Force Cambridge

Research Laboratories, AFCRL-68-0567, October, \96i

Translation No. 27 from Akademiia Nauk Litovskoi, SSR, Trudy, Ser. B, 1(21 ), 59-70 (1960). Improvement in the Theoretical Determination of the Fine Structure of Terms of Atomic Species of Boron, Carbon, and Nitrogen Type.

BLCLNl; AT

S. Bashkin, W. S. Bickel, and B. Curnutte, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 59(7), 879L-881L (1969). Beam-Foil Excitation of Levels in S II and S III. S II, III; W

W. J. Childs and L. S. Goodman, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

59(7), 875L (1969). Hyperfine Structure and gj Values of Low Levels of '"Tb. Tb I: ZE Hfs

P. C. Magnante and H. H. Stroke, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

59(7), 836-841 (1969).

Isotope Shift Between '°'Bi and 6.3-Day "'Bi.

Bi 1: Hfs IS

M. Wilson and M. Fred, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(7), 827-829

(1969). Energy-Dependent Slater-Integrals. C I, Si I, La II, Ce III, Pr III, IV: PT AT

Tm IV: PT AT

Y. Shadmi, E. Caspi, and J. Oreg, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) 73A(2), 173-189 (1969).

Effective Interactions in the Even Configurations of

the Third Spectra of the Iron Group.

Sc III, Ti III, V III, Cr III, Mn III: ND PT

Fe III, Co III, Ni III, Cu III, Zn III: ND PT

C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 73A(2),

159-171 (1969).

Configurations 3d"4p + 3d""'4s4p in Sc II, Ti II, and V II. Sc II: PT

Ti II, V II: ND PT

C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 73A(2), 125-157 (1969).

Configurations 3d"4p in Singly Ionized Atoms of the Iron Group.

Ca II, Sc II, Ti II, Co II, Ni II, Zn II: PT V II, Cr II, Mn II, Fe II, Cu II: ND PT

R. H. Garstang, Mon. Not. Roy. Astron. Soc. 114(1),

1 18-133 (1954).

Intermediate Coupling Line Strengths. O II, Ne II, S II, Ar II: PT

333. R. H. Garstang, Astroph. J. 115(3), 506-507 (1952),

Multiplet Intensities for the Lines *S - ^D of S II, 0 II, and N I. N I, O II, S II: PT AT

334. R. H. Garstang, Mon. Not. Roy. Astron. Soc. 3( 1 ),

1 15-124 (1959). Energy Levels and Transition Probabilities in p^ and

p* Configurations.

C I, N II, O III, F IV, Ne V, Na VI: PT AT

Mg VII, Al VIII, Si IX, P X: PT AT

Si I, P II, S III, CI IV: PT O I, F II, Ne III, Na IV, Mg V, Al VI: PT AT

Si VII, P VIII, S IX: PT AT

S I, CI II, Ar III, K IV, Ca V, Sc VI: PT

Ti VII, V VIII: PT

335. S. Feneuille and N. Pelletier-Allard, Physica 40(3), 347-356 (1968).

Interpretation of the 4f^6s, 4f^5d, and 4f'6p

Configurations of Praseodymium III. Pr III: PT

337. R. H. Garstang, Ann. d'Astroph. 25(2), 109-117 (1962).

Transition Probabilities for Permitted and Forbidden

Lines of Si X, Fe XIV and Fe X.

Si X, Fe XIV: PT

338. R. H. Garstang and F. A. Dawe, Notes from

Observatories (930), 210-21 1 (1962). Two Lines of Neutral Silicon in the Solar Ultra-Violet Spectrum.

Si I: PT

339. R. H. Garstang, The Observatory 82(927), 50-51 (1962). Two Solar Ultra-Violet Lines of Neutral Carbon. C I: PT

340. R. H. Garstang, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52(8), 845-851

(1962). Hyperfine Structure and Intercombination Line

Intensities in the Spectra of Magnesium, Zinc,

Cadmium, and Mercury.

Mg I, Zn I, Cd I, Hg I: Hfs PT

342. R. H. Garstang, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 68A( 1 ), 61-73 (1964).

Transition Probabilities of Forbidden Lines. Ti III, Mn VI, Ni I, Ge I, As I, Se I: PT

Br II, Kr III, Sn I, Sb I, Te I, I II: PT

Xe III, Pb I, Bi I, Po I: PT

343. R. H. Garstang, Proc. Phys. Soc. (London) 84(537), 175-176 (1964).

Electronic g Factors in Ge I and Sn I and Empirical Intermediate Coupling Transformations. Ge I, Sn I: PT

344. R. H. Garstang and J. Van Blerkom, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

55(9), 1054-1057 (1965).

Transition Probabilities in the Ar I Spectrum. Ar I: PT

44
3. BibKography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

345. R. H. Garstang and L. J. Shamey, The Magnetic and

Related Stars, Proceedings of the AAS-NASA Symposiui i on the Magnetic and Other Peculiar and Metallic Line A Stars, R. C. Cameron, Editor, pp. 387-395 (Mono

Book Corp., Baltimore, 1967).

Oscillator Strengths for Ionized Silicon.

Si II: PT

347. R. H. Garstang, Mon. Not. Roy. Astron. Soc. 120(3), 201-203 (1960).

Transition Probabilities for Forbidden Lines of Ne IV. Ne IV: PT

352. J. Blaise and Th. A. M. van Kleef, Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sci. 268B( 1 1 ), 792-795 (1969).

Spark Spectrum of Gadolinium. Gd 11: EL ND ZE

353. L. Minnhagen, H. Strihed, and B. Petersson, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm), 39(5), 471^93 (1969). Revised and Extended Analysis of Singly Ionized Krypton, Kr II. Kr II: EL ND CL W IP Ki III: EL W

354. W. C. Martin, J. L. Tech, and M. Wilson, Phys. Rev.

181(1), 66-69 (1969). Note on the 3p'4s3d Configuration in Neutral Potassium (K I). K I: ND PT

355. B. Budick and J. Snir, Phys. Rev. 178(1), 18-23

(1969). Hyperfme Structure of the 6s6p 'P, Level of Stable Ytterbium Isotopes. Yb I: Hfs

356. L. H. Gobel, Zeit. Naturforsch. 25A(5), 61 1-620

(1970). Level-crossing-Experimente in angeregten Termen des Lu I zur Untersuchung der Hyperfeinstruktur von '"Lu. Lu I: Hfs

357. J. D. Lyons, R. T. Pu, and T. P. Das, Phys. Rev.

178(1), 103-118 (1969). Many-Body Approach to Hyperfme Structure in the ^P

State of Lithium.

Li I: Hfs

358. W. S. Bickel, I. Bergstrom, R. Buchta, L. Lundin, and

I. Martinson, Phys. Rev. 178(1), 118-122 (1969).

Mean Lives of Some Doubly Excited Levels in Lithium I. Li I: CL W

359. J. C. Lehmann, Phys. Rev. 178(1), 153-160 (1969). Nuclear Orientation of Cadmium- 1 1 1 by Optical Pumping

with the Resonance Line 5

' Sq - 5' P,

.

Cd I: Hfs

360. N. C. Dutta, C. Matsubara, R. T. Pu, and T. P. Das,

Phys. Rev. 177(1), 33-46 (1969).

Many-Body Approach to Hyperfme Interaction in Atomic

Nitrogen.

N I: Hfs

361. R. Marrus, E. C. Wang, and J, Yellin, Phys. Rev. 177(1), 122-126 (1969). Atomic-Beam Measurement of Isotope Shifts in the D.

Line of '"Cs, '"Cs, '"Cs, '""Cs, '"Cs, and

'"Cs. Cs I: IS

362. R. Marrus and J. Yellin, Phys. Rev. 177(1), 127-129

(1969).

Electric Polarizabilities of the 4 ^P Level of Potassium. K I: SE

363. R. P. Madden, D. L. Ederer, and K. Codling, Phys. Rev. 177(1), 136-151 (1969). Resonances in the Photo-ionization Continuum of Ar I (20-150 eV). Ar I: EL CL W

364. V. Beltran-Lopez, E. Blaisten, N. Segovia, and E. Ley

Koo, Phys. Rev. 177( 1 ), 432-434 (1969).

Calculation of the Magnetic Moment of Atomic Oxygen.

O I: ZE

365. J. Sugar, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 73A(3), 333-381 (1969). The Third Spectrum of Praseodymium (Pr III) in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. Pr III: EL ND CL W IP PT

367. M. H. Alexander, Phys. Rev. 178(1), 34^0 (1969). Exact Treatment of the Stark Effect in Atomic

Hydrogen.

H I: SE

369. H. P. Palenius, Ark. Fys.(Stockholm) 39( 1 ), 15-64

(1969). Spectrum and Term System of Singly Ionized Fluorine, F II. F II: EL ND CL W IP SF PT

370. LI. Litzen, Ark. Fys.(Stockholm) 38(4), 317-324 (1968).

Configurations nf and ng in Ne 1. Ne I: EL CL W PT

371. S. Liberman, J. de Phys. 30( 1 ), 53-62 (1969), Etude theorique des configurations 5p'(6s + 5d) et 5p'(6p + 7p) du zenon I et de leur structure hyperfme. Xe I: Hfs PT

372. F. Bernardi and C. Zauli, J. Chem. Soc. A 1968( 1 1 ), 2633-2636 ( 1968).

4s-Orbitals in Sulphur. S I, II: AT

373. D. R. Beck, J. Chem. Phys. 51(5), 2171-2183 (1969).

Relativistic and Correlation Effects for Optical Levels of Large Atomic Systems: Application to Tl II. Tl II: AT

377. J. T. Waber, D. T. Cromer, and D. Liberman, J. Chem.

Phys. 51(2), 664-668 (1968). SCF Dirac-Slater Calculations of the Translawrencium

Elements. Trans Lr Elements: AT

45

456-156 0 - 72 -7
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

378. J. B. Mann, J. Chem. Phys. 51(2), 841-842L (1969).

Stability of 8p Electrons in Superheavy Elements. Trans Lr Elements: AT

384. R. D. Chapman, Astroph. J. 156( 1 ), 87-91 (1969).

Oscillator Strengths and Wavelengths of Some X-Ray and

Extreme-Ultraviolet Spectrum Lines of Highly Ionized

Iron. Fe XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXV: AT

385. W. Whaling, R. B. King, and P. L. Smith, Beam-Foil

Spectroscopy, Proc. Conf. Beam-Foil Spectroscopy,

University of Arizona (1967), S. Bashkin, Editor, pp. 81-100 (Gordon and Breach, Inc., New York,

1968).

Ion Beam Spectra of Iron. Fe IV, V, VI: W

386. L. Hambro, Phys. Rev. 175, 31-33 ( 1968). Hyperfine Structure of the 2 'P Level in He\

He 1: Hfs

389. G. O. Brink and R. J. Hull, Phys. Rev. 179( 1 ), 43-45

(1969).

g Factors of the 6s5d Configuration of Atomic Barium. Ba I: ZE

390. L. Brown, W. K. Ford, Jr., V. Rubin, W. Trachslin, and W. Brandt, Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, Proc. Conf. Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, University of Arizona

(1967), S. Bashkin, Editor, pp. 45-77 (Gordon and

Breach, Inc., New York, 1968).

Foil- and Gas-Excitation of Sodium Spectra. Na: W

391. J. A. Jordan, Jr., Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, Proc. Conf. Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, University of Arizona

(1967), S. Bashkin, Editor, pp. 121-156 (Gordon and

Breach, Inc.. New York, 1968). Beam Spectroscopy at Tandem Energies.

N II, III: W

392. A. Denis, J. Desesquelles, M. Dufay, and M. C.

Poulizac, Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, Proc. Conf. Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, University of Arizona

(1967), S. Bashkin, Editor, pp. 341-369 (Gordon and

Breach, Inc., New York, 1968). Decay Curves of Some N II, N III, N IV Levels Excited by the Beam-Foil Technique.

N II, III, IV, V: W

393. C. Y. Fan, Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, Proc. Conf. Beam-Foil Spectroscopy, University of Arizona

(1967), S. Bashkin, Editor, pp. 443-450 (Gordon and

Breach, Inc., New York, 1968). Lamb Shift in Single-Electron Atom.

Li III: Hfs

394. D. A. Landman, L. A. Levin, and A. Lurio, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(8), 962-968 ( 1969). Calculation of the Hyperfine Structure and g, Values

of the 3d'4s4p Configuration of Copper.

Cu I: Hfs PT

395.

396.

397.

398.

399.

400.

401.

402.

405.

406.

407.

M. S. Chaghtai, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(8), 969-970

(1969).

Energy Levels of Zr V, VI, VII, Nb VI, VII, VIII, and Mo VII, VIII, IX. Zr V, Nb VI, Mo VII: EL IP Zr VI, Nb VII, Mo VIII: EL ND

Zr VII, Nb VIII, Mo IX: EL

D. Goorvitch, F. P. J. Valero, and A. L. Clua, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 59(8), 971-975 (1969).

Interferometrically Measured Thorium Lines Between 2747 and 4572 A. Th I: W

A. Denis, J. Desesquelles, and M. Dufay, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(8), 976-980 (1969). Beam-Foil Excitation of Multiply Ionized Neon.

Ne: W

D. H. Smith and G. R. Hertel, J. Chem. Phys. 51(7), 3105-3107 (1969).

First Ionization Potentials of Th, Np, and Pu by

Surface Ionization. Th I, U I, Np I, Pu I: IP

P. Mitchell and M. Wilson, Chem. Physics Lett. 3(6), 389-391 (1969).

A Note on the Ionization Potentials of Mercury.

Hg I: EL AT

Hg II: AT

W. R. S. Garton and J. P. Connerade, Astroph. J. 155(2), 667-675 (1969). Absorption Spectra of Zn I, Cd I, and Hg I in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. Zn I, Cd I, Hg I: EL ND CL W PT

W. J. Wagner and L. L. House, Astroph. J. 155(2), 677-686 (1969). Hartree-Fock Calculations of Coronal Forbidden Lines

in the Argon I Isoelectronic Sequence. Cr VII, Mn VIII, Fe IX, Co X, Ni XI: PT AT

Cu XII: PT AT

O. Redi and H. H. Stroke, Phys. Rev. A 2(4), 1134-1149

(1970). Level-Crossing Determination of the (6s6p) 'P. hfs of

, , 203 Hg • Hgl: ZE Hfs

J. S. M. Harvey, Phys. Rev. 181(1), 1-7 (1969). Zeeman Effect in the ^P,,2 Level of Atomic Fluorine. F I: ZE Hfs

A. G. Blachman, D. A. Landman, and A. Lurio, Phys. Rev. 181(1), 70-75 (1969).

Hyperfine Structure and gj Value of the *F,,2 and

^P Cu I: and Cu" ZE Hfs

H. F. Schaefer III, R. A. Klemm, and F. E. Harris, Phys. Rev. 181(1), 137-143 (1969). Atomic Hyperfine Structure. II. First-Order Wave

Functions for the Ground States of B, C, N, O, and

F. B I, C 1, N I, O I, F I: Hfs AT

46
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

408.

411.

412.

413.

414.

415.

416.

417.

418.

419.

420,

R. Mehlhorn, U. S. At. Energy Comm. UCRL-18040, 147

pp. (1968). Energy Level Calculations for Singly Ionized Hafnium.

Hfll: EL ND CL W PT

M. Levitt and P. D. Feldman, Phys. Rev. 180( 1 ), 48-54

(1969).

Multiplet Pattern and Assignments of Li l'' Transitions. Li I: EL CL W Hfs PT

H. P. Kelly, Phys. Rev. 180(1), 55-61 (1969). Hyperfme Structure of Oxygen Calculated by Many-Body

Theory. IL O \: Hfs AT

R. D. Hudson, V. L. Carter, and P A. Young, Phys. Rev. 180(1), 77-83 (1969). Absorption Spectrum of Sr I in the Region of

Autoionization from 1646 to 2028 A. Sr I: CL W

S. Gerstenkorn and F. S. Tomkins, Physica 42, 581-586

(1969). Moment magnetique de Pu 241. Pu I, II: Hfs

M. Wilson, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2, 524-528 (1969).

The Configurations 3d'4s5s and 3d'4s4p of Cu I. Cu I: PT AT

J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) 73A(3), 277-279

(1969). New Even Levels and Classified Lines in the First Spectrum of Tungsten (W I). W 1: EL CL

G. Dosinas, J. Vizbaraite, Z. Rudzikas, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 8(1-2), 53-67 (1968).

Theoretical Investigation of the Energy Spectra of Titanium, Vanadium and Chromium Atoms Having

Electronic Configurations 3d' and 3d'4p.

Ti I, II, V II, III, Cr III, IV: AT

W. C. Martin and J, Sugar, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(10), 1266-1280 (1969).

Perturbations and Coupling in the d'sp Configurations

of Cu I, Zn II, Ag I, Cd II, and TI III. Cu I: Zn II: Agl:

Cd II: Tl III:

PTEL CL W PT EL ND PT ND PT EL ND PT

IS

A. F. Golovin and A. R. Striganov, Soviet Phys.

Uspekhi (USA) 10(5) 658-677 (1968) (Eng. transl.) The Isotope Effect in the Spectra of the Heavy

Elements.

Sr I, II, Zr I, Mo I, Ru I, Pd I, Cd I: Sn I, Te I, Xe I, Ba I, Ce II, Nd I, II: Sm I, II, Gd II, Dy I, Er I, Yb I, II: Hf I, W I, Os I, Pt I, Hg I, II, Pb II: Th II, U I, II, Pu I, II, Am I, Cm I:

K. L. Vander Sluis and J. R. McNally, Jr., J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 59(9), 1202-1206 (1969). Recent Zeeman Results in Erbium I Er I: ZE

IS

IS

IS

IS

421. M. Baumann, H. Liening, and G. Wandel, Zeit. Phys. 221, 245-256 (1969). Die Hyperfeinstruktur des 6s6p 'P, - Zustandes von "'Ybund '"Yb. Yb I; Hfs

422. K. R. Peschmann, Zeit. Phys. 215, 228-241 (1968). Der Starkeffekt der Terme des einfach angeregten

Sauerstoffatoms. O I: SE

424. E. B. Aleksandrov and V. N. Kulyasov, Soviet Phys.

JETP 28(3), 396-400 (1968). Determination of the Elementary-Emitter Spectrum

Latent in an Inhomogeneously Broadened Spectral

Line. Xe I: ZE

425. M. A. El'yashevich and V. I. Tkacheva, Optics and

Spectrosc. 26(1), 1-3 (1968).

Transition from the Quadratic to the Linear Stark

Effect for Spectral Lines of the Cesium Atom.

Calculation of the Splitting of Energy Levels. Cs I: SE

426. V. M. Perevertun and S. M. Mukhtarov, Optics and

Spectrosc. 26(1), 50-51 (1969). The C IV Spectrum in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. C IV: EL CL W

427. G. Goldmann, C. Hahn, and J. Ney, Zeit. Phys. 225(1), 1-8 (1969). Hyperfeinstrukturuntersuchung des 6p ^Pj,^ Terms im Au l-Spektrum durch Resonanzstreuung von Licht. Au I: Hfs

428. H. Otto and P. Zimmermann, Zeit. Phys. 225(3), 269-276

(1969). Stark-Effekt-Untersuchungen in der Hyperfeinstruktur der 3s^3d ^D^j und ^Dj^j- Terme des Al l-Spektrums. Al I: SE Hfs

429. J. Vizbaraite, D. V. Grabauskas, A. N. Ivanova, R. 1. Karaziya, N. B. Rabinkina, U. I. Safronova, and A.

P. Jucys, Optics and Spectrosc. 26(3), 187-188

(1969).

Theoretical Study of the 3d'4p Configuration in the Spectra of Zn IV, Ga V, Ge VI, As VII, and Se VIII. Zn IV, Ga V, Ge VI, As VII, Se VIII: AT

430. J. Ney, Zeit. Phys. 223(2), 126-138 (1969). Hyperfeinstrukturuntersuchung der 4p und 5p ^P^j - Terme im K I-Spektrum durch Resonanzstreuung von

Licht zur Bestimmung der Kernquadrupolmomente von K" und K"

K I: Hfs

431. P. H. Zimmermann, Zeit. Phys. 223(2), 180-191 (1969). Stark-Effekt-Untersuchungen der Hyperfeinstruktur der 5s^5d ^Dj^j - und 5s^6d ^D^^ ~ Terme im

In l-Spektrum.

In I: SE Hfs

432. M. Krainska-Miszczak, Acta Physica Polon. 35(5), 745-757 (1969).

Level Crossing with Optical Pumping in Potassium. K I: Hfs

47
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers— Continued

433.

434.

435.

436.

437.

438.

C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 73A(5), 497-510 (1969). The Configurations (3d+4s)°4p in Neutral Atoms of Calcium, Scandium, and Titanium. Ca I, Sc 1, Ti 1: EL ND PT

S. Svanberg and S. Rydberg, Zeit. Phys. 227, 216-233

(1969). Level Crossing Investigation of the 6p '^P-m- and 7p 2P,/-, Levels of Cs'''-*, Cs'^^, and Cs>-". Cs L ZE Hfs

P. Zimmermann, Zeit. Phys. 226, 415-422 (1969). Der Einfluss eines elektrischen Feldes auf Level-Crossings des 6d ^D3,2-Zustands im

Tl l-Spektrum.

Tl I: SE Hfs

A. Schenck, Zeit. Phys. 224, 461-485 (1969). Die elektrischen Kernquadrupolmomente von Casium 131 und Casium 132 aus Doppelresonanzmessungen am

7 Cs \: Term.

Hfs

P. Camus, G. Guelachvili, and J. Verges, Spectrochim. Acta 24B, 373-388 (1969). Etude des spectres d'emission dans I'infrarouge par Tempioi d'un SISAM-II. Spectre d'emission du

thulium. Tm L II: EL CL W ZE Hfs

J. Blaise, C. Morillon, M. -G. Schweighofer, and J. Verges, Spectrochim. Acta 24B, 405-445 (1969). Etude des spectres d'emission dans I'infrarouge par

I'emploi d'un SISAM-IIL Spectre d'emission du

samarium. Sm I II: EL CL W ZE

439. U. Koepf, H. J. Besch, E. W. Otten, and C. von Platen,

Zeit. Phys. 226, 297-327 (1969).

Optical Pumping of Short Lived fl-Radioactive Isotopes and the Magnetic Moment of Na I, K I: Hfs

'K.

440. R. K. Nesbet, Phys. Rev. A 2(4), 1208-1216 ( 1970). Atomic Bethe-Goldstone Calculations of the Hyperfme

Structure of B(^P). B I: Hfs

441. R. Hoekstra, Dissertation, Zeeman Laboratory,

Amsterdam, 64 pp. ( 1969). A Method for Automatic Determination of Wavelengths

from Spectrograms and Results Obtained in Nd I and Nd II. Nd I, II: EL W ZE PT

442. P. Violino, Can. J. Phys. 47( 19), 2095-2099 (1969).

Investigation of the Hyperfine Structure of the 6 '^P-M2 State of '^^Cs by a Level-Crossing Method. Cs I: Hfs

443. M. Brieger, H. Bucka, A. Reichelt, and P. Zimmermann,

Zeit. Naturforsch. 24(6), 903-908 (1969). Untersuchung der Hyperfeinstruktur des 5s^5d ^Dj,, - und 5s'6d ^Dj,, - Terms im In l-Spektrum durch

Resonanzstreuung von Licht im ausseren Magnetfeld.

In I: Hfs

445. E. Trefftz and R. N. Zare, J. Ouant. Spectrosc. Rad.

Transfer 9, 643-656 ( 1969). Comparison of Calculated Oscillator Strengths for

Si III. Si III: AT

446. R. H. Contreras and F. M. Kelly, Can. J. Phys. 47( 18), 1979-1982 (1969).

Isotope Shift in the Second Spectrum of Cadmium.

Cd II: IS

447. C. J. Joachain and R. Vanderpoorten, Physica 46(3), 333-343 (1970).

Configuration-Interaction Wave Functions for Two-Electron Systems. He I: TE AT

448. J. Peresse, F. Tuffin, and G. Sinou, Phys. Lett. 25A(10), 773-774 (1967).

lonisation de I'argon au voisinage du seuil par impacts electroniques. Aril: EL W

449. M. J. Seaton, Proc. Phys. Soc.(London) 87, 337-339

(1966).

The Ionization Energy of the Helium Atom. He I: IP

450. H. W. Banks, W. R. Bozman, and C. M. Wilson,

Georgetown Observatory Mono. No. 20, 176 pp. (1969)

Analysis of the First Spectrum of Titanium from 2000 A

to 9000 A. Ti 1: EL CL W

Ti II: W

451. H. Huhnermann and H. Wagner, Zeit. Phys. 216, 28-32

(1968).

Isotope Shift in the Resonance Lines of "'Cesium. Cs I: IS

452. D. Lecler, These, Universite de Caen, 1 12 pp. ( 1969). Etude du niveau 6s6p 'P, du mercure et de la transition 6s^ So -6s6p 'P, (X= 1850A).

Hgl: ZE Hfs IS

453. H. Bucka, W. Kraetschmer, V. Metag, and J. Ney, Zeit. Phys. 218(1), 83-94 (1969). Level-Crossing-Experiment zur Untersuchung des

Einflusses eines elektrischen Feldes auf die Hyperfeinstruktur des 4p ^P,i2 - Terms im Cu l-Spektrum.

Cu I: SE

454. D. L. Lambert and A. D. Thackeray, Astrophysics Space

Sci. 5(3), 283-288 (1969). Forbidden Lines in Ni IV in the Spectrum of RR

Telescopii. Ni IV: EL CL W

455. Y. Pacheva and L. Abadjieva, Bull, de I'lnstitut de

Physique et de Recherche Atomique (Bulgaria) 17, 87-93 (1968).

Isotopic Shift in the Dysprosium Spectrum.

Dy II: IS

456. R. Velasco and N. Gullon, Optica Pura y Aplicada 1(2), 93-102 (1968). The Spectrum of the V* Ion. V II: EL ND CL W IP OT

48
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers -Continued

457. O. Garcia-Riquelme, Optica Pura y Aplicada 1(2), 53-72

(1968).

Analisis del espectro de manganese doblemente ionizado (Mn III). Mn III: EL CL W IP

458. C. Ingemann-Hilberg and M. Rudkjoebing, Astrophysics

Space Sci. 6(1), 101-106 (1970).

The ls2s States of Negative Hydrogen.

H": AT

463. W. Fischer and H. Huhnermann, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30

Supplement 1,C 1-59-63 (1969).

Special Problems Concerning the Measurement of the Isotope Shift in the Cesium I, Barium II and

Silver 1 Spectrum.

Ag I, Cs I, Ba II; Hfs IS

464. D. Lecler, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30 Supplement 1, Cl-10-14 (1969).

Structure hyperfine du niveau 6 'P, des isotopes '"Hg

et ^"'Hg. Facteur de Lande de ce niveau. Hg I: ZE Hfs

465. H. -J. Kluge, E. -W. Otten, and G. Zimmermann, J. de

Phys. Colloq. 30 Supplement 1, C1-I5-17 (1969).

HFS Measurements in the 4s4p 'P, State of *'Ca by the Level Crossing Technique.

Ca I: Hfs

466. E. Handrich, A. Steudel, R. Wallenstein, and H. Walther, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30 Supplement 1, Cl-18-23 (1969).

Level Crossing Experiments in the Tm 1 and Sm I Spectra. Tm I, Sm I: Hfs

467. E. -W. Otten and S. Ullrich, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30

Supplement I, CI -24-27 (1969). Determination of the Isotope Shift of "'Cs and '"Cs

by Scanning the Level Crossing Signal. Cs I: IS

468. J. -F. Wyart, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30 Supplement I, Cl-50 (1969).

Interpretation de configurations electroniques dans le spectre d'arc du neodyme.

Nd I: EL ZE PT

469. R. Bruch, K. Heilig, D. Kaletta, and D. Wendlandt, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30 Supplement 1,C 1-5 1-58 (1969). Nuclear Volume and Mass Effect in the Optical Isotope

Shift of Light Elements. Ca I, Ti I, Cr I, Fe I, Ni I: IS Cu I, Sr I, Zr I, Mo I: IS

470. R. -J. Champeau and J. Verges, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30

Supplement 1,C 1-64-65 (1969).

Deplacement isotopique de raies infrarouges de Ce I et de Ce II. Ce I, II: IS

471. G. Guthohrlein, G. Himmel, and A. Steudel, J. de Phys.

Colloq. 30 Supplement 1,C 1-66-73 (1969 V

Hyperfine Structure Investigations in Os I and Eu II and the Nuclear Quadrupole Moments of "'Os, "'Eu

and '"Eu. Eu II, Os I: Hfs

472. J. Blaise, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30 Supplement 1, Cl-74

(1969).

Unification des systemes A et B dans le spectre

d'etincelle de I'uranium. U II: EL

473. T. Ben Mena, J. M. Gagne, and J. M. Helber, J. de

Phys. Colloq. 30 Supplement l,Cl-78 (1969).

Structure hyperfine du niveau fondamental de

I'uranium 233. U I: Hfs

474. J. Wautier and M. Chantepie, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30

Supplement 1, Cl-75-78 ( 1969).

Structure hyperfine des niveaux 6 'D,, 6 'D, et 6 'D,

de Hg et Hg. Hg I: Hfs

475. J. Brochard and R. Vetter, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30

Supplement 1, Cl-79-80 ( 1969). Mesures d'effect isotopique dans les raies laser du

xenon. Xe I: IS

479. J. Bauche, Physica 44(2), 291-300 (1969). Etude parametrique du deplacement isotopique. Ni I, Sm I, Os I: IS PT

481. G. Mehlman-Balloffet and J. M. Esteva, Astroph. J. 157(2), 945-956 (1969).

Far-Ultraviolet Absorption Spectra with Auto-Ionized

Levels of Beryllium and Magnesium. Be I, II: EL CL W

Mg I: CL W

Mg II: W

482. A. Olme, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm) 40(2), 35-47 (1969). The Spectrum of Doubly Ionized Boron, B III. B III: EL CL W IP SF

483. J. -E. Holmstrom and L. Johansson, Ark. Fys.(Stockholm) 40(12), 133-138 (1969). Additions to the Spectra of Neutral and Singly Ionized Beryllium, Be I and Be II. Be I, II: EL CL W SF

484. H. P. Palenius, Ark. Fys.( Stockholm) 39(5), 425-427

(1969).

Additions to the First Spectrum of Fluorine, F I. F I: EL ND CL W

485. T. Kornalewski and H. Niewodniczanski, Acta Physica

Polon. 35(6), 989-995 (1969).

Multipole Lines in the Spectrum of Te I. Te I: EL W ZE

486. G. V. Marr and J. M. Austin, Proc. Roy Soc. London

310A, 137-149 (1969). Absorption Cross-Section Measurements on the Vacuum

Ultraviolet Spectrum of Cadmium Vapour.

Cd I: CL W IP

487. R. Heppinstall and G. V. Marr, Proc. Roy. Soc. London

310A, 35-42 (1969). Vacuum Ultraviolet Absorption Cross-Section Measurements in Lead Vapour.

Pbl: EL CL W

49
3. Bibliography Ortlered by Reference Numbers — Continued

488. A. Khadjavi, W. Happer, Jr., and A. Lurio, Phys. Rev.

Lett. 17(9), 463-465 (1966).

Electric-Field Level-Crossing Spectroscopy.

Rb I, Cs I: SE

490. L. A. Svensson, Phys. Scr. 1(5-6), 246 (1970). Remeasured Wavelengths of Some Resonance Lines of Be in, B IV, C V, and O VIL

Be III, B IV, C V, O VII: W

491. K. R. Peschmann and U. Tiedemann, Zeit. Phys. 234( 1 ), 23-28 (1970).

Statischer Starkeffekt von Cadmium I und Cadmium II. Cd I, II; SE

493. A. W. Weiss, Phys. Rev. 178( 1 ), 82-89 ( 1969).

Series Perturbations and Atomic Oscillator Strengths;

The Series of Al I. Al I: AT

500. A. Dalgamo and G. W. P. Drake, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege, Collect-8, 17( 15), 69-77 ( 1969). Two-Photon and Forbidden Single-Photon Transition

Probabilities in Helium-Like Ions. He I, Li II, Be III, B IV, C V, N VI; AT

O VII, F VIII, Fe XXV; AT

Ne IX; W AT

502. Z. Rudzikas. J. Vizbaraite, G. Dosinas, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 8(3), 331-342 (1968).

Theoretical Study of Forbidden Electric Dipole

Transitions Between d^p and d' Configurations in the Spectrum of Iron Group Atoms.

Fe I, Co II, Ni III; AT

503. A. Karosiene, J. Vizbaraite, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 9( 1 ), 93-103 (1969).

Theoretical Investigation of the Energy Spectra of Chromium I, Manganese II, Iron III in the 3d'4p

Configuration. Cr I, Mn II, Fe III; ND AT

504. L. Kuzmickyte, Z. Kupliauskis, J. Vizbaraite, and K.

Uspalis, Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 9( 1 ), 73-91

(1969).

Theoretical Investigation of the Energy Spectra of Vanadium I, Chromium II, and Manganese III in the 3d*4p Configuration.

V I, Cr II, Mn III; ND PT AT

505. A. Jucys, J. Vizbaraite, and R. Karazija, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 8(4), 551-564 ( 1968). Theoretical Investigation of Electric Dipole

Transitions Between Configurations d*p and d' in Zinc, Gallium and Germanium Spectra. Zn IV, Ga V, Ge VI: AT

506. J. Vizbaraite, Z. Rudzikas, G. Dosinas, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 8(3), 319-330 (1968).

Theoretical Study of Electric Dipole Transitions Between d'p and d' Configurations in the p Spectrum

of Iron Group Atoms.

Fe I, Co II, Ni III; AT

507. J. J. Wright, L. C. Balling, and R. H. Lambert, Phys. Rev. 183(1), 180-185 (1969). Hyperfine Splittings and Pressure Shifts of Li' and

Li'. Li I: Hfs

508. T. W. Shyn, W. L. Williams, R. T. Robiscoe, and T. Rebane, Phys. Rev. Lett. 22(24), 1273-1275 (1969). Experimental Value of AE^-S^ in Hydrogen.

H I: EL

512. M. Chantepie, Compt. Rend. Acad Sci., 2698, 522-525

(1969). Etude de la structure hyperfine du niveau 6 'S, de '"Cd et '"Cd par la Methode des croisements de

niveaux. Cd I: Hfs

513. H. Friedrich and E. Trefftz, J. Quant. Spectrosc. Rad.

Transfer 9(3), 333-359 (1969).

Configuration Mixing and Oscillator Strengths for Some

Two-Electron Spectra (Ca I, Ba I, and Others). Ca 1, Ba I: PT

514. M. E. Levy and R. E. Huffman, J. Ouant. Spectrosc. Rad. Transfer 9(10), 1349-1358 (1969). Argon Photoionization Cross-Sections and Autoionized

Line Profiles in the 584-305 A Region. Arl: EL W

515. J. M. Burger and A. Lurio, Phys. Rev. Lett. 22(15), 755-757 (1969).

Isotope Shift in the 2 'So-2 'P, Line of Helium. He I; IS

516. B. Edlen, Mon. Not. Roy. Astron. Soc. 144(4), 391-396

(1969). Term Analysis of Fe IV and Identification of Fe IV in RR Telescopii. Fe IV: EL CL W

517. B. Warner and R. C. Kirkpatrick, Mon. Not. Roy.

Astron. Soc. 144(4), 397-410 (1969). Energy Levels, Oscillator Strengths and Forbidden

Transition Probabilities in the Sc II Isoelectronic Sequence.

Sc II, Ti III, V IV, Cr V, Mn VI, Co VIII; PT

Fe VII: ND PT

518. C. J. Artura, N. Tolk, and R. Novick, Astroph. J. 157(3), L181-L186 (1969). Spectrum of the Two-Photon Emission from the Metastable State of Singly Ionized Helium. He II: W

519. D. E. Ramaker, R. B. Stevenson, and D. M. Schrader, J. Chem. Phys. 51(12), 5276-5283 (1969). Hartree-Fock Approximation to the (ns^)'S Autoionizing

States of Helium. He I: TE AT

521. V. Kaufman and C. J. Humphreys, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

59(12), 1614-1628 (1969). Accurate Energy Levels and Calculated Wavelengths of "Kr I. Kr I: EL CL W

522. S. Goldsmith, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(12), 1678-1679

(1969). New Multiplets in the Vacuum-Ultraviolet Spectra of Co IX, X, XI, and XII. Co IX; EL CL W

Co X; ND CL W

Co XI; EL CL W

Co XII; CL W

50
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

523. K. L. Vander Sluis and J. R. McNally, Jr., J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 60(1), 94-97 (1970). Recent Zeeman Results in Er II. Er II: EL CL ZE

524. J. Reader and G. L. Epstein, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60( 1 ), 140 (1970). Revised 4p' P°j Splitting of Y V. Y V; EL CL W

525. B. Edlen, H. P. Palenius, K. Bockasten, R. Hallin, and

J. Bromander, Solar Phys. 9(2), 432-438 (1969).

Spin-Forbidden Resonance Multiplets in Light Elements. B I, II, F VI, Ne V, VI, VII, Na VIII: OT

Mg IX: OT

N III, O III, F IV, V: EL CL W

526. B. Edlen, Solar Phys. 9(2), 439-445 (1969). On the Identification of Ar X and Ar XIV in the Solar Corona and the Origin of the Unidentified Coronal

Lines. S VIII, Ar X, Ca XII: CL OT

Mg VIII, Si X, S XII, Ar XIV: CL OT

Fe IX, X, XI, Ni XI, XII, XIII: CL AT

527. G. Malli and K. M. S. Saxena, Can. J. Phys. 47(13), 1397-1400 (1969).

Spin-Spin Interaction for Some Rare-Earth Ions. Pr IV, Nd IV, Er IV, Tm IV: AT

528. M. R. Lewis, F. S. Zimnoch, and G. W. Wares, Phys. Rev. 178(1), 49-54 (1969).

Radiative Lifetimes of Excited Electronic States in Ionic-Species of Oxygen.

O II, IV, V: CL W

530. M. Elbel and H. Huhnermann, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30

Supplement 1, C 1^1-47 ( 1969). Exchange Polarization of the 3d-Shell and Isotope

Shift of the Levels Cu II 3d'4s 'D and 'D. Ni I, Cu I, II: IS AT

531. K. B. S. Eriksson, Ark. Fys.(Stockholm) 39(5), 421-424

(1969). The Term of the Configuration 3s3p^ in Al I. AI I: EL AT OT

532. Y. W. Chan, V. W. Cohen, and H. B. Silsbee, Phys. Rev.

184(4), 1 102-1 104 (1969). Hyperfine Structure and Nuclear Magnetic Moment of

K I: Hfs

533. E. Ya. Kononov, Astron. Zhur. 46(2), 340-342 (1969).

Fine Structure of the Main Term of Ca XV and Coronal

Lines. Ca XV: EL CL W

534. J. Schrijver, Physica 45(2), 217-226 (1969).

Introduction des operateurs effectifs dans I'etude des

spectres d'Os I, V II, Nb II et Fe I. V II, Fe I, Nb II, Os I: PT

535. D. Goorvitch, G. Mehlman-Balloffet, and F. °. J. Valero, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(1 1), 1458-1461 (1970). Vacuum-Ultraviolet Series of Mg I and Mg II. Mg I, II: CL W

536. P. F. A. Klinkenberg and J, W. M. Dekker, Physica

43(1), 92-94 (1969). The Spectroscopic Nuclear Electric Ouadrupole Moment

of '^'Tb. Tb II: Hfs

537. E. Meinders, Physica 42(3), 427^38 (1969).

Classification of Tb II-Lines in Connection with Hyperfine Structure. Tb II: EL CL W Hfs

539. S. Goldsmith, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London)

2(10), 1075-1079 (1969). Autoionizing Levels in Be III. Be III: EL CL W PT

540. D. T. Pegg, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2( 10),

1 104-1 109 (1969). Change in the Effective Hyperfine Constants of the State 5 ^p3/2 of ''l^ Induced by an Oscillating

Magnetic Field. K I: Hfs

541. T. H. Duong, S. Gerstenkorn, and P. Luc, Phys. Lett. 30A(2), 112-113 ( 1969). Structures hyperfines des niveaux 'P.(6s6p),

'P,(f"ds') des isotopes "'Yb et '^'Yb. Yb I: Hfs

542. J. D. Silver and D. N. Stacey, Phys. Lett. 29A(5), 248

(1969).

Odd-Even Isotope Shifts in the Atomic Spectrum of Tin. Sn I: Hfs IS

546. R. C. Isler, S. Marcus, and R. Novick, Phys. Rev.

187(1), 66-75 (1969).

Fine Structure of the 3 ^P and 4 ^P States of Lithium.

Li I: EL ZE

547. R. C. Isler, S. Marcus, and R. Novick, Phys. Rev. 187(1 ), 76-84 (1969). Hyperfine Structure of the 3 ^P and 4 ^P States of Lithium and Lifetime of the 3 ^P State. Li I: Hfs

548. N. Bessis, J. Picart, and J. P. Desclaux, Phys. Rev.

187(1), 88-96 (1969). Hyperfine Structure Calculations for Atoms with the

(4p)'' Ground-State Configuration.

Ga I, Ge I, Se I, Br I: Hfs AT

550. P. F. A. Klinkenberg and E. Meinders, Physica 42(2), 213-241 (1969).

Structure of the Spectrum of Neutral Terbium, Tb I Part V: The Configuration 4f*5d^6s. Tb I: EL ND CL W ZE

552. K. Bockasten and K. B. Johansson, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm)

38(6), 563-584 (1969). The Spectrum of O V. O V: EL CL W IP

553. G. H. Herbig, Bull. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege 37(9-10),

433^36 (1968). Emission Lines of Mn I in Long-Period Variables. Mn I: CL W

51
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

554. D. A. Jackson and M. C. Coulombe, Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sci. 268B(2), 146-147 (1969).

Depiacements isotopiques dans les raies visibles du

spectre xenon I. Xe I: IS

559. G. Dosinas, Z. Rudzikas, and J. Vizbaraite, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 8(4), 539-549 ( 1968). Theoretical Investigation of the Energy Spectra of Some Ions of the Iron Group Having Electronic Configurations 3d'4d and 3d'4d. V II, Cr III, Co H, Ni III: AT

560. Z. Rudzikas, J. Vizbaraite, G. Dosinas, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 8(3), 299-317 (1968).

Theoretical Study of Energy Spectra of Iron, Cobalt, and Nickel Atoms in 3d' and 3d'4p Configuration. Fe I, II, Co II, HI, Ni III, IV: AT

561. R. Vetter, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 268B(20), 1293-1295

(1969). Mesure des ecarts isotopiques (132, 130) de treize raies laser infrarouges dans le xenon. Deplacement

isotopique relatif. Xe 1: IS

563. P. Camus and F. S. Tomkins, J. de Phys. 30/7), 545-550

( 1969). Spectre d'absorption de Yb I. Yb I: EL CL W IP SF

564. G. Norlen, Metrologia 6( 1 ), 19-21 (1970). Wavelength Calibration of an Electrodeless Kr 86 Lamp

and Measurements of Some Infrared Kr 86 Lines by Means of the Michelson Interferometer at BIPM.

Kr I: W

565. Yu. P. Dontsov and L. A. Korostyleva, Optics and

Spectrosc. 27( I ), 11-15 (1969). Method for Identification of Atomic Spectra by the Doppler Shift of Spectral Lines Emitted by the Plasma of a Coaxial Accelerator. Mo VI: EL CL W

566. M. Huel, Compt. Rend, Acad. Sci. 268B(25), 1632-1635

(1969). Mesure du facteur de Lande du niveau 6 'P, de I'atome de mercure. Hg I: ZE

567. R. Assous, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 268B(8), 619-621

(1969). Source spectroscopique d 'emission de grande intensite (observation d'une raie atomique de I'oxygene).

O I: CL W

568. M. Chenevier, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 268B(18),

I 179-1 182 (1969). Mesure par resonance magnetique des durees de vie et des facteurs de Lande des niveaux 7p(3/2)j et 7p(5/2)3 du xenon. Xe I: ZE

570. W. R. S. Garton and F. S. Tomkins, Astroph. J. 158(3), 1219-1230 (1969). Ba I Absorption-Line Series at High Resolution. Ba I: EL CL W IP SF PT

571. G. Tondello, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(6), 727-729 (1969).

Grazing Incidence Spectra of Si XI and Si XII Ions.

Si XI, XII: EL CL W

572. M. Wilson, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(4), 514-515 (1969).

Distortion of the G^(3d4s) Integral in Ca I. Ca I: PT

574. R. T. Brown, Astroph. J. 158(2), 829-837 (1969).

Ultraviolet Wavelengths and Oscillator Strengths for 3d-nf Transitions in the Helium Isoelectronic Sequence.

He I - S XV: AT

575. H. O. Knox and M. R. H. Rudge, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(5), 521-523 ( 1969). Calculation of Line Strengths for Transitions Between Doubly Excited States and the 2 'S State of Helium. He I: AT

576. B. D. Hopkins and G. R. Fowles, IEEE J. Qu.

Electronics QE-4(12), 1013-1015 (1968).

Isotope Shifts in the 4416-A Cadmium Laser. Cd II: IS

577. W. R. S. Garton and F. S. Tomkins, Astroph. J. 158(2), 839-845 (1969).

Diamagnetic Zeeman Effect and Magnetic Configuration

Mixing in Long Spectral Series of Ba I. Ba I: ZE

578. G. Goldmann, Ch. Hahn, and J. Ney, Proc. Colloq.

AMPERE (At. Mol. Etud. Radio Elec.) 15, 437-438

(1968).

Hyperfine Structure Investigation of the 4s4p('P)3d

y

^F5,2 7,2-States in the Sc I-Spectrum. Se I: Hfs

579. P. Zimmermann, Proc. Colloq. AMPERE (At. Mol. Etud. Radio Elec.) 15, 441-442 ( 1968).

Stark Effect Investigations in the Hyperfine Structure of the 5s^5d 'D^^j- and 5s^6d ^Dy^ States of the In

I Spectrum.

In 1: SE Hfs

580. B. J. Laurenzi, J. Chem. Phys. 52(6), 3049-3054

( 1970). Green's Functions in Atomic and Molecular

Calculations. He I: AT

581. J. T. Jefferies, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege, Collect.

8, 17, 213-234 (1969). Forbidden Lines in the Solar Corona.

Ni XVI: IP OT

ArXIV: IP OT

K XI, XII, XIV, XV, Ca XII, XIII, XV: IP OT

Ca XVI: IP OT

V VII, VIII, X, XI, Cr VIII, IX, XI; IP OT

Cr XII: IP OT

Mn IX, X, XII, XIII, Fe X, XI, XIII: IP OT

Fe XIV: IP OT

Co XI, XII, XIV, XV, Ni XII, XIII, XV: IP OT

52
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

583.

584.

585.

586.

587.

589.

590.

591.

592.

594.

596.

H. G. Berry, R. M. Schectman, I. Martinson, W. S. Bickel, and S. Bashkin, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(3), 335-344 (1970). Beam-Foil Spectrum of Sulfur 600-4000 A. S I, 11, III, IV, V, VI: CL W

J. F. Kielkopf and H. M. Crosswhite, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60(3), 347-351 (1970).

Preliminary Analysis of the Spectrum of Triply Ionized Gadolinium (Gd IV). Gd IV: EL CL W PT

S. Nir, J. 4f'*6sns, Yb I: Ba I: Eu 1:

Opt. Soc. Am. 60(3), 354-357 (1970).

4f 6snd, and 4f' 6snp Sequences in Yb 1. EL IP PT OT

PT OT

PT OT

Y. Accad, C. L. Pekeris, and B. Schiff, Phys. Rev.

183(1), 78-80 M969).

Calculated Wavelengths for Transitions Between S and P

States in Two-Electron Atoms and Comparison with Experiment.

CV,NVI,OVII: EL AT

J. Sugar, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(4), 454-466 ( 1970). Spectrum of Doubly Ionized Thulium (Tm III). Tm III: EL CL W IP PT OT

A. Giacchetti, R. W. Stanley, and R. Zabulas, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 60(4), 474-489 (1970).

Proposed Secondary-Standard Wavelengths in the Spectrum of Thorium. Th I, II: W

J. Sugar, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(4), 571-572 (1970).

Configuration 4f'^5d of Doubly Ionized Ytterbium. Yb III: EL CL PT

G. McGinn, J. Chem. Phys. 52(7), 3358-3361 (1970).

Atomic and Molecular Calculations with the Pseudopotential Method. VI. Two-Valence-Electron

Energy Values for Doubly Excited States. Be I, Mg I, Al II, Si III, Ca I, Zn I: AT

R. Vetter, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2678(19), 1007-1010

(1968). Mesure des ecarts isotopiques (134, 132) de vingt

raies laser infrarouges dans le xenon. Deplacement

isotopique relatif. Xe I: IS

V. Tatu and N. lonescu-Pallas, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2698(20), 1045-1048 (1969).

Deplacements isotopiques de I'etain dans

I'ultraviolet. Sn I: IS

M. Hartmann, Zeit. Phys. 234(3), 207-230 (1970). Experimente und Berechnungen zur Hyperfeinstruktur der 3d'5g-Konfiguration im Kupfer Il-Spektrum.

Cu II: Hfs PT

R. J. Hull and G. O. Brink, Phys. Rev. A

685-693 (1970). Hyperfme Structure of Bi^"'. Bi I: Hfs

1(3),

599. H. Gould, E. Lipworth, and M. C. Weisskopf, Phys. Rev.

188(1), 24-29 (1969). Quadratic Stark Shift between Zeeman Substates in Cs'",Rb",Rb",K",and Na". Na I, K I, Kb I, Cs I: SE

600. P. F. Gruzdev, Optics and Spectrosc. 27(4), 297-299

(1969).

Isoelectronic Sequence of Oxygen O I . . . Fe XIX. I. Energy Levels of the 2p* and 2p'3s Configurations.

O I - Fe XIX: PT

601. U. I. Safronova and V. N. Kharitonova, Optics and

Spectrosc. 27(4), 300-302 (1969),

Autoionization Levels of Atoms and Ions Having from Three to Five Electrons. He": AT

602. I. M. Beterov, V. M. Klementev, and V. P. Chebotaev,

Optics and Spectrosc. 27(3), 208-209 (1969). On the Precise Measurement of the Isotopic Shift of

the 1.5295-/J, Mercury Line by the Optical and UHF

Methods. Hg I: IS

603. V. A. Soroka, I. M. Kustanovich, and L. S. Polak, Optics and Spectrosc. 27(3), 276-277 (1969).

New Lines in the Singly Ionized Argon Spectrum in the Far- and Vacuum-Ultraviolet Region 1870-1700 A. Aril: CL W

604. M. V. Eremin and O. I. Maryakhina, Optics and

Spectrosc. 26(6), 479-483 (1969). A Calculation of the Energy Levels of La II 4f5d, Ce I 4f5d6s\ Pr IV 4f5d, 4f6s, Eu II 4f'('S)5d, Gd I 4f'('S)5d6s\ La II, Ce I, Pr IV, Eu II, Gd i: PT

605. C. J. Humphreys and E. Paul, Jr., J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60(2), 200-205 (1970).

Interferometric Observations in the Spectra of "Kr.

Kr I, II: EL CL W

607. J. F. Schroder, Dissertation, Zeeman Laboratory,

Amsterdam (1970).

Analysis of Cu IV. Cu IV: EL CL W IP PT OT

608. G. D. Saksena, S. A. Ahmad, and K. Meenakshi, Indian

J. Pure Appl. Phys. 7( 1 1 ), 743-745 (1969).

Isotope Shift in 5525 A Line of Neodymium.

Nd I: IS

609. O. Bely and P. Faucher, Astron. Astrophys. 1( 1 ), 37-41

(1969). The Two-Photon Transition Probabilities from the Metastable 2 'S, State in the Helium Like Series. He I, B IV, O VII, Mg XI, S XV: AT

Sc XX, Fe XXV, Ga XXX: AT

610. K. B. S. Eriksson and G. Norlen, Phys. Scr. 1(5-6), 247-250 (1970). Measured "Kr I Wavelengths for a Microwave-excited

Electrodeless Lamp.

Krl: EL W

53
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

612.

613.

614.

615.

616.

617.

M. -C. Sulmont and P. Felenbok, Ann. d'Astroph. 30(2), 315-340 (1967). Etude dans I'ultraviolet du vide du spectre de Mg III. Complements de Mg IV. Mgll, IV: W

Mg III: EL CL W OT

W. M. Hughes and H. G. Robinson, Phys. Rev. Lett. 23(21), 1209-1212 (1969). Determination of an Isotope Shift in the Ratio of Atomic gj Values of Hydrogen and Deuterium. H I, D I: ZE

A. T. Ramsey and R. Petrasso, Phys. Rev. Lett 23(26), 1478-1480 (1969).

Stark Shifts Within the ( ls2s) 'S, State of He. He I; SE

D. J. Larson, P. A. Valberg, and N. F. Ramsey, Phys. Rev. Lett. 23(24), 1369-1372 (1969). Measurements of the Hydrogen-Deuterium Atomic

Magnetic Moment Ratio and of the Deuterium

Hyperfine Frequency.

H I, D I: ZE Hfs

J. W. M. Dekker, H. F. Bloemhof, J. H. Brouwer, and P.

F. A. Klinkenberg, Physica 46(1 ), 1 19-132 ( 1970). Hyperfme Structure in Tb II and Nuclear Moments of Tb. Tb II: EL Hfs

B. L. Cosens and T. V. Vorburger, Phys. Rev. Lett. 23(22), 1273-1275 (1969). Remeasurement of AE-S in Atomic Hydrogen.

H I: EL

618. L. P. Varga, J. D. Brown, M. J. Reisfeld, and R. D. Cowan, J. Chem. Phys. 52(8), 4233-4241 (1970).

Prediction and Interpretation of Free-Ion and

Crystal-Field Spectra of the Actinides. The

Intermediate Crystal-Field Diagram for 5f' Np'* in Octahedral CsNpF^.

Th III, IV, Pa III - V, U III - VI: PT AT

Np III -VII: PT AT

Pu III - VIII, Am III - VII: PT AT

Cm III - VII: PT AT

Bk III - VII, Cf III - VII: PT AT

Es III - VII: PT AT

Fm III - VII, Md III - VII: PT AT

No IV - VII, Lr V: PT AT

619. J. P. Connerade, Astroph. J. 159(2), 685-694 ( 1970). Absorption Spectrum of Cs I in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. Cs I: EL ND CL W

620. J. P. Connerade, Astroph. J. 159(2), 695-702 (1970).

Absorption Spectrum of Rb I in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. Rb I: EL ND CL W

621. W. Meyer, J. Chem. Phys. 51(11), 5149-5162 (1969).

Calculation of Fermi Contact Hyperfme Splitting for Small Atoms and Molecules.

Li I, B I, C I, N I, O I, F I, Na I: Hfs

622. U. Feldman and L. Cohen, Astroph. J. 158(3), LI69-L170

(1969). C V Spectra Near the ls-2p Line of C VI. C V: EL CL W

623. P. Zimmermann, Zeit. Phys. 232( 1 ), 32-37 (1970). Resonanzstreuung von Licht in magnetischen und

elektrischen Feldern zur Untersuchung der Hyperfeinstruktur des 7d ^Dj^j^Terms im

Thallium I-Spektrum.

Tl I; SE Hfs

624. A. Rosen, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(12), 1257-1260 (1969).

Analysis of the Hyperfme Structure of the Ground-State Multiplet of the Samarium Atom. Sm I: Hfs

625. G. S. Bakken, A. C. Conrad, and J. A. Jordan, Jr., J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(12), 1378-1380

(1969).

Carbon Spectra by the Beam-Foil Method.

C: W

626. H. Nussbaumer, Mon. Not. Roy. Astron. Soc. 145(2), 141-150 (1969).

Oscillator Strengths in Complex Atoms: Application to N IV. N IV: PT

627. A. H. Gabriel and C. Jordan, Nature 221(5184), 947-949

(1969) . Long Wavelength Satellites to the He-Like Ion Resonance Lines in the Laboratory and in the Sun. C IV, N V, O VI, F VII, Ne VIII: EL CL W

Na IX, Mg X, Al XI: EL CL W

628. R. Czerwonka, P. Giacomo, and J. Hamon, Metrologia

6(3), 74-81 (1970).

Radiations etalons secondaires de longueur du

krypton 86 (X = 0,8 a 1,2 /xm). Kr I: W

629. L. H. Gobel, Zeit. Naturforsch. 25A(10), 1401-1405

(1970) . Doppelresonanzuntersuchung in angeregten Zustanden von Lu I. Lu I: ZE

634. M. Synek and R. Ramirez, Phys. Lett. 30A(6), 332-333

(1969) . The Energy Significance of Racah's Quantum Numbers in Dy-.

Dy III: AT

635. M. Synek and P. Grossgut, Phys. Rev. A 1(1), 1-3 (1970) . Accurate Analytical Self-Consistent-Field Wave

Functions for Nd'*. Nd IV: AT

636. M. Synek and W. Timmons, Phys. Rev. 185(1), 38-41

(1969). Accurate Analytical Self-Consistent-Field Wave

Functions for Pr'*. Pr IV: AT

637. P. F. Gruzdev, Optics and Spectrosc. 27(5), 391-393

(1969).

Isoelectronic Series of Oxygen O I . . . Fe XIX. II. Wavelengths and Oscillator Strengths of Lines of the 2p - 2p 3s Transition. O I - Fe XIX: PT

54
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers- Continued

638. V. A. Soroka, 1. M. Kustanovich, and L. S. Polak, Optics and Spectrosc. 27(5), 474 (1969), New Lines in the Spectrum of Singly Ionized Argon in the Range 1000-1700 A. Ar II: CL W

639. W. C. Martin and J, Sugar, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) 74A(1), 7-10 (1970).

Calculations of Zn II 3d'4s5s and Ag I 4d'5s6s, and Some New Levels in These Spectra. Cu I: ND PT

Zn II, Ag I: EL ND CL PT

640. W, C. Martin and V. Kaufman, J. Res. Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.) 74A(1), 11-22 (1970). New Vacuum Ultraviolet Wavelengths and Revised Energy

Levels in the Second Spectrum of Zinc (Zn II). Zn II: EL CL W IP

641. J. H. Mackey and D. E. Wood, J. Chem. Phys. 52(9), 4914-4915 (1970).

Empirical Correction to Hartree-Fock-Slater S-Electron

Densities for Calculation of Contact Hyperfine

Splittings. H I, Li I, Na I, K I, Rb I, Ag I, Cs I: Hfs Au I: Hfs

642. A. C. Parr and M. G. Inghram, J. Chem. Phys. 52(9), 4916^917 (1970). Threshold Behavior for Photo Double Ionization. Yb II: IP

645. Th. A. M. van Kleef, R. Slooten, J. Blaise, and P. Camus, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 270B, 204-206 (1970)

Resultats nouveaux dans I'etude du spectre d'arc du

gadolinium (II). Nouveaux niveaux pairs et niveaux

impairs profonds.

Gd I: EL ZE

646. J. Blaise, J. -F. Wyart, and Th. A. M. van Kleef, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 270B, 261-263 (1970).

Resultats nouveaux dans I'etude du spectre d'arc du

gadolinium (III). Nouvelles configurations

electroniques et niveaux impairs eleves. Gd I: EL ZE

647. J. Bauche, Physica 44(2), 291-300 (1969). Etude parametrique du deplacement isotopique. Ni I: IS PT

Os I, Sm I: IS

648. J. Bromander, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm) 40(3), 257-274

(1969). The Spectrum of Triply-Ionized Oxygen, O IV. O IV: EL ND CL W IP SF

649. N. Bessis, H. Lefebvre-Brion, and C. M. Moser, Phys. Rev. 135(4A), 957-959 (1964).

Calculation of the Hyperfine Splittings of the 'D

Levels of He'. He I: Hfs

651. H. Chantrel, Dissertation, Universite de Paris (1959). Recherches sur la structure hyperfine de spectres atomiques et sur la structure fine de 1 'helium au moyen de spectrometres Fabry-Perot enregistreurs a Un et deux etalons. He I: PT

He I, Pd I, Hg I, Pb I, II: Hfs

652.

653.

B. A. Arbuzov, Teor. Mat. Fiz. 1(2), 238-241 (1969). The Lamb Shift and Nonlinear Electrodynamics.

654.

655.

656.

657.

658.

659.

660.

663.

He II, Li III: Hfs

T. Bergmark, R. Spohr, N. Magnusson, L. O. Werme, C. Nordling, and K. Siegbahn, Uppsala Univ. Inst. Phys., UUIP-589, 24pp. (1969). High Resolution Observations of Autoionization

Electron Spectra. He I, Ne I, Ar I, Kr I, Xe I: EL CL W

B, C. Fawcett, J, Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London),

3(8), 1 152-1 163 (1970).

Classification of Highly Ionized Emission Lines Due to Transitions from Singly and Doubly Excited Levels in Sodium, Magnesium, Aluminium, Silicon, Phosphorous,

Sulphur, and Chlorine. Na VII - IX, Mg VI - X: Al VII - XI, Si VIII - XII: P IX - XIII, S XI - XIV:

CI XI - XV, K XIII, Ca XIV:

Fe XIV - XXII: OT

EL CL W

EL CL

EL CL W

EL CL

W

W

V. A. Soroka, I. M. Kustanovich, and L. S. Polak, Optics and Spectrosc. 27(6). 544 ( 1969). New Lines in the Spectrum of Singly-Ionized Argon in the 2050-1870 A Region. Ar II: CL W

A. Hibbert, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London), 3(5), 585-591 (1970). The Magnetic Hyperfine Structure of the Ground State of Lithium and Lithium-Like Ions. Li I - Ne VIII, Ca XVIII, Zn XXVIII: Hfs Kr XXXIV: Hfs

R. H. Garstang, Astrophysics Space Sci. 2, 336-343

(1968).

Predicted Forbidden Line Spectrum of Ni IV. Ni IV: PT

R, H. Garstang, Pub. Astron. Soc. Pacific 81(482), 488-495 (1969). Magnetic Quadrupole Radiation and Solar Coronal

De-Excitation. Fe XXIII, XXV: PT

T. R. Fowler, University of California Lawrence

Radiation Laboratory, UCRL-18331, 98 pp. (1968).

Precision Atomic-Beam Studies of the Zeeman Effect in Thallium and Gallium (Electronic and Nuclear Magnetic Moments).

Ga I, Tl I: ZE Hfs

E. Hol0ien and J. Midtdal, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London), 3(5), 592-602 (1970).

Tests of the Multiconfiguration Energy-Bound Method

for Feshbach-Type Autoionization States of Two-Electron Atoms. I. Application to He States Below the n = 2 Threshold. He I: AT

B. Edlen and R. Lofstrand, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London), 3(10), 1380-1388 (1970). The Term System of C V. He I, Li II: SF TE

C V: EL CL W IP SF TE

55
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

664. R. H. Garstang and L. J. Shamey, The Magnetic and

Related Stars, R. C. Cameron, Editor, pp. 387-397

(Mono Book Corp., Baltimore, 1967).

Oscillator Strengths for Ionized Silicon.

Si II; PT

665. P. Kohler, Zeit. Phys. 113, 306-322 (1939). Uber den Isotopieverschiebungeffekt im Tl II Spektrum.

Tl II: Hfs IS

666. C.-Galleron-Julienne and J. -P. Descoubes, Compt.

Rend. Acad. Sci. 261B, 916-918 (1965).

Structure des niveaux de I'atome d'helium excite par choc electronique. He I: EL

667. V. N. Egorov, M. F. Korintskaya, and V. K. Markov,

Radiokhimiya 11(5), 542-546 (1969).

Isolation of the Isotope Thorium-229 and Investigation of Its Spectrosopic Properties.

Th I, II: IS

668. P. Dhez, P. Jagle, S. Leach, and M. Velghe, J. Appl.

Phys. 40(6), 2545-2548 (1969).

Some Characteristics of the Extreme Ultraviolet Spectrum Emitted by the Plasma Produced by Laser Impact on an Aluminium Target.

Al: W

669. J. -P. Descoubes, B. Decomps, and J. Brossel, Compt.

Rend. Acad. Sci. 2588, 4005-4008 (1964). Etude de la structure de quelques niveaux de 'He

excites par bombardement electronique. He I: Hfs

670. J. -P. Descoubes, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 259B, 327-330 (1964).

Structure fine des niveaux n 'P de 'He. He I: EL

671. S. B. Crampton, H. C. Berg, H. G. Robinson, and N. F. Ramsey, Phys. Rev. Lett. 24(5), 195-197 (1970). Determination of the Ouadrupole Coupling Constant in the N" Atomic Ground State. N I: Hfs

672. N. Comaniciu, Rev. Roum. Phys. 14(7), 603-608 (1969).

Deplacements isotopiques du Nd I. Nd I: IS

673. M. F. Crawford and A. L. Schawlow, Phys. Rev. 76(9), 1310-1317 (1949). Electron-Nuclear Potential Fields from Hyperfine

Structure. Hg II, Pb IV: IS Tl I: Hfs

Tl II, III: Hfs IS

674. H. Chantrel, G. Montixi, and M. Vedel, Compt. Rend.

Acad. Sci. 264B, 1651-1652 (1967).

Excitation d'un jet atomique de strontium au moyen

d 'electrons lents. SrII-VI: IP Sr III: W

675. C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(2), 181-202 (1970). A Theoretical Investigation of the Configurations

(3d + 4s)'4p in Neutral Iron. Fe I: EL ND PT

676. C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(2), 157-179 (1970).

A Theoretical Investigation of the Configurations

(3d + 4s)'4p in Neutral Chromium (Cr I). Cr I: EL ND PT

677. C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(2), 141-156 (1970).

A Theoretical Investigation of the Configurations

(3d + 4s)*4p in Neutral Vanadium (V I). V I: EL ND PT

678. J. Champeau, Dissertation, Universite de Paris, 83 pp. (1969).

Deplacement isotopique dans les spectres d'arc et d'etincelle du cerium. Influence du melange de

configurations. Effects d'ecran. Deplacement relatif des isotopes 136, 138, 140, et 142. Ce I, II: IS

679. C. F. Bunge and E. M. A. Peixoto, Phys. Rev. A 1(5), 1277-1282 (1970).

Electronic Wave Functions for Atoms. IV. Ground

State of Ne. Ne I, VII, IX: AT

681. W. J. Childs and L. S. Goodman, Phys. Rev. A 1(5), 1290-1293 (1970).

Electron g Factors of Low-Lying Levels of Ce I. Ce I: EL ZE

682. G. W. F. Drake and A. Dalgarno, Phys. Rev. A 1(5), 1^25-1329 ( 1970). 2p^ P and 2p3p 'P States of the Helium Isoelectronic Sequence. He I - Ne IX: TE OT

683. D. A. Landman and A. Lurio, Phys. Rev. A 1(5), 1330-1338 (1970). Hyperfine Structure of the (6p)' Configuration of

Bi'"'. Bi I: ZE Hfs PT

684. H. G. Berry and F. L. Roesler, Phys. Rev. A 1(5), 1504-1517 (1970).

Excitation of Ionized Helium States in a Cooled Hollow-Cathode Discharge. He II: EL Hfs IS

685. T. Lee, N. C. Dutta, and T. P. Das, Phys. Rev. A 1(4), 995-1006 (1970). Hyperfine Structure of Sodium. Na I: Hfs

686. T. R. Fowler and J. Yellin, Phys. Rev. A 1(4), 1006-1012 (1970).

Electric Field Effect in the Resonance Lines of Indium and Thallium.

In I, Tl I: SE

688. M. Maujean and J. -P. Descoubes, Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sci. 264B, 1653-1655 (1967).

Structure de niveaux de *He et 'He excites par bombardement electronique transversal. He I: EL Hfs

56
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers- Continued

689. M. Pavolvic and F. Laloe, J. de Phys. 31, 173-194 (1970), Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 268B, 1485-1488 (1969). Etude d'une nouvelle methode permettant

d'orienter, par pompage optique, des niveaux atomiques excites. Application

a la mesure de la structure hyperfine de

niveaux ' D de 'He. He I: Hfs

691. D. J. Michels, Dissertation, The Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C. 180 pp. (1970). An Experimental Study of the Energy Level Systems of N III and N IV. N III; EL CL W

N IV: EL ND CL W

692. D. J. G. Irwin, Dissertation, Johns Hopkins Univ.

Baltimore, 102 pp. (1968). The Spectrum of Nd IV. Nd IV: EL CL W FT

693. M. J. Conneely, K. Smith, and L. Lipsky, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London), 3(4), 493-512 (1970)

Continuum Processes Involving Atomic Systems with Configurations Is^ . . . 3p''. S I: OT

694. B. Edlen, A. Oime, G. Herzberg, and J. W. C. Johns, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(7), 889-891 (1970).

Ionization Potential of Bor^n, and the Isotopic and

Fine Structure of 2s2p^ D. B I: EL IS IP SF

695. U. Feldman, L. Cohen, and W. Behring, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60(7), 891-893 (1970). Lithium-Like Spectra in Mg, Al, and Si. Mg X, Al XI, Si XII: EL CL W

696. D. A. Landman and A. Lurio, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(7), 986 (1970).

gj Values of the Metastable ^P^ and 'Dj Levels of Ca

and the 'D^ Level of Sr. Ca I, Sr I; ZE PT

697. B. C. Fawcett, R. A. Hardcastle, and G. Tondello, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London), 3(4), 564-571

(1970). New Classifications of Emission Lines of Highly

Ionized Phosphorous and Sulphur.

Si X, XI: EL CL W

P X, XI, XII, XIII: EL CL W

P VI, VII, VIII, IX: W

S X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV: EL CL W

698. M. Aymar, Physica 48(3), 457-466 (1970). Contribution a interpretation parametrique de la configuration 3d'4p de Fe III. Fe III: ND PT

700. A. Lurio and D. A. Landman, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(6), 759-763 (1970). Hyperfine Structure of the (6p)' Configuration of

^°'Pb. Pb I: ZE Hfs

701. N. Spector, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(6), 763-776 (1970). Extension of the Analysis of Singly-Ionized Gadolinium (Gd II). Gd II: EL ND CL W PT

702. G. Smith and B. S. Collins, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(6), 866-867 (1970). Configuration Interaction and Discovery of a Missing Term in Neutral Europium. Eu I: EL CL W PT

703. S. George and R. A. Klingberg, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(6), 869-870 (1970).

Interferometric Measurements of the Hyperfine

Structure in Bismuth.

Bi I: Hfs

704. L. Iglesias, Optica Pura y Aplicada 2(3), 132-145

(1969) . Extension del tercer espectro del vanadio (V III). V III: EL ND CL W IP

705. R. Velasco and L. Iglesias, Optica Pura y Aplicada

2(3), 155-156 (1969). Comments on the Analysis of the Mn II Spectrum.

Mn II: ZE

706. A. L. Mashinskii, Optics and Spectrosc. 28( 1 ), 1-6 (1970) . Precise Measurement of Atomic Constants Using

Level-Crossing Signals of the 3 ^Pj/z State of ^'Na. Na I: Hfs

707. J P. Connerade, N. J. Peacock, and R. J. Speer, Solar

Phys. 14(1), 159-165 (1970). The Spectrum of Multiply Ionized Iron Between 10 and

17 A. Fe XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XXI: EL CL W OT

Fe XVIII, XIX, XX: EL ND CL W OT

Fe XXIV: ND

708. M. Iwao and K. J. Ram, Acta Physica Polon. A37( 1 ), 151-154 (1970). Laser Field Stark Effect in Potassium and Caesium. KI,CsI: SE

709. U. Kaldor, Phys. Rev. A 1(6), 1586-1592 (1970). Spin-Optimized Self-Consistent-Field Function. II. Hyperfine Structure of Atomic Nitrogen.

N I: Hfs AT

711. B. Schiff, Y. Accad, and C. L. Pekeris, Phys. Rev. A

1(6), 1837-1838 (1970).

Fine Structure of the 2 'P, 3 'P, and 4 'P States of

Li".- Li II: TE AT

712. K. E. Adelroth and A. Rosen, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm),

40(5), 457-463 (1970). Atomic Beam Investigation of the Hyperfine Structure of "Cr. Cr I: Hfs

713. J. Cajko, Zeit. Phys. 234(5), 443-454 (1970).

Isotope Shifts in Hf I Spectrum and Deformation of Even Nuclei of Hafnium Isotopes. Hf I: IS

57
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

714. P. Violino, Phys. Lett. 31A(6), 298-299 (1970).

An Evaluation of the gj Factors of the Lowest P3/2 States of Rb and Cs. Rb 1, Cs I. ZE

715. A. Steudel, R. Wallenstein, and H. Walther, Phys.

Lett. 31A(8), 433^35 (1970). Double Resonance Experiments in the Tm I-Spectrum.

Tm I: ZE

716. D. Goorvitch, S. P. Davis, and H. Kleiman, Phys. Rev.

188(4), 1897-1904 (1969).

Isotope Shift and Hyperfine Structure of the Neutron-Deficient Thallium Isotopes. Tl I: Hfs IS

717. J. Brochard, J. -F. Lesprit, and S. Liberman, Compt.

Rend. Acad. Sci. 270B(9), 600-602 (1970). Mesures de I'ecart isotopique de deux raies laser infrarouges de He I. He I: IS

718. P. Tougne, Compt. Rend, Acad. Sci. 270B(7), 467-470

(1970). Etude par spectroscopic optique de I'effet Stark sur

la structure hyperfine des raies d 'absorption D, et Dj d'un jet atomique de cesium 133. Cs I: SE

719. W. M. Neupert, W. A. White, W. J. Gates, M. Swartz, and R. M. Young, Solar Phys. 6, 183-192 ( 1969). X-ray and Extreme Ultraviolet (1-400 A) Spectroscopy

of the Sun, from OSO-III. Fe XX - XXV: W

720. B. Lahaye and J. Margerie, Optics Comm. 1(6), 259-261

(1970).

Optical Pumping of the Metastable 6 'P^ Level of '"Hg.

Hgl: ZE

721. D. Zimmermann, Zeit. Naturforsch. 25A(2), 196-201

(1970). Stark-Effekt-Untersuchung der Hyperfeinstruktur des

3 ^Pj^j-Zustands von Natrium mit der Level-crossing-Methode. Nal: SE

722. C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 73A(6), 599-609 (1969). Odd Configurations in Singly-Ionized Copper.

Cu II: EL ND PT

723. E. Meinders, Dissertation, Univ. Amsterdam, 75 pp. (1970). Het Spektrum van Terbium II. Tb II: EL ZE Hfs PT

724. N. J. Peacock, R. J. Speer, and M. G. Hobby, United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority, CLM-P 197, 27 pp. (1969). Spectra of Highly-Ionized Neon and Argon in a Plasma

Focus Discharge. Ne VIII: CL W

Ne IX: CL W IP Ar II, IX, XII, XIV - XVI, XVIII: CL W

Ar XVII: CL W IP

725. G. von Oppen and B. Piosczyk, Zeit. Phys. 229, 163-176

(1969) . Untersuchungen zum Stark-Effekt metastabiler Terme im Ba I-Spektrum durch Nachweis von

Hochfrequenzubergangen. Ba 1: SE

726. G. von Oppen, Zeit. Phys. 232, 473-482 (1970). Doppeiresonanzuntersuchungen zum Stark-Effekt des 4s4p 'P|-Terms im Ca I-Spektrum.

Ca I: SE

727. G. von Oppen, Zeit. Phys. 227, 207-215 (1969).

Doppelresonansuntersuchung des Einflusses eines elektrischen Feides auf die Zeeman-Aufspaltung des 5s5p 'P, -Terms im Sr I-Spektrum.

Sr I: SE

728. L. Kuzmickyte, A. Dembauskaite, J. Ciplys, and K. Uspalis, Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 8(4), 566-583

(1968). The Theoretical Investigation of the Energy Spectrum

of the Configuration 3d'4p Fe'^. Fe II: ND PT

729. A. Denis, P. Ceyzeriat, and M. Dufay, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60(9), I 186-1 191 (1970). Spectra and Mean Lives of Multiply Ionized Neon. Ne III - VI: CL W

730. T. Andersen, J. Desesquelles, K. A. Jessen, and G. Sorensen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(9), 1199-1203 (1970). Atomic-Lifetime Measurements for Neutral and Ionized Sodium and Potassium. Na III: EL CL W

731. K. L. Vander Sluis and J. R. McNally, Jr., J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 60(9), 1209-1212 (1970). Zeeman Results in Dy II. Dy II: ND ZE

732. I. Martinson, W. S. Bickel, and A. Olme, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(9), 1213-1220 (1970). Beam-Foil Spectra of Boron 450-5000 A. BI-IV: CL W

733. K. Yoshino, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(9), 1220-1229 (1970). Absorption Spectrum of the Argon Atom in the Vacuum-Ultraviolet Region. Arl: EL CL W IP

734. W. Persson, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(9), 1266-1267 (1970). Comments on "Line Strengths and Radiative Lifetimes

for Ne 11". Ne II: CL W

735. P. F. Gruzdev, Optics and Spectrosc. 28(4), 334-337

( 1970) . Isoelectronic Series of Sulfur S I . . . Cu XIV. The

3p*-3p'4s Transition, Energy Levels, Wavelengths and

Oscillator Strengths. SI-CuXIV: PT

736. W. C. Martin and V. Kaufman, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(8), 1096-1099 (1970). 4p^ Configuration in Neutral Zinc (Zn I). Zn I: EL W PT AT

58
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

737.

738.

739.

740.

741.

742.

743.

744.

745.

746.

E. F. Worden and J. G. Conway, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(8),

1 144-1 145 (1970). Ground States and Normal Electronic Configurations of Californium I and II. Cf 1, II: EL CL W ZE

C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(4), 507-520 (1970). A Theoretical Investigation of the Configurations

(3d + 4s)' 4p in Neutral Manganese (Mn I). Mn I: ND PT

W. M. Neupert and M. Swartz, Astroph. J. 160(3),

L189-L192 (1970). Resonance and Satellite Lines of Highly Ionized Iron

in the Solar Spectrum Near 1.9 A. Fe XXIII - XXV: EL CL W

L. A. Svensson and J. O. Ekberg, Ark. Fys. (Stockholm), 40(2), 145-164 (1969). The Titanium Vacuum-Spark Spectrum from 50 to 425

Ti V - XII: W

D. M. Rank, J. Z. Holtz, T. R. Geballe, and C. H. Townes, Astroph. J. 161(3), L185-L189 (1970). Detection of 10.5-Micron Line Emission From the Planetary Nebula NGC 7027.

S IV: EL W

Ar III: W

F. P. J. Valero, D. Goorvitch, B. S. Fraenkel, and B. Ragent, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 59(10), 1380-1381 (1969).

Shifts and Self-Reversed Lines in the vuv Spectra of Highly Ionized Atoms in Laser-Generated Plasmas. Fe VI, VII, VIII: W

J. Verges, Spectrochim. Acta 248(3), 177-185 (1969). Etude des spectres d'emission dans I'infrarouge par remploi d'un SISAM-I. Spectre de I'icde entre

1 ,3 1 jn et 2,24 a et I'effet Zeeman de la raie interdite 5s^5p' P,^j-5s'5p' P„j a 7603 K.

I I, II: CL W ZE

J. Bril, Spectrochim. Acta 25B(1), 37-45 (1970).

Precision atteinte sur le calcul de longueurs d'onde measurees sur un spectre provenant

d'un montage Ebert. Measures de longuers d'onde dans le spectre du tantale. Ta I, II: CL W

B. E. Lautrup, A. Peterman, and E. De Rafael, Phys.

Lett. 318(9), 577-579 (1970). Confirmation of a New Theoretical Value for the Lamb

Shift. H I: Hfs

J. Vizbaraite, Z. Kupliauskis, and V. Tutlys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 8(4), 497-515 ( 1968). Theoretical Investigation of the Spectra of Atoms and

Ions of Iron Group Isoelectronic Series Having

Electronic Configurations 3d*4s, 3d'4s, and 3d'4s. V I, Cr II, Mn III: AT

Cr I, Mn II, Fe III: AT

Mn I, Fe II. Co III: AT

747.

748.

749.

750.

751

752.

753.

754.

755.

756.

J. Vizbaraite, Z. Rudzikas, and D. Grabauskas,

Lietuvos Fizikos Rinkinys 8(4), 481-496 (1968). The Theoretical Investigation of the Energy Spectra of Some Atoms and Ions of the Iron Group Having

Electronic Configurations 3d4s, 3d'4s, 3d^4s, 3d'4s, 3d'4s, and 3d'4s. Ca I - V IV, Sc I - Cr IV: AT

Ti I - Cr III, Fe I - Ni III: AT

Co I - Ge VI, Ni I - Zn III: AT

J. Blaise, J. Chevillard, J. Verges, and J. -F. Wyart,

Spectrochim. Acta 258(7), 333-381 (1970). Etude des spectres d'emission dans I'infrarouge par

I'emploi d'un SISAM-IV. Spectre d'emission du neodyme.

Nd I: EL ND CL W ZE

Nd II: EL CL W ZE

J. G. Conway and E. F. Worden, Univ. California Radiation Laboratory, UCRL-19944, 613 pp. (1970).

Preliminary Level Analysis of the First and Second

Spectra of Dysprosium, Dy I and Dy II. Dy I, II: EL CL W ZE PT

A. Hese, Zeit. Phys. 236(1), 42-51 (1970). Experimentelle Untersuchung der 5d6s6p

^F, -Terme im Lanthan I-Spektrum unter Verwendung von Levelcrossing-Spektroskopie. La I: Hfs

K. B. Oertel, Zeit. Phys. 236( 1 ), 90-96 (1970). Optische Messung der Hyperfeinstrukturaufspaltungen von Co I-Termen. Co I: Hfs

F. von Sichart, H. J. Stockmann, H. Ackermann, and G.

zu Putlitz, Zeit. Phys. 236( 1 ), 97-100 ( 1970). Optical Pumping of Free Atomic Ions with Hyperfine

Structure. Ba II: Hfs

S. Hoory, U. Feldman, S. Goldsmith, W. Behring, and L. Cohen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60( 1

1 ), 1449-1453 (1970). Spectra of Mg IX, Al X, and Si XI Isoelectronic with Be I. Mg IX, Al X: EL CL W IP

Si XI: EL CL W

C. J. Humphreys and E. Paul, Jr., J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60(11), 1454-1457 (1970).

Interferometric Wavelength Determinations in the Second Spectrum of ' 'Xe. Xe II: EL W

G. Smith and M. Wilson, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60( 1 1 ), 1527-1528 (1970). Configuration 4f'('F)5d6s^ in Eu I. Eu I: EL ND PT

G. Wolber, H. Figger, R. A. Haberstroh, and S. Penselin, Zeit. Phys. 236(4), 337-351 (1970). Atomic Beam Magnetic Resonance Investigations in the 2p^ P Ground Multiplet of the Stable Carbon

Isotopes '^C and "C. C I: ZE Hfs

59
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

757.

758.

759.

761

762.

763.

764.

765.

766.

767.

W. C. Martin, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(5), 699-702 (1970). Energies of 1 sn/ (/ > 3) Configurations in He" I as Calculated from Polarization Theory. He I, Li 11: SF TE

C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(5), 703-713 (1970).

A Theoretical Investigation of the Configurations

(3d + 4s)'4p in Neutral Cobalt (Co I). Co I: ND PT

C. Roth, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(5), 715-722 (1970). Odd Configurations in Neutral Nickel (Ni I). Ni I: ND PT

B. C. Fawcett, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London)

3(12), 1732-1741 (1970).

Classification of the Lower Energy Levels of Highly

Ionized Transition Elements.

CI V, VI, K VI, VIII: EL CL W

Cr XI - XIII: EL CL W OT

K VII: EL W

Ca VI, VII, IX: EL CL W

Ca VIII: Sc VII - XI:

So: W

Ti VIII - XI, V X, XII: Cr VI, VIH -

W

EL CL W

V V, VIII, IX, XI: EL CL W

EL CL W OT

X: EL CL W

^"Es Emission Spectrum.

E. F. Worden, R. G. Gutmacher, R. W. Lougheed, J. G. Conway, and R. J. Mehihorn, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(10), 1297-1302 (1970).

Hyperfine Structure in the

II. Nuclear Spin, Nuclear Magnetic Dipole Moment,

and Energy Levels of Es II. Es I: W

Es II: EL CL W Hfs PT

C. J. Humphreys and E. Paul, Jr., J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60(10), 1302-1310 (1970).

Interferometric Wavelength Determinations in the First Spectrum of '"Xe. Xe I: EL CL W

J. Reader and J. Sugar, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60( 10), 1421-1422 (1970).

Ionization Energies of Ce I and Gd I. CeI,GdI: IP

M. S. Chaghtai, Phys. Scr, 1(2-3), 104-108 (1970). Term Analysis of Zr VII, Nb VIII, and Mo IX. Zr VII, Nb VIII, Mo IX: EL CL W

M. S. Chaghtai, Phys. Scr. 1(2-3), 109-1 12 (1970). Term Analysis of Zr VI, Nb VII, and Mo VIII. Zr VI, Nb VII, Mo VIII: EL ND CL W

Rblll, SrIV: ND

Y V: OT

H. P. Palenius, Phys. Scr. 1(2-3), 1 13-135 (1970).

Spectrum and Term System of Doubly Ionized Fluorine, F III. F III: EL CL W IP SF PT

768. R. Gebauer and H. Selhofer, Acta Phys. Austr. 31( 1 ), 8-17 (1970). Uber eine Prazisionsbestimmung der Konstante des

linearen Stark-Effektes des Wasserstoffs. H I: SE

769. C. Morillon, Spectrochim. Acta 25B, 513-538 ( 1970). Etude des spectres d'emission du Samarium, du Neodyme

et de rUranium entre 2,3 et 4,1 /xm avec un

spectrometre a grilles. Nd 1, II, Sm I, II, U 1, II: CL W

770. G. Anger, M. von Hartrott, H.-U. Martyn, and G. von Oppen, Zeit. Naturforsch. 25A(11), 1529-1536 (1970).

Einfluss eines homogenen Magnetfeldes auf die Polarisation von Fluoreszenzlinien des Cu I-Spektrums nach Elecktronenstossanregung.

Cu 1: Hfs

771. L. P. Varga, M. J. Reisfeld, and L. B. Asprey, J. Chem. Phys. 53( 1 ), 250-255 (1970).

Electronic Spectra of the 5f' Actinides: U'*, Np"*,

Pu'*, and Am02**. The f' Intermediate Coupling

Diagram.

U IV, Np V, Pu VI: PT

775. F. P. J. Valero, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(12), 1675-1680

(1970).

Analysis of Interferometrically Measured Wavelengths and Their Applications as Secondary Standards of Length.

Th I, II: W

777. J. B. Mann, J. Chem. Phys. 40(6), 1632-1637 (1964).

Ionization of U, UO, and UOj by Electron Impact. U I: IP

778. D. A. Jackson and M. C. Coulombe, Compt. Rend. Acad.

Sci. 270B, 1607-1609 (1970). Deplacements isotopiques de volume dans le spectre du Xe I. Xe I: IS

779. A. S. King, J. G. Conway, E. F. Worden, and C. E. Moore, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(3), 355-395 (1970). Temperature Classification of the Spectra of Dysprosium (Dy I, Dy II). Dy I, II: W

780. B. Martinenas, K. Eringis, and R. Dagys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 9(3), 449-456 (1969). Spectra of Iron Group Element Ions in the 3d^ and

3d'-Isoelectronic Sequences.

Ti III, V III, IV, Cr IV, V, Mn V, VI: PT AT

Fe VI, VII, Co VII, Ni VIII: PT AT

782. W. L. Williams and V. W. Hughes, Phys. Rev. 185(4), 1251-1255 (1969). Magnetic Moment and hfs Anomaly for He\

He I: Hfs

783. S. D. Drell, Nucl. Particle Phys. Annu. 1, 24-27

(1967). Lamb Shift and Validity of Quantum Electrodynamics.

H I: Hfs

60
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers- Continued

784. P. S. Bagus and C. M. Moser, Phys. Rev. 167( 1 ), 13-16

(1968).

Calculation of Energy Levels Which Arise from the Configuration of the Ground State of Carbon.

Multiconfiguration Hartree-Fock Calculations. C 1: AT

785. P. Bagus and J. Picart, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 266B, 842-844 (1968).

Calcul de I'effet de polarisation sur la structure hyperfine de I'europium et de I'europium**. Eu I, III: Hfs

786. A. M. Crooker and G. Shipley, Can. J. Phys. 48(5), 730-736 (1970). A Spectroscopic Determination of the Nuclear Moments

of Bismuth.

Bi II: Hfs CL W

Bi IV: EL Hfs CL W

Bi III, V: Hfs

787. M. Elbel, Ann. der Phys. 23(1-2), 10-14 (1969). Die Storung der 4p ^P-Terme durch Komplexterme im

Kupfer I-Spektrum. II. Cu I: Hfs PT

788. J. Grudzinskas, J. Vizbaraite, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 8(4), 5 17-538 (1968). The Theoretical Investigation of the Energy Spectra of Some Atoms and Ions of the Iron Group Having

Electronic Configuration 3d'4p. Fe II, Co III, Zn 1: AT

789. L. Hambro, University of California Radiation

Laboratory, UCRL-19328, 93 pp. (1969). Second-Order Corrections to the Fine-Structure of Helium. He I: OT

790. E. Handrich, A. Steudel, and H. Walther, Phys. Lett. 29A(8), 486-488 (1969). The Hyperfine Splitting of the 3d'4s4p Levels of Mn I and the Ouadrupole Moment of "Mn.

Mn I: Hfs

791. S. Svanberg and S. Rydberg, Phys. Lett. 32A(7), 459-460 (1970). Determination of gj Factors in the np ^Pj^j Series of

the Cs-I Spectrum. Cs I: ZE Hfs

792. P. Heinecke, A. Steudel, and H. Walther, Phys. Lett. 318(5), 295-296 ( 1970). The Isotope Shift of "'Eu, '"Eu, '"Eu, and "'Eu. The Signs of the Nuclear Dipole Moment of "^Eu and

the Nuclear Ouadrupole Moments of Eu and "'Eu. Eu I: Hfs IS

793. K. B. S. Eriksson and I. Wenaker, Phys. Scr. 1( I ), 21-24 ( 1970). New Wavelength Measurements in Cs I. Cs I: EL W IP

794. M. S. Chaghtai, Phys. Scr. 1(1), 31-35 (1970). Vacuum Spark Spectra of Zirconium, Niobium and Molybdenum.

Zr V, Nb VI, Mo VII: EL CL W IP OT

795. M.-G. Schweighofer, These, Orsay, 150 pp. (1970), Contribution a la classification des spectres d'arc et d'etincelle du samarium par I'etude de I'effet Zeeman et du deplacement isotopique.

Sm I, 11: EL CL W ZE IS

796. A. Yu. Matulis and U. I. Safronova, Optics and

Spectrosc. 28(6), 580-584 (1970). Theory of Perturbations of the Autoionization Levels of Two-Electron Atoms. He I: AT

797. J. F. Schroder and Th. A. M. van Kleef, Physica 49, 388^10 (1970),

The Spectrum of Trebly-Ionized Copper (Cu IV). Cu IV: EL CL W IP PT

798. S. Gerstenkorn and J.-M. Helbert, Compt, Rend. Acad,

Sci. 271B, 626-629 (1970). Constante du deplacement isotopique du neodyme. Effet d'ecran de I'electron 5d. Nd I, II: IS

799. J.-F. Wyart, Compt. Rend, Acad. Sci, 271B, 849-852

(1970). Etude parametrique des configurations impaires

profondes des spectres I et II du gadolinium.

Gd I, II: PT

800. G. Wolber, H. Figger, R. A. Haberstroh, and S. Penselin, Phys. Lett. 29A(8), 461-462 ( 1969). Hyperfine Structure Separations in the Ground State Multiplet of the Stable Carbon Isotope "C. C I: Hfs

801. P. Zimmermann, Zeit. Phys. 233( I ), 21-26 (1970). Level-Crossing-Experimente zur Untersuchung der

Hyperfeinstruktur des 5d ^Dj^^-Terms im

Indium l-Spektrum,

In I: SE Hfs

802. T. Voros, A. Petrakiev, K, Kluge, and I. Kornyei, God.

Sofii. Univ., Fiz. Fak. 61, 161-165 (1968). Quadratic Stark Effect Constants. Fe I, Co I, Ni I, Cu 1, Sr I, Ba I, Hg 1: SE

Pb I: SE

803. D. W. Weeks and E. S. Allen, Harvard College Obs. Sci. Report No. 32, 16 pp. (1970). Absorption Spectrum of Nickel in the Vacuum

Ultraviolet 2286-1668 A. Ni I: W

804. A. B. C. Walker, Jr. and H. R. Rugge, Astron. Astrophys. 5, 4-1 1 (1970). Solar-X-Ray Observation of Forbidden Lines in the Helium Isoelectronic Sequence.

O VII, Ne IX, Mg XI, XII, Al XII, XIII: CL W

Si XIII, XIV, S XV, XVI: CL W

805. V. Tutlys, J. Vizbaraite, and A. Jucys, Lietuvos

Fizikos Rinkinys 9(4), 695-705 ( 1969). Theoretical Investigation of Energy Spectra of Some

Elements of the Iron Group in 3d"4d (n = 4,6) Configuration, Cr II, Mn III, Fe II, Co III: AT

806. V. S, Tatu, Rev. Roum. Phys. 15(3), 285-296 (1970).

Isotopic Shifts of Sn in the Ultraviolet Domain.

Sn I: IS

61
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

809.

810.

811.

813.

814.

815.

816.

817.

818.

819.

J.-P. Rozelot, Astron. Astrophys. 2(1), 122-125

(1969) . Photographic et mesure des raies U.V. de la couronne

solaire. Fe XIII: W

J.-P. Rozelot, Solar Phys. 6, 49-55 (1969).

Calcul des probabilites de transition pour divers

etats excites du Fe XII. Fe XII; OT

Po-Chuan Tsui and Le-Fu Teng, Chinese J. Phys. 7( 1 ), 43-49 (1969). Observation of Zn II, Zn III and Other Unknown

Spectral Lines of Zn. Zn II, III: W

W. Fischer, Fortschritte der Phys. 18(2), 89-122

(1970) . Einfluss der Elektronenrumpfpolarisation auf die Hyperfeinstruktur alkaliahnlicher Atome.

Li I, Na I, K I, Rb I, Cs 1: Hfs Sc I, Y I, La I, Lu I: Hfs Ga I, In I, Tl I, Pb II, Bi III: Hfs Cu I, Ag I, Ba II, Au I: Hfs

E. Ya. Kononov and K. N. Koshelev, Optics and

Spectrosc. 29(2), 115-116 (1970).

Spectra of Multiply Ionized Aluminum. I. At VII, VIII. Al VII: EL ND CL W

A! VIII: EL CL W

A. M. Gutman and I. B. Levinson, Smithsonian

Institution, Astrophysical Observatory, Number 8, 20-25 ( 1 967 ); Transl. of Physical Problems in Spectroscopy, Proceedings of the 13th All-Union Conference on Spectroscopy, Leningrad 4-12 July 1960, Vol I, pp. 13-15, Moscow (1962). Inhomogeneous Vector Couplings in Atomic Spectra. O II: PT

P. F. Gruzdev, Smithsonian Institution, Astrophysical

Observatory, November 8, 13-18 (1967); Transl. of

Physical Problems in Spectroscopy, Proceedings of

the 13th All-Union Conference on Spectroscopy,

Leningrad, 4-12 July I960, pp. 36-39, Moscow (1962). Line Strengths in Intermediate Coupling for Fe II. Fe II: PT

W. Fischer, H. Huhnermann, and Th. Meier, Zeit. Phys.

238(3), 249-257 (1970). , Rumpfpolarisation des 4d 5s Ag I: Hfs 'D-Zustandes von Ag I.

R. T. Young, Harry Diamond Laboratory Report

TM-68-27, 134 pp. ( 1967). Spectrum Transitions and their Wavelengths from 2000

to 10,000 A for Rare Gas Atoms. He I, Ne I, Ar I, Kr I, Xe I: W

U. Feldman, L. Katz, W. Behring, and L. Cohen, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 61(1 ), 91-95 ( 1971). Spectra of Fe, Co, Ni, and Cu Isoelectronic with Na I and Mg I. Fe XVI, Co XVII, Ni XVIII: EL CL W IP Cu XIX: EL CL W IP Fe XV, Co XVI: CL W

Ni XVII, Cu XVIII: EL CL W

820. H. Li and K. L. Andrew, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61( 1 ), 96-109

(1971).

First Spark Spectrum of Arsenic. As II: EL ND CL W ZE IP SF

821. C. J. Humphreys, E. Paul, Jr., and L. Minnhagen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61( 1 ), 1 lO-l 14 ( 1971 ). First Spectra of Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine in the 4-^m Region. CI I, Br I, I I: EL CL W IP PT

822. C. W. Fabjan and F. M. Pipkin, Phys. Rev. Lett. 25(7), 421^24 (1970). Observation of the Lamb Shift in a Fast Hydrogen Beam. H I: EL Hfs

823. W. C. Lineberger and B. W. Woodward, Phys. Rev. Lett. 25(7), 424-427 (1970). High Resolution Photodetachment of S' Near Threshold. S : EL

824. J. D. Lyons and R. K. Nesbet, Phys. Rev. Lett. 24(9), 433^35 (1970). Hyperfine Structure in the 2 ^P State of Atomic

Lithium.

Li I: Hfs

825. T. Appelquist and S. J. Brodsky, Phys. Rev. Lett. 24(11), 562-565 (1970). Order Electrodynamic Corrections to the Lamb Shift. H I: Hfs

826. L. M. Blau, R. Novick, and D. Weinflash, Phys. Rev.

Lett. 24(23), 1268-1272 (1970).

Lifetimes and Fine Structure of the Metastable

Autoionizing ( Is2s2p) *Pj States of the Negative

Helium Ion. He": EL

827. B. Budick and J. Snir, Phys. Rev. A 1(3), 545-551

(1970).

Hyperfme-Structure Anomalies of Stable Ytterbium

Isotopes. Yb I: Hfs

828. S. D. Rosner and F. M. Pipkin, Phys. Rev. A 1(3), 571-586 (1970). Hyperfine Structure of the 2 'S, State of He'. He I: Hfs

829. B. L. Cosens and T. V. Vorburger, Phys. Rev. A 2( 1 ), 16-26 (1970). Remeasurement of the 2 ^S,,2 - 2 ^Pj/j Splitting in Atomic Hydrogen.

H I: EL

830. C. Deutsch, Phys. Rev. A 2( 1 ), 43-49 ( 1 970).

Polarization Model for the Excited States of Neutral Helium. He I: TE OT

831. N. W. Winter, A. Laferriere, and V. McKoy, Phys. Rev. A 2(1 ), 49-60 (1970). Numerical Solution of the Two-Electron Schrodinger

Equation. He I: AT

62
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

832. K. T. Lu and U. Fano, Phys. Rev. A 2(1 ), 81-86 (1970). Graphic Analysis of Perturbed Rydberg Series. Ar I, Kr I, Xe 1, Ba 1: OT

833. S. A. Lewis, F. M. J. Pichanick, and V. W. Hughes,

Phys. Rev. A 2(1 ), 86-101 (1970). Experiments on the 2 'P State of Helium. II. Measurements of the Zeeman Effect. He 1; EL ZE AT

834. W. J. Childs, Phys. Rev. A 2(2), 316-336 (1970).

Hyperfine Structure of Many Atomic Levels of Tb'" and

the Tb'" Nuclear Electric-Quadrupole Moment. Tb I: ZE Hfs PT

836. R. E. Brown, S. Larsson, and V. H. Smith, Jr., Phys. Rev. A 2(3), 593-599 ( 1970). Correlation Effects on Hyperfme-Structure Expectation Values for the Boron ^P Ground State. B I; Hfs

837. T. M. Wilson, J. H. Wood, and J. C. Slater, Phys. Rev. A 2(3), 620-634 (1970).

Studies of the Statistical Exchange Approximation in First-Transition-Row Atoms and Ions; Mn*^ Ion. Mn III: AT

838. R. K. Nesbet, Phys. Rev. A 2(3), 661-672 (1970). Atomic Bethe-Goldstone Calculation of the Hyperfine

Structure of Li(2 ^P). Li I: Hfs

840. M. F. Soto, Jr., Phys. Rev. A 2(3), 734-758 ( 1970). Calculation of the Slope at = 0 of the Dirac Form

Factor for the Electron Vertex in Fourth Order. H I, He II: Hfs

841. T. S. Stein, J. P. Carrico, E. Lipworth, and M. C. Weisskopf, Phys. Rev. A 2(3), 1093-1095 (1970).

Quadratic Stark Shifts of Zeeman Levels in Alkali Atoms. Na I, K I: SE

842. N. Spector, Optica Pura y Aplicada 3( 1 ), 33-62 (1970). The 3d^4d and 3d^4f Configurations of Doubly Ionized Vanadium (V III). V III: EL PT V IV: PT

843. R. W. Schmieder, A. Lurio, W. Happer, and A. Khadjavi,

Phys. Rev. A 2(4), 1216-1228 (1970). Level-Crossing Measurement of Lifetime and hfs Constants of the ^P„2 States of the Stable Alkali Atoms. Na I, K 1: Hfs

844. S. Larsson, Phys. Rev. A 2(4), 1248-1258 (1970). Hartree-Fock Wave Functions without Symmetry and

Equivalence Restrictions and the Calculation of Hyperfine-Structure Expectation Values for the Lowest ^P States of Boron and Lithium.

Li I, B I: Hfs

845. H. Kelly and A. Ron, Phys. Rev. A 2(4), 1261-1266

(1970). Hyperfine Contact Interaction in the Iron Atom

Calculated by Many-Body Theory. Fe I: Hfs

846.

847.

848.

849.

850.

851

852.

853.

854.

855.

856.

857.

U. Kaldor, Phys. Rev. A 2(4), 1267-1274 (1970). Spin-Optimized Self-Consistent-Field Function, III. Ground States of Boron and Carbon Atoms. B I, C I: Hfs AT

H. Grotch, Phys. Rev. A 2(4), 1605-1607 (1970). Nuclear Mass Corrections to the Electron g Factor. H I, D 1: Hfs

J. P. Desclaux and N. Bessis, Phys. Rev. A 2(5), 1623-1629 { 1970).

Relativistic Hartree-Fock Hyperfine-Structure

Calculations for the Scandium, Copper, Gallium and Bromine Atoms.

Sc I, Cu 1, Ga I, Br I: Hfs

V. Beltran-Lopez and T. Gonzalez E., Phys. Rev. A

2(5), 1651-1655 (1970). Magnetic Moments of Five Levels in the Ground State Configuration of N I and O II. N I, O II: AT

A. K. Bhatia, Phys. Rev. A 2(5), 1667-1668 (1970).

Transitions ( ls2p)'P°-(2p^)'P° in He and

(2s2p)'P°-(2p')'P'' in H". H", He I: TE AT

W. J. Childs, Phys. Rev. Hyperfine Structure of ' A 2(5), 1692-1701 (1970). L, Atomic States of Dy'"'"' and the Ground-State Nuclear Moments. Dy I: ZE Hfs

J. F. Perkins, Phys. Rev. A 2(5), 1701-1704 (1970).

Calculations of 3S-10S States of He. He I: AT

P. F. Winkler, F. G. Walther, M. T. Myint, and D. Kleppner, Phys. One- Two-Electron At., Proc. Arnold Sommerfeld Centen. Mem. Meet. Int. Symp. Phys. One-Two-Electron At., 146-151 (1969). A Determination of gj/g^ in Atomic Hydrogen.

H I: Hfs

N. Spector and S. Held, Astroph. J. 159(3), 1079-1090

(1970). A New Description of the Gadolinium Spectra in the Photographic Infrared. Gd I, II: W

N. Spector, Astroph. J. 159(3), 1091-1092 (1970). New Classification for Gd II Solar Lines. Gd 11: ND CL

S. Hoory, S. Goldsmith, B. S. Fraenkel, and U. Feldman, Astroph. J. 160(2), 781-784 (1970).

Identification and Classification of the 3p'3d-3p'3d4s

Transitions in Co IX, Ni X, and Cu XI. Co IX, Ni X, Cu XI: EL CL W OT

L. Cohen and LI. Feldman, Astroph. J. 160(2), L105-L106(1970).

A Line List for an Iron-Spark Spectrum ( 10-18 A).

Fe: W

63
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

858. S. Goldsmith and B. S. Fraenkel, Astroph. J. 161( 1 ), 317-320 (1970).

Classification of New Multiplets in the Extreme

Ultraviolet Spectra of Nickel, Copper, and Zinc. Ni X, Cu XI, Zn XII: CL W

Ni XII, Cu XII, XIII, Zn XIU: EL CL W

859. J.-P. Connerade, Astroph. J. 161(2), 785-788 (1970).

The Wavelength Overlap of Transitions from Differing Stages of Ionization. Fe X - XXIV; AT

860. R. Marrus and R. W. Schmieder, Phys. Lett. 32A(6), 431-432 (1970). Observation of the Magnetic-Dipole Decay of the 2 'S, State of Helium-Like Si XIII, S XV, and Ar XVII.

Si XIII, S XV, Ar XVII: EL CL W

861. O. Lutz, Phys. Lett. 31A(7), 384 (1970). The Hyperfine Structure Anomaly of "Br and *'Br. Br I: Hfs

862. Ph. Cahuzac, Phys. Lett. 32A(3), 150-151 (1970). Nouvelles raies laser infrarouges dans la vapeur de baryum. Ba I, II: CL W

863. K. H. Channappa, Indian J. Pure Appl. Phys. 8(3), 172-173 (1970).

Electronic gj Values of Palladium Using RS, jj and

Intermediate Coupling Schemes. Pd I: PT

864. J. Bauche and A. Crubellier, J. de Phys. 31(5-6),

429-434 (1970).

Evaluation theorique des deplacements isotopiques

specifiques dans la serie 3d. Sc I, Ti I, V 1, Cr I, Mn 1, Fe I: IS AT

Co I, Ni I, Cu I: IS AT

865. L. Di Sipio, E. Tondello, G. De Michelis, and L. Oleari, Inorg. Chem. 9(4), 927-930 ( 1970). Slater-Condon Parameters for Atoms and Ions of the Second Transition Metal Series. Zr I, II, III, Nb I, II, III, Mo I, II, III: PT

Tc I, II, III, Ru I, II, III, Rh I, II, 111; PT

Pd I, II, III, Ag I, II, III: PT

866. Le Ouang Rang, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2718(7), 389-392 (1970). Constantes Stark et forces d'oscillateur de Ar I pour

un potentiel de Thomas-Fermi-Dirac. Ar I; SE

867. B. Lahaye, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 271B( 1 1 ), 537-540

(1970). Pompage optique du niveau metastable 6 'Pq de "'Hg et de Hg.

Hg I; ZE

868. J. Margerie, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2718(3), 209-212

(1970).

J I Facteurs de Lande des niveaux 6p^ P,, et 6p^ S^ de

^"Pb. Pb I; PT

869. C. B. Ross, Jr., Dissertation, Purdue Univ., 181 pp. (1969) . Vacuum Ultraviolet Standards in the Spectrum of Cu II. Cu II; EL ND CL W IP

870. G. W. F. Drake, Chem. Phys. Lett. 5(4), 189-191 (1970) . Perturbation Theory Applied to Autoionizing States. He I: TE OT

871. A. J. Freeman, J. V. Mallow, and P. S. Bagus, J. Appl.

Phys. 41(3), 1321-1322 (1970).

Hyperfme Interactions in the 5d Transition Series. Re I, III: Hfs

872. R. P. McEachran, C. E. Tull, and M. Cohen, Astron. Astrophys. 4( 1 ), 152-155 (1970).

Ionization Energies and Oscillator Strengths for Fe XVI, Co XVII, and Ni XVIII. Fe XVI, Co XVII, Ni XVIII; IP OT W

873. U. Litzen, Phys. Scr. 1(5-6), 253-255 (1970). The 5g Levels of the Alkali Metals.

Li I, Na I, K I, Rb I, Cs I: EL CL W SF

874. U. Litzen, Phys. Scr. 1(5-6), 251-252 (1970). Additions to the B I Term System Based on Infrared Observations. B I; EL CL W

875. G. W. Erickson, Phys. One- Two-Electron At., Proc. Arnold Sommerfeld Centen. Mem. Meet. Int. Symp.

Phys. One- Two-Electron At. 193-202 (1969). Theory of the Lamb Shift. H I, D I: Hfs

876. A. Olme, Phys. Scr. 1(5-6), 256-260 (1970). The Spectrum of Singly Ionized Boron B II. B II; EL CL W IP SF OT

C III, N IV; IP SF

877. H. G. Dehmelt, Phys. One- Two-Electron At., Proc. Arnold Sommerfeld Centen. Mem. Meet. Int. Symp.

Phys. One- Two-Electron At., 235-251 (1969).

Hfs Spectrum of 'He* by the Ion Storage Collision Technique. He II; Hfs

878. M. Leventhal and D. E. Murnick, Phys. Rev. Lett. 25(18), 1237-1240 (1970). Measurement of the Lamb Shift in the n = 2 State of C VI; Hfs

879. B. Warner and R. C. Kirkpatrick, Mon. Not. Roy.

Astron. Soc. 147(2), 115-121 (1970).

Theoretical Energy Levels in Fe IV. Fe IV; PT

880. R. Chuckrow and H. H. Stroke, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(2), 218-222 (1971). Hyperfine Structure and Isotope Shift of 30-Year ^*"Bi

in the 3067-A Resonance Line.

Bi I: Hfs IS

881. J. R. Beacham and K. L. Andrew, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

61(2), 231-235 ( 1971 ). Optical Study of the Hyperfme Structure of the Rubidium Resonance Lines. Rb 1; Hfs IS

64
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers -Continued

882. J. P. Descoubes, Phys. One- Two-Electron At., Proc. Arnold Sommerfeld Centen. Mem. Meet. Int. Symp.

Phys. One- Two-Electron At., 341-347 (1969).

Fine Structure and Hyperfine Structure of *He and 'He. He 1: EL Hfs

884. B. Warner, Astron. Astrophys. 5, 1-3 (1970).

Theoretical Energy Levels in Fe V. Fe V: PT

885. U. Litzen, Phys. Scr. 2, 103-105 (1970). Improved Experimental Values for Some Hydrogen Like

Levels of He L He I: EL CL W SF TE

886. A. W. Weiss, Phys. Rev. A 3( 1 ), 126-129 (1971). Symmetry-Adapted Pair Correlations in Ne, F', Ne*, and

F. F", F I, Ne I, II: AT

887. G. W. F. Drake and A. Dalgarno, Proc. Roy See. London

320A, 549-560 (1971). A 1/Z Expansion Study of the 2s2p 'P and 'P

Autoionizing Resonances of the Helium Isoelectronic Sequence.

H", He I, Li II, Be III, B IV: TE OT

C V, N VI, O VII, F VIII, Ne IX: TE OT

888. J. D. Lyons and T. P. Das, Phys. Rev. A 2(6), 2250-2259 (1970).

Theoretical Analysis of Level Crossing in a ^P Atomic

State. Li I: Hfs

889. T. Appelquist and S. J. Brodsky, Phys. Rev. A 2(6), 2293-2303 (1970). Fourth-Order Eiectrodynamic Corrections to the Lamb

Shift. H I, D I: Hfs

890. M. J. Amoruso and W. R. Johnson, Phys. Rev. A 3( 1 ), 6-12 ( 1971 ). Relativistic One-Electron Calculations of Shielded Atomic Hyperfine Constants.

Li I, Na I, K I, Rb I, Cs I: Hfs F I, CI I, Br 1, I I: Hfs

89 1 . W.J. Childs and L. S. Goodman, Phys. Rev. A 3( 1 ), 25-45 (1971). Hyperfine and Zeeman Studies of Low-Lying Atomic

Levels of La'" and the Nuclear Electric Ouadrupole Moment.

La I: ZE Hfs

892. M. Wilson, Phys. Rev. A 3( 1 ), 45-50 ( 1971 ). LS-Term Dependence of Hyperfme-Interaction Parameters in d-s Configurations. Sc I, La I: AT

893. J. M. Burger and A. Lurio, Phys. Rev. A 3( 1 ), 76-81

(1971).

Isotope Shift in the (2 'S^ -2 ' P, ) Line of Atomic

Helium. He I: IS

894. T. W. Shyn, T. Rebane, R. T. Robiscoe, and W. L. Williams, Phys. Rev. A 3(1), 116-122 (1971). Measurement of the 2 ^S,„-2 ^Pjn Energy Separation

(AE-S) in Hydrogen (n = 2). H I: EL

895. M. Levitt, R. Novick, and P. D. Feldman, Phys. Rev. A

3( 1 ), 130-146 (1971). Determination of Energies and Lifetimes of the Metastabie Auto-Ionizing ( ls2s2p)'*P States of Li' and Li' by a Zeeman-Ouenching Technique.

Li I: EL Hfs

896. S. T. Manson, Phys. Rev. A 3(1), 147-153 (1971).

Theoretical Considerations for Auto-Ionizing States with Microsecond Lifetimes. He", Li I: Hfs AT

897. A. G. Shenstone, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) 74A(6), 801-855 ( 1970). The Second Spectrum of Nickel (Ni II). Ni II: EL ND CL W IP PT

898. D. H. Smith, J. Chem. Phys. 54(3), 1424-1425 (1971). Mass Spectrometric Investigation of Surface

Ionization. VII. The First Ionization Potential of Curium. Cm I: IP

899. J.-F. Wyart, J. de Phys. 31(7), 559-564 (1970). Etude des configurations paires 4f' 6s et 4f' 5d de Nd II. Nd II: ND PT

900. S. O. Kastner, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(3), 335-346 (1971).

Predicted Term Splittings for the Li I, B I, Na I Sequences and Other Sequences with One-Electron

Spectra. B III - Zn XXVIII, Ne VI - Ni XXIV: AT

MnXV-RhXXV: AT

901. G. Hubner and C. Wittig, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(3), 415-416 ( 1971 ). Some New Infrared Laser Transitions in Atomic Oxygen

and Sulfur. O I, S I: CL W

902. P. F. A. Klinkenberg and Th. A. M. van Kleef, Physica

50(4), 625-628 (1970). The Ground State of the Terbium Atom. Tb I: EL ND CL W ZE

903. E. H. Pinnington, Nuc. Instr. Methods 90, 93-102

(1970).

Radiative-Lifetime Measurements for Ions of Nitrogen and Oxygen.

O II, III: W

904. L. C. Balling, R. H. Lambert, J. J. Wright, and R. E. Weiss, Phys. Rev. Lett. 22(5), 161-163 (1970).

Optical Pumping at High Temperatures.

Li I: Hfs

905. A. B. C. Walker, Jr. and H. R. Rugge, Solar Flares and Space Research, 102-1 12 (1969). Enhancement of the Solar X-Ray Spectrum Below 25 A

During Solar Flares. N VII, O Vll, VIII, Ne IX, X, Na X, XI: W

Mg XI, XII, Fe XVII, XVIII: W

906. H. R. Rugge and A. B. C. Walker, Jr., Proc. Int. Space

Sci. Symp. 8, 439-449 (1968).

Solar X-Ray Spectrum Below 25 A. N VII, O VII, VIII, Ne IX, X: W

Mg XI, Ca XIV, Fe XVII: W

65
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

907. R. Novick, Phys. One- Two-Electron At., Proc. Arnold Sommerfeld Centen. Mem. Meet. Int. Symp. Phys. OneTwo-Electron At., 296-325 (1969). The Two-Photon Decay of the Metastable Helium Ion. He II: W

908. J. C. Baird, H. Metcalf, J. Brandenberger, and K.-I. Gondaira, Phys. One- Two-Electron At., Proc. Arnold Sommerfeld Centen. Mem. Meet. Int. Symp. Phys. OneTwo-Electron At., 139-145 (1969).

A Measurement of the Sommerfeld Fine Structure Constant by Level Crossing in Atomic Hydrogen.

H I: EL

909. A. Denis, J. Desesquelles, and M. Dufay, Phys. OneTwo-Electron At., Proc. Arnold Sommerfeld Centen. Mem. Meet. Int. Symp. Phys. One- Two-Electron At., 399-406 (1969).

Study of Some Atomic Spectra with Excited Ion Beams. Ne II, III, IV, V, VI: W

910. J. W. Cooper, M. J. Conneely, K. Smith, and S. Ormonde, Phys. Rev. Lett. 25(22), 1540-1543 (1970). Resonant Structure of Lithium Between the 2 'S and

2 'P Thresholds.

Li I: AT

911. R E. Weiss, R H. Lambert, and L. C. Balling, Phys. Rev. A 2(5), 1745-1751 (1970).

Temperature Dependence of Hyperfine Pressure Shifts.

II. Nitrogen in Helium, Neon, and Molecular

Nitrogen.

N I: Hfs

912. D. L. Ederer, T. Lucatorto, and R. P. Madden, Phys. Rev. Lett. 25(22), 1537-1540 (1970).

Autoionization Spectra of Lithium.

Li 1: EL CL W AT

913. J. F. Kielkopf, Jr., Dissertation, Johns Hopkins

University, Baltimore, Maryland, 121 pp. (1969).

The Spectrum of Triply Ionized Gadolinium. Gd I, II, III; W

Gd IV; EL CL W PT

914. Chien-Ming Wu, Dissertation, University of British Columbia, Canada, 1 1 9 pp. (1971).

Studies in the Optical Spectrum of Singly Ionized Sodium, Na II. Na II: EL CL W IP SF PT

915. J. P. Connerade, Astroph. J. 162(2), L139-LI43 (1970).

Preliminary Interpretation of the Iron-Spark Line List of Feldman and Cohen. FeX-XXIV: EL CL

916. S. Feneuille, M. Klapisch, E. Koenig, and S. Liberman,

Physica 48, 571-588 (1970). Determination theorique des probabilities de

transition 2p-^ 3p ^ 2p -'35 dans le spectre du neon I. Ne I; PT

917. J. P. Connerade, N. J. Peacock, and R. J. Speer, Nucl.

Instr. Methods 90, 163-166 (1970). Observation and Identification of Highly Stripped Iron Transitions Produced in the Plasma Focus. Fe XIV, XXI; ND CL W

Fe XV - XX: EL ND CL W

918.

919.

920.

921.

922.

923.

924.

925.

926.

927.

928.

M. Jones, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 3(12), 1571-1592 (1970).

Relativistic Corrections to Atomic Energy Levels. Na I - Ni XVIII, Mg I - Ni XVII; OT

G. Tondello and T. M. Paget, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 3(12), 1757-1761 (1970). Grazing Incidence Spectra of Ne VII and Ne VIII. Ne VII, VIII; EL CL W IP

A. Hese and G. Buldt, Zeit. Naturforsch. 25A( 1 1 ), 1537-1545 (1970).

Hyperfeinstruktur, Stark-Effekt und Lebensdauern in den angeregten 5d6s6p y ^D^/^. .V2-Zustanden des Lanthan l-Spektrums. La I; SE Hfs

P. A. Valberg and N. F. Ramsey, Phys. Rev. A 3(2), 554-565 (1971).

Hydrogen-Maser Measurements of Atomic Magnetic Moments. HI,Rbl; ZE

J. H. Shafer, Phys. Rev. A 3(2), 752-757 (1971 ). Optical Heterodyne Measurement of Xenon Isotope

Shifts. Xe I; IS

P. Camus, J. de Phys. 31, 985-991 (1970). Determination theorique des forces de raies de Tm I. Tm I: PT

Po-Chuan Tsui, Le-Fu Teng, Hsiou-Er Lin, and Chin-Yen

Lee, Chinese J. Phys. 7(2), 89-98 (1969). Observation of Zn II, Zn III and Other Unknown

Spectral Lines of Zn (Part II). Zn II, III; W

Y. N. Joshi and S. George, Science of Light (Tokyo)

19(1), 43-47 (1970).

Ionization Potential of Se IV. Se IV; EL CL W IP

Y. N. Joshi, Can. Spectrosc. 15(4), 96-98 (1970). New Lines in Doubly Ionized Silver. Ag III: CL W

S. Hoory, S. Goldsmith, U. Feldman, W. Behring, and L. Cohen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(4), 504-508 (1971). Boron-Like Spectra; Mg VIII, Al IX, and Si X. Mg VIII, Al IX, Si X; EL CL W IP

E. Alexander, M. Even-Zohar, B. S. Fraenkel, and S. Goldsmith, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(4), 508-514 (1971).

Classification of Transitions in the euv Spectra of Y IX-XIII, Zr X-XIV, Nb Xl-XV, and Mo XII-XVI. Ga IV, Ge V, As VI: ND OT

Mo XII, XIII, XVI:

Se VII, Br VIII; Y IX, X, XI, XIII; Y XII; EL CL W

Zr X, XI, XII, XIV;

Zr XIII: EL CL

Nb XI, XII, XV; Nb XIII: EL CL

EL CL W

OT

EL CL W

OT

EL CL W

W OT

EL CL

W IP W

Nb XIV: EL CL W OT

66
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

929.

930.

931.

933.

935.

936.

937.

938.

939.

940,

941.

I. Martinson, H. G. Berry, W. S. Bickel, and H. Oona,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(4), 519-523 (1971). Mean Lives of Excited Levels in O 1 - O VL

O n. III; CL W

O IV: EL CL W

C. J. Budhiraja and Y. N. Joshi, Can. J. Phys. 49(3), 391-393 (1971).

Spectrum of Br V. Br IV: EL

Br V: EL CL W IP

H. Nussbaumer and D. E. Osterbrock, Astroph. J. 161, 811-820 (1970). On the Forbidden Emission Lines of Iron in Seyfert

Galaxies. Fe VII: OT

B. Cantone, V. Emma, and F. Grasso, Advan. Mass

Spectrom. 4, 599-606 (1968).

Fine Structure Near the Ionization Threshold of Kr, Oj, NO by Electron Impact. Kr II: EL W

H. Hellwig, R. F. C. Vessot, M. W. Levine, P. W.

Zitzewitz, D. W. Allan, and D. J. Glaze, IEEE Trans.

Instrum. Meas. 19(4), 200-209 (1970). Measurement of the Unperturbed Hydrogen Hyperfine

Transition Frequency.

H I: Hfs

M. A. Ali and H. W. Joy, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 3(11), 1552-1557 (1970).

Oscillator Strengths and Wavelengths of 3p' S3p^(^P)3d *P Transitions in Ions of Ar IV to Fe XII. Ar IV, K V, Ca VI, Sc VII, Ti VIII: AT

V IX, Cr X, Mn XI, Fe XII: AT

R. 0. Hackett and G. W. Series, Opt. Commun. 2(3), 93-96 (1970).

"Line-Crossings" in the Forward-Scattering of Resonance Radiation. Hg I: Hfs

A. Hese, Ann. der Phys. 25(3), 299-314 (1970). Kernquadrupolwechselwirkung fur Elektronenkonfigurationen vom Typ spd und Anwendung auf das Lanthan I-Spektrum. La I: Hfs PT

U. Fink, S. Bashkin, and W. S. Bickel, J. Ouant.

Spectrosc. Rad. Transfer 10( 12), 1241-1256 ( 1970).

Transitions and Level Lifetimes in Ne II, III, Ar II, HI, Kr II, III and Xe II. Ne II, Xe II: W

C. J. Chen and R. H. Garstang, J. Ouant. Spectrosc. Rad. Transfer 10(12), 1347-1348 (1970).

Transition Probabilities for Xe I. Xe I: PT

M. Gallardo, M. Garavaglia, A. A. Tagliaferri, and E. G. LIuesma, IEEE J. Ou. Electronics QE-6( 1

1 ), 745-747 (1970). About Unidentified Ionized Xe

Lazer Lines. Xe I, III: W

Xell: CL W

942. A. Hese and H. P. Weise, Zeit. Angew. Phys. 30(2-3), 170-174 (1970). Optische Doppelresonanzuntersuchung der 5d6s6p z F-Terme im Lanthan I-Spektrum. La I: ZE

943. G. N. Ogurtsov, I. P. Flaks, and S. V. Avakyan, Zh. Tekh. Fiz. 40(10), 2124-2130 (1970).

Excitation of Autoionized States During Collisions of Complex Atomic Particles. Ne I: EL CL W

944. J. -F. Wyart, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2728, 933-936

(1971), Determination des configurations 4f'°5d, 4f'5d6s et 4f' 6s^ dans le spectre de Dy II, Dy II: EL ZE PT

945. E, Hol0ien and J, Midtdal, J, Phys. B(Proc, Phys. Soc. London) 4, 32^1 (1971).

Tests of the Multiconfiguration Energy-Bound Method

for Feshbach-Type Autoionization States of Two-Electron Atoms. II. Application to He States Between Higher Thresholds. He I: OT

946. P. Camus, Dissertation, Orsay, 265 pp. ( 1971 ), Classification des spectres d'arc et d'etincelle thulium par I 'etude de la structure Zeeman

des raies et I'interpretation des configurations

electroniques. Etude des spectres d'absorption de I'ytterbium, du lutecium et du thulium entre 2700 A et 1900 A, Tm I: EL ND CL W ZE IP SF PT Tm II: EL ND CL W ZE IP PT Yb I: EL ND CL W ZE IP SF PT

Lu I: EL CL W IP SF

947A, A, Adier, T, Lucatorto, R, Novick, and G, Sprott,

Bull, Am, Phys, Soc, 14( 10), 942-943 (1969). Hyperfine Structure of Li^. Li II: Hfs

948, I. A. Zhitnik, V. V. Krutov, L. P. Maljavkin, S. L. Mandel'shtam, and G. S. Cheremukhin, Proc. Int. Space Sci. Symp, 7, 2, 1263-1280 (1966), (Pub,

1967), X-ray Photographs and the Spectrum of the Sun in the 9,5-200 A Region,

Fe: W

949, H. G, Palmer, Dissertation, University of Colorado, 205 pp. (1968), The Stark Effect in the Hyperfine Structure of TI 203 and TI 205,

TI I: SE Hfs

950, S. Held, Israel At, Energy Comm, IA-1 162, 65 pp, (1968),

Differentiation Between Hoimium I and Holmium II Spectra Using Only a DC Arc as Excitation Source. Ho I, II: W

951A, C, E, Johnson, Diss, Abstr. B 28(10), 4260-4261

(1968). Measurement of the Fine and Hyperfine Structure in the 2 'P State of Helium. He I: EL Hfs

952A. B. D. Hopkins, Diss. Abstr. B 29(3), 1 150 (1968).

Isotope Shifts and Continuous Wave Oscillation in the 4416 A Cadmium Laser. Cd II: IS

67
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

953A.

954A.

955A.

956A.

957A.

958A.

959A.

960A.

96IA.

963A.

964A.

965A.

P. B. Newell, Diss. Abstr. B 30(5), 2346 (1969). Simultaneous Hyperfine and Zeeman Resonances in Optically Pumped Rubidium-85.

Rb I: ZE Hfs

W. H. Wing, Diss. Abstr. B 30( 1 ), 325 (1969).

A Measurement of the 2 ^P Fine Structure of Hydrogen.

H 1: EL

A. F. Oluwole, U, S. At. Energy Comm., UCRL-19338,

95 pp. (1969); Chem, Ab. 73(24), 1 25977n ( 1 970). Nuclear Spins, 'P, and 'P2 Hyperfine Structures, and

Nuclear Moments of Germanium-69 and Germanium75 and -'Pj Hyperfine Structure of Germanium-7 1

.

Ge I: Hfs

D. Goorvitch, F. P. J. Valero, and B. Ragent, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 59(4), 487A (1969).

Progress Report on the Analysis of Th III and Th IV. Th 111, IV; W

E. F. Worden, R. G. Gutmacher, R. W. Lougheed, and

J. G. Conway. J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(1 1), 1 555 A (1970). Atomic Spectroscopy of Trans-Curium Elements. Bk I, II, Cf I, II, Es II: EL CL W

J. Sugar and V. Kaufman, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60( 1 1 ), 1556-1557A (1970).

Interpretation of the Lu III Lu III, IV, V: EL

Lu IV, and Lu V Spectra. CL W

L. J. Radziemski, Jr., D. W. Steinhaus, R. D. Cowan,

J. Blaise, G. Guelachvili, Z. Ben Osman, and J. Verges, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(1 1), 1556A (1970).

Present Status of the Analysis of U I and U II as Derived from Measurements of Optical Spectra. U I, II: EL CL W ZE IS IP

G. L. Epstein and J. Reader, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(5),

712A(1970).

2 Resonance Lines and 5p' P° Splitting of La V. La V: EL CL W Hfs

C. B. Ross, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(5), 712A (1970).

Optical Study of the Hyperfine Structure of "'U. U I, II; Hfs

962A. J. Reader and G. L. Epstein, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(5),

713A (1970), Resonance Lines of Sr III and Rb II. Rb II, Sr III; EL CL W OT

F. R. Petersen, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 14(8), 833

(1969).

Stark Effect in the 4 'Pj^j State of "Ga and "Ga. Ga I: SB

L. J. Radziemski, Jr., D. W. Steinhaus, and R. Engleman, Jr., J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(5), 672A ( 1970). Time-Resolved, High-Resolution Absorption Spectra of U I and U II Obtained by Flash Photolysis. U I, II: W

G. L. Epstein and J. Reader, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(5),

673A (1971). Zeeman Effect and Revised Analysis of Rb II. Rb II; EL CL W ZE IP

966A. N. Spector, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(5), 672-673A ( 1971 ). Transition from L-S to J-j in Singly Ionized Lanthanons. Dy II; EL CL

Er II; EL CL W

967A. C. H. Liu, S. Bashkin, W. S. Bickel, and T. Hadeishi,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(5), 653A (1971). Measurements of Atomic g Values of Neutral and Chargedj

States by the Beam-Foil Technique. Ne I - III, N IV; ZE

968A. J. A. Leavitt and S. Bashkin, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(5), 653A (1971).

Charge State Identification of Foil-Excited Spectral Lines in Nitrogen and Krypton. N III - V, Kr VII, VIII, X; W

969A.

970A.

971A.

972A.

973A.

974A.

975A.

I

Yu. Chaiko, U. S. At. Energy Comm. UJV-1567, 130 pp. (1966) (Russ.); Chem. Abstr. 69(4), 14526n (1968).

Relative Isotope Shifts in the Spectra of Erbium and

Ytterbium. Er I, II, Yb I, II: IS

R. Kaufman and E. Lipworth, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 14(2), 183 (1969). Measurement of Stark Effect in Rubidium Ground- Zeeman Transitions. Rb 1: SE

State

G. Sprott, T. Lucatorto, and R. Novick, Bull. Am.

Phys. Soc. 14(10), 952 (1969).

Identification of the Metastable State in Rb. Rb 1: EL

A. F. Oluwole, S. G. Schmelling, and H. A. Shugart,

Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 14(10), 944 (1969). Nuclear Spin, 'P, Hyperfine Structure and Nuclear Moments of 37hr-''Ge. Ge I; Hfs

D. L. Mader and M. Leventhal, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

14( 10), 942 (1969). Measurement of AE-8 in He*, n=3. He II; EL

M. Levitt, R. Novick, and S. Skwire, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 14(10), 943 (1969). Observations of Radio Frequency Transitions in Metastable Autoionizing States. Li I; EL Hfs

R. R. Jacobs, K. R. Lea, and W. E. Lamb, Jr., Bull. Am, Phys. Soc. 14( 10), 942 (1969). Level Shift Measurement in He*, n=4. He II; EL

976A, W, M, Hughes and H, G, Robinson, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

14{ 10), 953 (1969).

Precision Determination of gj(Rb")/gj(D).

Rb I: ZE

977A. C. E. Fairchild and L. Heroux, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

14( 10), 969 (1969).

Electric Field Mixing of the n=2 Levels of Singly Ionized Helium. He II: Hfs

68
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers- Continued

978A. A. K. Edwards, J. S. Risley, and R. Geballe, Bull. Am.

Phys. Soc. 14(10), 946 (1969).

Electron Energy Spectra from Collisions of H" and O"

with Neutral Targets. H",0", Ol: EL

979A. C. E. Johnson, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 14( 10), 953

(1969) . 3'P Hyperfine Structure of He'. He I: Hfs

980A. J. C. Ehrhardt and S. P. Davis, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

59(4), 487A (1969).

Analysis of the Spectrum of Gold. Au 1, II: EL ND CL W Hfs

981A. C. J. Budiraja and Y. N. Joshi, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

15(6), 795 (1970).

Spark Spectra of Bromine.

Br in - VI; EL ND CL W

982A. R. Brown and F. M. Pipkin, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(4), 488 (1970). Observation of Lamb-Shift in the n=4 State of Hydrogen.

H I: Hfs

983A. V. L. Carter and R. D. Hudson, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

15(1 1), 1303 (1970). Absorption Cross Sections of Krypton and Xenon in Their Regions of Autoionization. Kr 1, Xe I: EL CL W

984A. Y. W. Chan, V. W. Cohen, and H. B. Silsbee, Bull. Am.

Phys. Soc. 15(1 1 ), 1521 (1970). Measurement of the Hyperfine Structure in the Ground

States of K", K*' and Na". Na I, K I: Hfs

985A. W. J. Childs, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(1 I), 1521 (1970) . Hyperfine Structure of Nd'*' "'. Nd I: ZE Hfs

986A. R. L. Covey and S. P. Davis, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60( 1 1 ), I555A ( 1970). Hyperfine Structure of Mercury 199m. Hg I: Hfs IS

987A. H. M. Crosswhite, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15( I ), 82

(1970).

Effective Electrostatic Operators for Two Inequivalent

Electrons. La II, Ce III, Pr IV, Yb III, Th III: PT

988 A. H. Crosswhite and H, M. Crosswhite, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

60(11). 1556A (1970). Spectra of Nd III and Nd IV. Nd III, IV: EL CL W PT

989A. G. W. F. Drake, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(6), 795

(1970). The Tensor Polarizability of the Helium 2 'S, State. He I: SE

990A. G. L. Epstein and J. Reader, J. Opt. Soc, Am. 60( 1 1 ), 1556A ( 1970). Analysis of the Spectrum of Doubly Ionized Yttrium (Y III). Y III: EL CL W IP

991 A. C. B, Richardson and R. H. Hughes, Bull. Am. Phys, Soc. 15( 1 ), 45 (1970).

Fine Structure in Hydrogen, n=3. H I: EL

992A. K. J. Nygaard, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(4), 557 (1970).

Electron Impact Ionization of Cesium, Cs I: EL CL W

993A, T. N. Lie and R. C. Elton, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc, 15(4), 643 ( 1970), X-ray Spectroscopy and Diagnostics of a Concentrated

Point Plasma Produced in a Linear Pinch. Fe XXIV, XXV: EL CL W

994A, A. Kponou, V. W. Hughes, C. E. Johnson, S. A. Lewis, and F. M. J. Pichanick, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(4), 488 (1970),

2'Po-2'P, Fine Structure of He*. He I: EL

995A, J, Druzbick and J. A. White, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(4), 489 (1970). Hyperfine Structure of He' in the 'S, State. He I: Hfs

996A. R. Marrus and R. W, Schmieder, Bull, Am, Phys. Soc.

15(6), 794 (1970). Observation of the Two-Photon Decay of the 2'S|,2 States of Hydrogen-Like Si XIV, Si XVI, and Ar XVIII.

Si XIV, XVI, Ar XVIII: EL

997A. H. Lew, Bull, Am, Phys, Soc, 15(6), 795-796 (1970). Hyperfine Structure and Nuclear Magnetic Moment of Pr"".

Pr I: ZE Hfs

998A. M. S. Gautam and M. N. AnandaRam, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(6), 795 (1970). Study of the Argon Discharge. Aril -VII: W

999A. C. R. Stumpfel, J. L. Robitaille, and H. -J. Kunze,

Bull. Am. Phys Soc. 15( 1 1 ), 1404 (1970). Time Resolved Investigation in the Vacuum Ultraviolet of a Laser Produced Magnesium Plasma. Mg IX, X: W

lOOOA. A. G. Rubin and N, Ben-Yosef, Bull, Am. Phys. Soc. 15(11), 1445 (1970).

Satellites to Forbidden Line in Helium. He I: W

lOOlA. S. G. Schmelling, V. J. Ehlers, and H. A. Shugart,

Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(1 ), 46 (1970). Hyperfine Structure and Nuclear Magnetic Moment of "'Au. Au I: Hfs

1002A. J. S. Ross, Bull, Am. Phys. Soc. 15(11), 1303 (1970).

Isotope Shift in the Spectrum of Dysprosium I. Dy I: IS

69
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1003A. F. R. Petersen, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15( I I ), I 304

(1970),

Stark Effect in the 5 ^P,,^ State of '"in.

In I: SE

1004A. G. zu Putlitz, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15( I I ), I 504

(1970).

Optical Pumping of Ions. Ba II; Hfs

1005A. J. S. Risley, A. K. Edwards, and R. Geballe, Bull. Am.

Phys. Soc. 15(1 1 ), 1505 (1970).

The 'S, 'P and 'D Autodetaching States of H".

H": EL CL W

1006A. A. K. Edwards, J. S. Risley, and R. Geballe, Bull. Am.

Phys. Soc. 15(11), 1505 (1970).

Two Autodetaching States of O". O": EL

1007A. G. Fulop, C. H. Liu, P. Moskowitz, H. H. Stroke, and

O. Redi, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(11), 1509 (1970).

Electric Ouadrupole Interaction and Isotope Shift of 6-h Mercury 193 Using Magnetic Scanning of an

Optical Pumping Signal. Hg I: Hfs IS

1008A. R. J. Reimann, C. C. Chan, and M. N. McDermott, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(11 ), 1509 (1970). Nuclear Orientation of "'""Hg. Hg I: Hfs

1009A. C. B. Richardson, D. A. Mitchell, and R. H. Hughes,

Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15( 1

1 ), 1509 (1970).

Fine Structure of Hydrogen, n=3. HI: SE

lOlOA. A. C. Parr, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15(11), 1514-1515

(1970).

Photoionization of Europium and Thulium from Threshold to 1350A. Eu I, Tm I: EL CL W IP

101 lA. N. W. Jalufka, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 15( 11), 1514

(1970). Laboratory Observation of Radiative Transitions from

Doubly-Excited States in C V. C V: EL CL W

101 2A. K. S. Bhatia and W. E. Jones, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

16(3), 309 ( 1971 ). Autoionised Series in Neutral Arsenic. As I: EL CL W IP

101 3A. R. A. Brown and F. M. Pipkin, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

16( 1 ), 85 ( 1971 ). Measurement of Fine Structure in n=4 State of H and D. H I, D I: EL

1014A. S. J. Davis, J. J. Wright, and L. C. Balling, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 16(1), 85 (1971). Hyperfine Structure of the Ground State of Mn".

Mn 1: Hfs

101 5A. C. W. Fabjan and F. M. Pipkin, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

16(1), 85 (1971).

Separated Oscillating Field Measurement of the Lamb

Shift of Hydrogen, n=3. H I: Hfs

1016A. I. A. Sellin, D. J. Pegg, M. Brown, W. W. Smith, and

B. Donnally, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 16( I ), 106 ( 1971 ). Autoionization Lifetimes of the Lowest Metastable Quartet States in Fast Beams of Lithiumlike F'* and

O'* Ions. O VI, F VII: W

1017A. M. Synek, P. Grossgut, A. DaMomnio, R. Oakland, and P. Wakim, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 16(4), 594 ( 1971 ). Further Progress in Atomic Structure Calculations for Laser-Active Ions of Lanthanides. Ce IV, Pr IV, Nd IV, Tm IV: AT

101 8A. M. Synek, P. Grossgut, A. DaMommio, R. Oakland, and F. Wakim, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 16(1), 25 (1971),

Atomic Structure Calculations for Laser-Active Ions of Rare Earths, Ce IV, Pr IV, Nd IV, Eu III, IV: AT

1019A. Y. Hahn, K. J, Nygaard, D, R, Kastelein, and L, A, Roe, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 16(2), 205 (1971).

Autoionization Levels in Cesium. Cs I: EL

1020A. W, Happer, A, Lurio, and W, Nagourney, Bull, Am, Phys.

Soc. 16(3), 310 ( 1971 ), Low-Field Level Crossing Measurements of Lithium' Hyperfme Structures and Lifetimes in the First and Second Excited P States, Li I: Hfs

1 021 A. C, H, Liu, W. S, Bickel, and S, Bashkin, Bull, Am.

Phys. Soc. 16(4), 532 (1971). Lande g-factor Measurements of Some States

in ^°Ne 1, II, III Using Beam-Foil Source. Ne I, II, III: ZE

I022A. B. Greenebaum, W, J, Childs, and L, S, Goodman, Bull. Am, Phys. Soc. 16(4), 532 ( 1971^. Hyperfine Splitting in the 824-cm'' F^ Atomic Level

of Pt'".

Pt I: Hfs

I023A. T. W. Ducas, M. S. Feld, L. W. Ryan, Jr., N.

Skribanowitz, and A. Javan, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 16(4), 531-532 (1971). Hyperfine Structure of Ne^' using Laser-Induced Line Narrowing. Ne I: Hfs

I024A. D. Murnick, M, Leventhal, J, Sellschop, and H, Kugel,

Bull, Am, Phys. Soc. 16(4), 531 (1971).

Investigation of Systematic Effects on C'* Lamb Shift Measurements. C VI: Hfs

1025A. W. H. Wing, D. L. Mader, and W. E. Lamb, Jr., Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 16(4), 531 (1971). Microwave Resonances in Highly Excited States of Neutral Helium. He I: EL

1026A. D. L. Ederer and R. P. Madden, Bull. Am. Phys. Soc.

13(1), 38 (1968). Resonance Profiles in the Photoionization Continuum of Xenon. Xe I: EL CL W

70
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1027A. Th. A. M. van Kleef, 1st Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Paris-Orsay, 4 (1969).

Spectral Structure of Singly Ionized Iridium.

Ir II: EL ZE

1028A. H. Krause, K. Krebs, R. Winkler, and M. Zschimmer, 1st Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy,

Paris-Orsay, 17 (1969). Hyperfme Structure and Isotopic Shift in Rhenium. Re I: Hfs IS

1029A. A. Faessler and H. Walther, 1st Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Paris-Orsay, 29 (1969). On the Comparison of Muonic and Optical Isotope Shift of the Natural Isotopes of Nd. Nd I: IS

I030A. N. Spector, 1st Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Paris-Orsay, 93 (1969). Good L-S Coupling in Singly Ionized Ni and Cu.

Ni II, Cull: PT

1031 A. A. Hese, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 9 (1970).

gj - Values in the Titanum I Spectrum.

Ti I: ZE

I032A. G. Eisele and R. Winkler, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 10 (1970). Hyperfme Structure, Quadrupole Moments and Isotope

Shift in Sb I. Sb I: Hfs IS

1033A. A. Beckmann, D. Elke, and K. D. Boklen, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 1

1

(1970). Measurement of the Hyperfme Splitting and of the Nuclear Magnetic Dipole Moment of "Na with the Atomic Beam Magnetic Resonance Method. Na I: Hfs

1034A. S. Buttgenbach, G. Meisel, S. Penselin, and K. H. Schneider, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 12 (1970). A New Method for the Production of Atomic Beams of

Highly Refractory Elements. Hyperfme Structure Measurements of '"Ta with the Atomic Beam

Magnetic Resonance Method. Ta I: ZE Hfs

1035 A. G. Wolber, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 14 (1970).

^ Measurement of the gj-Factors of the States (2p)^ P, and 'Pj of '^C with the Atomic Beam Magnetic Resonance Method. C I: ZE

1036A. M. Chantepie and J. Landais, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 16 (1970). Determination of the Hyperfme Structure of the (6s6d) 'D,, 'Dj, 'Dj States of '"Hg.

Hg I: Hfs

1037 A. B. Lahaye, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 17 (1970).

Optical Pumping of the Metastable 6 'P^ Level of '"Hg

and "'Hg.

Hgl: ZE

1038A. S. Rydberg and S. Svanberg, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 24 ( 1970).

Investigation of Highly Excited ^P,,, Levels in Cs'"

by Level Crossing Spectroscopy. Cs I: ZE Hfs

1039A. M. Chenevier and T. D. Nguyen, 2nd Conf European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 26 (1970). Mesure par resonance magnetique des durees de vie et des facteurs de Lande des niveaux 7p(3/2)|,

7p(3/2)j, 7p(5/2)3, 7p(5/2),, 6p'(3/2)j, 8p(5/2)3 et 8p( 3/2)2 de 1 'isotope 136 du xenon. Xe I: ZE

1040A. P. Heinecke, A. Steudel, and H. Thiem, 2nd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 28

(1970).

Isotope Shift in Nd II. Nd II: IS

1041A. J. Kuhl, A. Steudel, and H. Walther, 2nd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 29

(1970). Hyperfme Structure Investigations with a Spherical

Fabry-Perot Interferometer and an Internal Atomic

Beam in the Tm I and Eu I -Spectrum. Eu I, Tm I: Hfs

1042A. W. Lange and J. Luther, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 30 (1970). The Hyperfme Splitting of the z''P„j-State of Eu 1. Eu I: Hfs

I043A. W. Lange, J. Luther, and A. Steudel, 2nd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 31 (1970).

Lifetime Measurements on Even and Odd Levels in the Yb I-Spectrum by Hanle Effect. Yb I: ZE

1044A. F. Ackermann, I. Platz, and G. zu Putlitz, 2nd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 32

(1970). Nuclear Quadrupole Moments of the Radioactive Rubidium Isotopes with A=83, 84 and 86. Rb I: Hfs

I045A. J. Bonn, E. W. Otten, Ch. von Platen, W. Lindner, H. Muller, and H. Schweickert, 2nd Conf European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 34 (1970).

Optical Pumping of the 408 msec "Na and Measurement

of the Magnetic Moment. Na I: Hfs

1046A. H. J. Kluge and E. W. Otten, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 35 (1970).

Hfs Measurements in the First Excited 'P, -States of

Alkaline Earths by the Level-Crossing Technique.

Mg I, Ca I, Sr I, Ba I, Hg I: Hfs Eul, Ybl, Hgl: IS

I047A. R. Lincke, B. Stredele, and K. Tegeder, 2nd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 37

(1970). Measurement of Autoionizing Lines in the Spectra of Cu I, Ag I, Au I and Hg I. Cu I, Au I: W

Ag I: EL CL W

71
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1048A. E. B. M. Steers, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 40 (1970). Emission Spectra of Hafnium and Cerium in the

1 - 2.5 nvn Region.

Cel,Il, Hfl; CL W

1049A. J. E. Hansen, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 42 ( 1970). Configuration Interaction in the B 1 Isoelectronic Sequence. B 1 - P XI: AT

1050A. L. Minnhagen, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 43 ( 1970). Ground Term Combinations of Ar 1, Ar II, and Ne I; Precise Wavelength Measurements; Standard Wavelengths in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. Ne!,Arl, II; W

1051 A. M. Eidelsberg, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 48 (1970).

Analysis of the Spectrum of Be III. Be III: EL CL W

1052A. W. H. King, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 49 (1970).

Isotope Shifts in Cd, Sn, Ce, and Nd. Cd II, Sn IV, Ce IV, Nd I: IS

1053A. J. Blaise, M. Fred, S. Gerstenkorn, and F. S. Tomkins, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 50 (1970).

Isotope Shifts and Classification of the Arc and

Sparck Spectra of Plutonium. Pu I, II: EL ZE IS

I054A. H. T. Duong and J. L. Picque, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 53 ( 1970).

Effet stark de la raie du sodium. Na I; SE

I055A. A. Giacchetti and J. Blaise, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 56 ( 1970). New Results in the Arc and Sparck Spectra of

Protactinium. Pa 1, II: EL CL W ZE Hfs

1()56A. A. Giacchetti and J. Blaise, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 57 ( 1970). The Infrared Spectrum of Thorium Derived from Fourier Transform Spectroscopy.

Th I, II: EL CL W

I057A. A. Ginibre and S. Gerstenkorn, 2nd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 58 ( 1970). Hyperfine Structure and Classification of the Pr I Spectrum.

Pr I: Hfs PT

1()58A. D. A. Jackson and M. C. Coulombe, 2nd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 59 ( 1970).

Isotope Shifts in the Spectrum Xe I. Xe I: IS

1059A. S. Liberman, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 60 ( 1970). Etude experimentale de la structure hyperfine des

raies laser infrarouges du xenon 131 interpretation

theorique. Xe I: Hfs

1060A. P. Luc, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 61 ( 1970). Parametric and Spin Polarized Hartree-Fock Method

Treatments of the Hyperfine Structure in the Configuration 3d'4s4p.

Mn I; Hfs

1061A. J. D. Silver and D. N. Stacey, 2nd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 64 (1970).

Isotope Shifts in the Spectrum of Tin. Sn 1: IS

1062A. V. Stacey and H. G. Kuhn, 2nd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 65 (1970).

Isotope Shifts in the Platinum I Spectrum.

Pt I: IS

1063 A. J. Pacheva, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 70 (1970).

Isotope Shift in the Erbium Spectrum.

Er I, II; IS

1064A. O. Lutz, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Hannover, 73 (1970). Hyperfine Structure Anomalies of the Stable Isotopes of Bromine and Chlorine. CI I, Br I; Hfs

1065A. N. Spector, 2nd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Hannover, 74 ( 1970). New Levels of Singly Ionized Erbium (Er II). Erl: CL W

Er II: EL CL W

1066A. N. Andersen, K. Jensen, and E. Veje, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 3

( 1971 ). A Study of the Beam-Foil Excitation Mechanism Using

Li* Projectiles. Li I, II: W

1067A. P. Aufmuth, H. -O. Behrens, K. Heilig, and D. Wilde,

3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy,

Reading, 5 ( 1971 ). Isotope Shift in the Mo I-Spectrum.

Mo I: IS

I068A. J. Bauche, G. Couarraze, andJ. -J. Labarthe, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 8

( 1971 ). Ab Initio Evaluation of the Ratio rr^/rr'' in

P M the 3s3p Configuration of Mg I. Mg I: Hfs

1069A. G. Belin and S. Svanberg, 3rd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 10 (1971). Determination of gj Factors and Ouadrupole Interaction Constants of the 5, 6, 7p ^P3,j Levels of Rb" by

Level Crossing Spectroscopy.

Rb I: ZE Hfs

1070A. H. G. Berry, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 11 (1971).

Multiply Excited States in the He I and Li I Isoelectronic Sequences: Classifications and

Lifetime Measurements. He I: EL CL W

Li I, N V: CL W

72
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1071A.

1072A.

1073A.

1074A.

1075A.

1076A.

I077A.

I078A.

1079A.

1080A.

H. J. Beyer and H. Kleinpoppen, 3rd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 13 (1971). Measurement of the Fine Structure of n=4 in He*. He II: EL

H. J. Beyer, H. Kleinpoppen, and J. M. Woolsey, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading,

14 (1971). Cascading Anticrossings from n=5. He*. He II: EL

R. Birkhahn, J. Ney, and W. Tuszynski, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 15 (1971). Level-Crossing Investigation of the 3d4s4p y^D3/j5/j- and y^Fj/j ,,2-States in the Sc I-Spectrum. Sc I: SE Hfs

J. Blaise, H. Delouis, G. Guelachvili, and F. Guyon,

3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy,

Reading, 16 (1971).

Classification du spectre infrarouge de i 'uranium et unification des systemes A et B dans le spectre de U I. U I: EL CL W ZE IS PT

U II: EL CL W

J. Bonn, G. Huber, H. J. Kluge, U. Kopf, L. Kugler, and E. -W. Otten, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 17 (1971).

Optical Pumping of the Neutron Deficient "'Hg.

1081A.

1082A.

1083A.

Hg I: Hfs IS

H. Bucka, D. Einfeld, J. Ney, and J. Wilken, 3rd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 21 (1971). On the Sign of the Hyperfine Structure Interaction of

the 5p Pj^j-State in Ag I-Spectrum.

Ag I: SE Hfs

G. W. Carriveau and M. H. Doobov, 3rd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 24 ( 1971 ). Charge Assignment of Spectral Lines in Carbon and

Neon. Nell-V; W

M, S. Z. Chaghtai, Z. Ali, and H. L. Yadav, 3rd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 25

(1971). Y IV: Transitions to the Ground Level. Y IV: EL CL W IP AT

J. O. Ekberg and J. Reader, 3rd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 31 ( 1 97 1 ). Transitions to the Ground State in Sr III, Y IV, Zr V, Nb VI, and Mo VII. Sr III, Y IV: EL CL W IP Zr V, Nb VI, Mo VII: EL ND CL W IP

W. Fischer, H. Huhnermann, and K. Mandrek, 3rd Conf

European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 34

(1971).

Optical Investigation of the Hyperfine Structure of Some La I Lines and Interpretation of the Measured

A-Values. La I: Hfs

i084A.

I085A.

1086A.

1087A.

1088A.

1089A.

1090A.

W. Fischer, H. Huhnermann, G. Kromer, and H. J. Schafer, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 35 (1971).

Isotope Shifts in the Xenon I Spectrum and Comparison

with Recent Barium Isotope Shift Values. Xe I, Ba II: IS

S. Garpman, G. Lido, S. Rydberg, and S. Svanberg, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 37 (1971).

Optical Double Resonance and Zero Field Level Crossing

Spectroscopy Applied to the 5p'6s 'Sj Level in the Te-I Spectrum. Te I: ZE

W. R. S. Garton and E. W. Lewis, 3rd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 38 (1971). Extensions to the Extreme Ultraviolet Spectra

(l' and r) of Thallium.

Tl I: EL CL W

S. Gerstenkorn and A. Ginibre, 3rd Conf European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 39 (1971). Hyperfine Structure of the Ground State 'L°(f'ds^) of

U^'' and Quadrupole Moments Ratio 0233/0235- U I: Hfs

M. Glass-Maujean and J. P. Descoubes, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 40

(1971 ). Observation of Stark-Mixing Signals in n=3 Term of Atomic Hydrogen Using Electron Impact. H I: Hfs

L. H. Gobel, 3rd Conf European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 4 1 (1971). Contribution to the Study of Fine and Hyperfine

Structure of Lu I by the Levelcrossing Method. Lu I: Hfs

J. E. Hansen, 3rd Conf European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 4b (1971 ). Hartree-Fock Predictions of the 'P Term in the p'd

Configurations of the Spectra in the Ar I and Kr I Isoelectronic Sequences. K II, Rb II, Ca III: AT

J. E. Hansen and W. Persson, 3rd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 47 ( 1971 ). Coupling Conditions and Perturbations in the p*(s+d)

Configurations in F I and Ne II. Ne II: AT

D. A. Jackson and M. C. Coulombe, 3rd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 50 (1971). Hyperfine Structure in the Arc Spectrum of Xenon. Xe I: Hfs

C. Jordan, 3rd Conf European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 51 (1971). The Identification of New Forbidden Transitions Observed in the Solar EUV Spectrum During the March

1970 Eclipse.

Si VIII, S XI, Ni XV: CL W

Fe IX, X: W

Fe XII: EL CL OT

73
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1091 A. B. P. Kibble, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 53 (1971). A Measurement of the Rydberg.

D 1: W

1092A. Th. van Kleef, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 55 (1971). The Spectral Analysis of Os II and Ir II. Os II, Ir II: EL CL W

1093A. U. Kopf. R. Neugart, E. W. Otten, and G. Wagner, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 57 (1971).

Spin Exchange Polarization and Measurement of the Hyperfme Structure of 'Li. Li I: Hfs

1094A. M. Leduc and F. Lalde, 3rd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 60 (1 97 1 ). Helium Optical Pumping in a Discharge: Detection of

Polarized ^He* Ions; High Precision Measurement of *He 2 'S, Metastable Level Magnetic Moment. He II: ZE Hfs

1095 A. S. Liberman, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 61 (1971). Hyperfme Structure Measurements on Infrared Laser

Lines of Ne 21. Theoretical Interpretation. Ne I: Hfs

1096A. T. Lundstrom, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 62 (1971). On the Ground Term Combinations of Na III, Mg III and Mg IV. Na III, Mg III, IV: EL CL W

1097A. G. V. Marr and A. O. Ziko, 3rd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 64 ( 1971 ). On the Absorption Spectrum of Manganese in the Far

Ultra Violet Region.

Mn I: EL CL W

1 098 A. E. Meinders, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 66 ( 1 97 1 ). The Spectrum of Terbium III. Tb III: EL CL W

1099A. L. Minnhagen, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 67 (1971). Revised and Extended Analysis of Some Ionic Alkaline and Alkaline Earth Spectra. Na III: EL CL W

Mg III, Ca III: EL CL W IP K II: EL

1 lOOA. G. Muller, D. Skrok, and R. Winkler, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 69

(1971).

Isotope Shift in Eu I Transitions of Type (4f-5d) and

(6s^-5d6p). Eu I: Hfs IS

1 101 A. J. M. Pendlebury and D. B. Ring, 3rd Conf. European

Group Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 73 ( 1971 ). Ground State Hyperfme Structure and Nuclear Ouadrupole Moments of "Mo and "Mo.

Mo I: ZE Hfs

102A. W. Persson and S. Valind, 3rd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 74 (1971). Extended Analysis of the Spectrum of Sr IIL Sr III: EL CL W IP PT

1 103A. R. Poppe, 3rd Conf European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 75 (1971). The Spectra of the Trebly Ionized Iron Group Elements.

Ni IV: EL CL

Co IV: EL CL W

1 104A. H. H. Stroke and G. Fulop, 3rd Conf. European Group

Atomic Spectroscopy, Reading, 79 (1971).

Hfs of 4-h ' 'Hg and Signs of Nuclear Ouadrupole Moments. Hg 1: Hfs

1 105 A. L. A. Svensson, 3rd Conf European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 81 (1971).

3s^sp'' - 3s3p *' Transitions of Titanium.

Ti: W

1 106A. J. F. Wyart, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 86 (1971).

Present State of the Classification of Dy I and Dy II. Dy I, II: EL CL W ZE PT

1 107A. A. Hese and J. Weise, 3rd Conf. European Group Atomic

Spectroscopy, Reading, 87 (1971). Hyperfme Structure, Lifetimes and Absolute Oscillator Strengths of Pd 1. Pd I: Hfs

1 108. V. D. Galkin and R. I. Semenov, Optics and Spectrosc. 29(5), 544-545 (1970). g-Factors of Neon 2s Levels. Ne I: ZE

1 109. Z. B. Goldschmidt and S. Nir, Physica 51(2), 222-228

(1971 ). Coupling Schemes in the 4f'(*S) nln'l' Configurations of Eu I and Gd II. Eu I, Gd II: ND PT

1110. Z. B. Goldschmidt, J. de Phys., Colloq. (4), C4, 163-166 (1970). Magnetic and Effective Interactions in I** Configurations of Heavy Atoms.

Ti III, V III, Cr III, Mn III, Fe III: PT Co III, Ni III: PT V IV, Cr IV, Mn IV, Fe IV, Co IV, Ni IV: PT Cu IV: PT

1 1 1 1. J. O. Ekberg and L. A. Svensson, Phys. Scr. 2, 283-297

(1970). Analyses of the XUV Spectra of K, Ca, Sc and Ti

Isoelectronic with P I, Si I and Al I. A! I, Si II, P III, CI V: IP OT

S III: IP SF OT

S IV, Ar VI: EL CL IP OT

Ar IV, K V, Sc VII: EL ND CL W

Ar V: EL CL

K VI, Ti IX: EL CL W IP OT

K VII, Ca VIII, Sc IX, Ti X: EL CL W IP OT

Ca VI, Ti VIII: EL CL W

Ca VII, Sc VIII: EL ND CL W IP OT

74
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1 1 12. C. E. Moore, Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) NSRDS-NBS 3 (Sect. 2), 15 pp. (1967).

Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra, Atomic Energy

Levels and Multiplet Tables-Silicon I. Si 1: EL CL W IP

1113. C. E. Moore, Nat. Stand. Ref. Data Ser., Nat. Bur.

Stand. (U.S.) NSRDS-NBS 3 (Sect. 3), 73 pp. (1970).

Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra, Atomic Energy

Levels and Multiplet Tables-Carbon I, il. 111, IV, V, VI. C I - VI: EL CL W IP

1114. J. P. Rozelot, Astron. Astrophys. 6, 18-26 (1970). Study of Ionized Iron Under Coronal Conditions. Coronagraph Observations of the Six Coronal Ions of

the Iron Group. Fe X - XV: W

1116. G. P. Anisimova, V. D. Galkin, and R. I. Semenov,

Optics and Spectrosc. 30( 1 ), 84-86 ( 197 1 ). Calculation of Coupling Coefficients for the np'n'p

Configurations Using Experimentally Determined

Gyromagnetic Ratios. Rb II: PT

1117. D. J. Michels, S. G. Tilford, and J. W. Quinn, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 61(5), 625-631 (1971).

Extreme-Ultraviolet Spectrum of N IV. N IV: EL ND CL W IP

1118. A. F. Oluwole, Univ. of Calif. Radiation Laboratory,

UCRL 19338, 95 pp. (1969). Nuclear Spins, 'P, and 'Pj Hyperfine Structures, and

Nuclear Moments of "Ge and "Ge, and 'Pj

Hyperfine Structure of "Ge. Ge I: Hfs

1119. A. F. Oluwole, S. G. Schmelling, and H. A. Shugart,

Phys. Rev. C 2( 1 ), 228-237 (1970). Nuclear Spins, Nuclear Moments, and Hyperfine

Structure of "Ge and "Ge, and 'Pj Hyperfine

Structure of "Ge. Ge I: Hfs

1 120. V. A. Boiko, Yu. P. Voinov, V. A. Gribkov, and G. V.

Sklizkov, Optics and Spectrosc. 29(5), 1023-1024

(1970) . The Identification of Lines of K XIII, K XIV, K XV,

and Fe XVIIl Ions Emitted by a Laser Plasma. K XIII, XIV, XV, Fe XVIII: EL CL W

1121. J. L. Dehmer, A. F. Starace, U. Fano, J. Sugar, and J. W. Cooper, Phys. Rev. Lett. 26(25), 1521-1525

(1971) . Raising of Discrete Levels into the Far Continuum. La IV, Ce IV, Er IV, Tm IV: PT

1 122. W. M. Burton and A. Ridgeley, Solar Phys. 14, 3-28

(1970). The Solar Limb Emission Spectrum Between 300 A and 2803 A. Mg X, Si XII, Fe XI, XII: W

Si XI, S III, IV, V: EL CL W

1 123. M. Aymar, S. Feneuille, and M. Klapisch, Nucl.

Instrum. Methods 90, 137-143 (1970).

Theoretical Transition Probabilities and Lifetimes in Noble Gas Spectra. Ar I, Xe I: PT

1 124. B. F. J. Luyken, Nucl. Instrum. Methods 90, 145-147

(1970) . Transition Probabilities and Radiative Lifetimes for Ne II. Ne II: PT

I 125. R. Hoekstra and R. Slooten, Spectrochim. Acta 268(6), 341-348 (1971). Automatic-Comparator Measurements of the Spectrum of Gd I and Gd II. Gd I: EL W

1 126. P. Bernage, R. Houdart, and P. Niay, Spectrochim. Acta

268(5), 261-270 (1971). Spectre d 'emission du Thorium dans la region 5400- 6400 cm"'. Th I, II: W

1 127. L. G. Heikes and G. A. Gallup, J. Chem, Phys. 52(2), 888-892 (1970).

Projected Hartree Product Wavefunctions. IV. Radial Correlation in Some Three- and Four Electron Atoms.

Li I, Be II, B III, C IV: AT

Be I, B II, C III: AT

1 128. S. Goldsmith, U. Feldman, and L. Cohen, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(5), 615-618 (1971). Extreme-Ultraviolet Spectra of Sc XIV, Ti XV, and V XVI. OI-VXVI: OT

S VIII, CI IX, Si IX, CI X: NDCL

Ar XI: EL CL

Sc XIV, Ti XV, V XVI: EL CL W

1129. H. Nussbaumer, Astroph. J. 166(2)(Pt.l ), 41 1-422 (1971) . Forbidden Transitions in the C I Sequence.

C I, N II, O III, Ne V, Na VI, Mg VII: OT

Si IX, S XI, Ar XIII, Ca XV, Fe XXI: OT

1 130. C. Bauche-Arnoult, Proc. Roy. Soc. London 322A(1550), 361-376 (1971).

Effects of Configuration Interaction on Atomic

Hyperfine Structure. Sc I - Cu I: Hfs

1131. L. A. Volikova, V. N. Grigor'eva, G. I. Khvostenko, and M. P. Chaika, Optics and Spectrosc. 30( 1 ), 88-89

(1971). Determination of Stark /3j for the 6 ^P,,, Term of Rb"

Using the Method of Level Crossing in Electric and

Magnetic Fields. Rb I: SE

1 132. L. Olschewski and E. W. Otten, Proc. Intern. Conf.

Optical Pumping At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw, 59-68 (1968).

Optical Pumping of Alkali Earths. Ca I, Sr I, Ba I, Yb I: Hfs

1 133. R. Bruch, K. Heilig, and D. Wendlandt, Proc. Intern. Conf Optical Pumping At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw, 299-305 (1968).

Isotope Shift Measurements in Light Elements. Ca II, Cr I, Fe I, Sr II, Zr I: IS

1 134. J. Blaise, C. Morillon, M. G. Schweighofer, and J. L. Verges, Proc. Intern. Conf Optical Pumping At Line Shape, T. Skalinski, E|litor, Warsaw, 319-322 (1968).

Identification of the 4f' S,°2 Term of Sm II. Sm II: EL CL W ZE IS

75
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1 135. E. Handrich, H. Kretzen, W. Lange, A. Steudel, R. Wallenstein, and H. Walther, Proc. Intern. Conf.

Optical Pumping At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski,

Editor, Warsaw, 417-432 ( 1968). Level Crossing and Optical Double Resonance

Experiments in the Mn I, Eu 1, Sm I, and Tm I Spectra, Mn 1, Eu I: ZE Hfs

1136. M. Krainska-Miszczak, Proc. Intern. Conf. Optical

Pumping At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw, 441-446 (1968). Level Crossing in Potassium Under Optical Pumping

Conditions. K I: Hfs

1 137. B. P. Kibble, G. W. Series, and G. Copley, Proc.

Intern. Conf. Optical Pumping At. Line Shape, T.

Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw, 447-454 (1968).

The Improvement in Resolution of Level Crossing Curves

Obtained by Observing Longer Lived Atomic States. Nal: Hfs

1138. L. N. Novikov and V. G. Pokazanev, Proc. Intern. Conf.

Optical Pumping At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw, 509-512 (1968). Resonance Induced in an Effective Field by Modulated

Light. Cs I: Hfs

1 139. H. G. Robinson, G. S. Hayne, W. M. Hughes, and C. W.

White, Proc. Intern. Conf. Optical Pumping At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw, 523-525 (1968).

Precision Atomic Zeeman Spectroscopy at Low

Magnetic Fields. Rb I, Cs I: ZE

1 140. F. Ackermann, E. -W. Otten, G. zu Putlitz, A. Schenck, and S. Ullrich, Proc. Intern. Conf. Optical Pumping

At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw,

545-547 (1968). Nuclear Ouadrupole Moments of the Neutron Deficient

Isotopes "'Cs and '"Cs. Cs I: Hfs

1141. G. von Oppen, Proc. Intern. Conf. Optical Pumping At. Line Shape, T. Skalinski, Editor, Warsaw, 549-552

(1968). Experimental Investigation of the Metastable 6s5d-Levels in the Ba I-Spectrum by Radiofrequency

Spectroscopy. Ba I: ZE

1 142A. J. R. Brandenberger, Diss. Abstr. 31(1 ), 362 (1970).

Low and High Field Level Crossing Experiments in 2P

State of Atomic Hydrogen; A New Measurement of

the Sommerfeld Fine Structure Constant. H I: EL

1 143A. K. S. Bhatia, Diss. Abstr. Int. B 31( 1 ), 362 (1970).

Analysis of Doubly and Triply Ionised Indium.

In I, II, V: W

In III, IV: EL ND CL W IP

146.

1 147.

1 148.

1 149.

1 150.

1151

1 152.

153.

1 154.

155.

H. L. Stueck and P. Zimmermann, Zeit. Phys. 239(4),

345-350 (1970).

Level Crossing Investigations in the 4d ^05^2 3,2 States of the Aluminum I Spectrum. Al I: SE Hfs

H. Beer, Zeit. Phys. 239(4), 351-359 (1970).

Hyperfeinstruktur- und Stark-Effekt-Untersuchungen der

Spektrum.

Y I: SE Hfs

S. J. Davis, J. J. Wright, and L. C. Balling, Phys. Rev. A 3(4), 1220-1223 (1971). Hyperfme Structure of the Ground State of Mn".

Mn I: Hfs

R. Marrus, E. C. Wang, and J. Yellin, Univ. California Radiation Laboratory, UCRL-19520, 17 pp. (1969). Atomic Beam Measurement of the Potassium 39-41-42

Isotope Shift. K I: IS

H. Frank, M. Neiger, and H. -P. Popp, Zeit. Naturforsch. 25A( 1 1 ), 1617-1626 (1970).

Quantitative Ausmessung des Brom-Affmitatskontinuums und Bestimmung der Detachment- und Attachment

Ouerschnitte.

Br": EL CL W

W. H. King, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 4(3), 288-295 (1971). The Estimation of Mass Shifts in Optical Isotope

Shifts. Nd I, II: IS

E. G. Kessler, Jr., Dissertation, Univ. Wisconsin, 142

pp. (1969). High Resolution Study of the He II 6560A and 101 24A

Transitions. He II: EL Hfs IS Al II: CL W Hfs

R. D. Cowan, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-191-201

(1970),

Cancellation Effects in Computed Atomic Transition

Probabilities. K II, Sc IV, Cr VII, Fe IX, Ni XI: AT

D. A. Jackson and M. C. Coulombe, Comp. Rend. Acad.

Sci. 2728(2), 1 14-1 15 (1971). Deplacements isotopiques dans le spectre d'arc du

xenon. Xe I: IS

R. J. S, Crossley, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-155-159

(1970). Doubly-Excited States of the Aluminium Isoelectronic Sequence.

Al I, Si II: ND OT

P III: EL OT

1 144. M. S. Manalis, Dissertation, Univ. Calif. Santa

Barbara, 147 pp. ( 1970). An Optical Spectroscopic Investigation of Helium and

Nitrogen Plasmas. N I: W

76
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1 156. J. Blaise, J. Chevillard, J. Verges, J. F. Wyart, and

Th. A. M. van Kleef, Spectrochim. Acta 26B( 1 ), 1-34

(1 97 1). Etude des spectres d'emission dans I'infrarouge par

I'emploi d'un SISAM-V. Spectre d'emission du

gadolinium.

Gd I, II. EL CL W ZE

1157. Y. N. Joshi and C. J. Budhiraja, Can. J. Phys. 49(6), 670-677 (1971).

Spectrum of Trebly Ionized Bromine.

Br IV: EL ND CL W IP Br V: W

1 158. J. P. Connerade, N. J. Peacock, and R. J. Speer, Solar

Phys. 18, 63-71 (1971). The Spectrum of Multiply Ionized Argon Between 20 and 40 Angstroms. Ar X - XVIII: EL CL W AT

1 159. G. A. Doschek, J. F. Meekins, R. W. Kreplin, T. A. Chubb, and H. Friedman, Astrophy. J. 164( 1 ) (Pt. 1 ), 165-180 (1971). Heliumlike Calcium Emission Observed During a Solar

Flare. Ca XIX: EL CL W

1 160. A. B. C. Walker, Jr. and H. P. Rugge, Astrophy. J. 164(1) (Pt. 1), 181-190 (1971). Observation of Autoionizing States in the Solar Corona. Mg X, XI, Al XI, Si XII, XIII: EL CL W OT

S XIV: EL CL W OT

1161. T. N. Lie and R. C. Elton, Phys. Rev. A 3(3), 865-871

(1971). X Radiation from Optical and Inner-Shell Transitions

in a Highlv Ionized Dense Plasma.

Ti XX - XX'lI, Fe XXIV - XXVI: EL CL W

Cu XXVII, XXVIII; EL CL W

1 162. R. R. Jacobs, K. R. Lea, and W. E. Lamb, Jr., Phys. Rev. A 3(3), 884-905 ( 1971 ). Fine-Structure Measurement of Singly Ionized Helium,

n = 4. He II: EL SE

1163. W. J. Childs, Phys. Rev. A 3(3), 1195-1198 (1971). Use of the Two-Frequency Technique of Prior et al. for

hfs Investigations of Atoms with Integral J. Sn I: Hfs

1 164. C. W. Fabjan, F. M. Pipkin, and M. Silverman, Phys. Rev. Lett. 26(7), 347-350 ( 1971). Radiofrequency Spectroscopy of Hydrogen Fine

Structure in n=3, 4, 5. H I: EL

1 165. R. W. Schmieder, A. Lurio, and W. Happer, Phys. Rev. A

3(4), 1209-1217 (1971). Quadratic Stark Effect in the ^Py^ States of the

Alkali Atoms.

Li I, Na I, K i, Rb I, Cs I: SE

1 166.

1 167.

1 168.

1 169.

170.

1171.

1 172.

173.

1 174.

D. C. Griffin, R. D. Cowan, and K. L. Andrew, Phys. Rev. A 3(4), 1233-1242 (1971).

Istabilities In the Iterative Solution of the Hartree-Fock Equations for Excited Electrons. K I, Ca I, Ti I, As I, Cs I, III: AT

Ba I - III, La I, Os I, Ac I: AT

K. M. S. Saxena and G. Malli, Phys. Rev. A 3(4), 1278-1282 (1971). Accurate Numerical Hartree-Fock Self-Consistent Field Wave Functions for Rare-Earth Ions. Ce III, Pr III, IV, Nd III, IV, Pm III, IV: AT

Sm III, IV, Eu III, IV, Gd III, IV; AT

Tb III, IV, Dy III, IV, Ho III, IV: AT

Er III, IV, Tm IV: AT

M. Dufay, M. Gaiilard, and M. Carre, Phys. Rev. A

3(4), 1367-1375 (1971 ). Beam-Foil Spectroscopy of Sodium between 0.5 and

2 MeV.

Na I, II: W

Nam, IV, V: EL CL W

A. Denis, J. Desesquelles, and M. Dufay, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2728, 789-792 (1971). Etude spectroscopique d'elements fortement ionises au moyen d'un faisceau d'ions acceleres a

1 MeV/nucleon.

C IV, N V, O VI, Ne VIII: EL CL W

C V, N VI, O VII, Ne IX: EL CL W

C VI, N VII, O VIII: EL CL W

Ne VI, VII: EL CL W

Ar XI, XII, XIII, XIV: EL CL W

M. Dufay, A. Denis, and J. Desesquelles, Nucl.

Instrum. Methods 90, 85-91 (1970). Beam-Foil Spectroscopy at 1 MeV/Nucleon Energy;

Preliminary Results. C IV, N V, O VI, Ne VIII: C V, N VI, O VII, Ne IX: C VI, N VII, O VIII; Ar; W

EL CL W

EL CL W

EL CL W

M. Aymar, M. Crance, and M. Kapisch, J. de Phys. Colloq 31, C4-141-148 (1970).

Results of the Parametric Potential Method Applied to Rare Gases. Ne I, Ar I, Kr I, Xe 1; OT

J. Kuhl, Zeit. Phys. 242(1), 66-85 (1971). Hyperfeinstrukturuntersuchungen mit einem spharischen

Fabry-Perot-Interferometer mit internem

Absorptionsatomstrahl im Tm I- und Eu I-Spektrum. Eu I, Tm I: Hfs

J. B. P. Wickes, K. J. Ross, and W. R. Newell, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 4(4), L26 L28

(1971).

Autoionization Spectrum of Cadmium Vapour by

Electron Impact. Cd I: EL W

B. R. Judd, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 58(9), 1311-1312 (1968). Overlapping Atomic Multiplets. Pr III, U I: PT

77
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1 175. O. B. Dabbousi, M. H. Prior, and H. A. Shugart, Phys. Rev. C 3(3), 1326-1332 ( 1971). Nuclear Spins of '^'Cs and '"Cs, Hyperfine Structure Separation and Nuclear Magnetic Moment of '^'Cs, '"Cs, and "'Cs. Cs I: Hfs

1176. H. Nussbaumer, Astrophy. J. 166, 411-422 (1971). Forbidden Transitions in the C 1 Sequence.

MgVII-CaXV: OT

1177. J. G. Conway and E. F. Worden, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(6), 704-726 (1971).

Preliminary Level Analysis of the First and Second

Spectra of Dysprosium, Dy I and Dy II. Dy I, II: EL CL W ZE PT

1178. J. Sugar, J. Opt, Soc. Am. 61(6), 727-732 (1971). New Energy Levels of Triply Ionized Praseodymium.

Pr IV; EL CL W IP PT

1 179. S. J. Yarosewick, J. J. DaVia, and F. L. Moore, Jr.,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 61(6), 732-739 (1971). New Energy Levels of Doubly Ionized Manganese

(Mnlll).

Mn III: EL ND CL W

1 180. R. Marrus and R. W. Schmieder, Phys. Rev. Lett. 25(25), 1689-1691 (1970). Observation of the Magnetic-Ouadrupole Decay

(2 'Pj-1 'So) of Heliumlike Ar XVII and

Lifetime of the 2 'Pj State. Ar XVII, XVIII: EL CL W

1181. J. P. Connerade, W. R. S. Carton, and M. W. D.

Mansfield, Astrophy. J. 165( I ) (Pt. 1 ), 203-212

(1971). Absorption Spectrum of Na I in the Vacuum Ultraviolet. Na I: EL CL W IP PT AT

1182. J. P. Connerade, Astrophy. J. 163(2) (Pt. 1), 417-423

(1971).

Analysis of Extreme-Ultraviolet Spectra by the Method

of Bacher and Goudsmit.

Fe XVII - XXII: AT OT

1183. J. P. Connerade, Astrophy. J. 164(3) (Pt. 1), 603

(1971). A Further Note on the Wavelength Overlap of

Transitions from Differing Stages of Ionization. Ar XII: EL

1 1 84. G. H. Newsom, Astrophy. J. 166( 1 ) (Pt. 1 ), 243-247

( 1971 ). Inner-Shell Absorption in the Spectra of the Alkaline

Earths. I. Magnesium (Mg I). Mg I: EL CL W IP

1 185. W. C. Martin, Phys. Rev. A 3(6), 1810-1815 (1971 ). Low-Energy Level Structure of Neutral Cerium (Ce I). Ce I: EL ZE

1 186. D. L. Mader, M. Leventhal, and W. E. Lamb, Jr., Phys. Rev. A 3(6), 1832-1848 (1971). Measurement of the Level Shift in He*, n=3. He II: EL Hfs

1 187. C. Deutsch, H. W. Drawin, and L. Herman, Phys. Rev. A

3(6), 1879-1890 (1971).

Stark and Zeeman Effects on Neutral-Helium Lines. He I: SE

1 188. H. G. Berry, I. Martinson, L. J. Curtis, and L. Lundin, Phys. Rev. A 3(6), 1934-1937 (1971).

Lifetimes of Some Doubly Excited Levels in Neutral Helium. He I: EL CL W

1 189. J. Bauche, J. de Phys. Colloq. 30, Supplement I, CI -37-40 (1969).

Expose d 'introduction sur les deplacements

isotopiques. Ni I, Sm I, Os I: AT

1 190. M. D. Scheer and J. Fine, J. Chem. Phys. 50( 10), 4343-4347(1969).

Electron Affinity of Lithium.

Li": EL

1 191. A. C. Parr, J. Chem. Phys. 54(7), 3161-3167 (1971).

Photoionization of Europium and Thulium: Threshold to 1350 A. Eu I. Tm I: EL CL W IP

1 192. W. J. Wagner and L. L. House, Astrophy. J. 166(3), Pt

1, 683-698 ( 1971 ). Empirically Corrected Calculations of Coronal Visible Lines from the 3p'3d Configuration.

Ca III, Ti V: PT V VI, Cr VII, Mn VIII, Fe IX: EL CL W PT

Ni XI: CL PT

1 193. R. L. Smith and T. G. Eck, Phys. Rev. A 2(6), 2179-2181 (1970). Level-Crossing Signals in Stepwise Fluorescence.

Li I: EL

1 194. V. A. Oparin, R. N. Il'in, I. T. Serenkov, E. S. Solov'ev, and N. V. Fedorenko, JETP Lett. 12(5), 162-165 (1970). Determination of the Electron Binding Energy in the Negative Ion He" by Detaching the Electron with an

Electric Field. He": EL

1 195. A. Bordenave-Montesquieu and P. Benoit-Cattin, Compt.

Rend. Acad. Sci. 2728(26), 1473-1476 (1971).

Excitation des niveaux d'autoionisation de I'helium par collision avec une particule lourde, a energie moyenne (10 a 1 30 keV). He I: EL CL W

1 196. M. Baumann and A. Eibofner, Phys. Lett. 33A(7),

409-410 (1970). Stark-Mixing Signals in the n=3 Term of Singly Ionized Helium. He II: Hfs

1197. A. Peterman, Phys. Lett. 34B(6), 507-508 (1971). The Radiative Lamb Shift. H I, D I, He II: Hfs

78
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers -Continued

1 198. H. Figger, G. Wolber, and S. Penselin, Phys. Lett. 34A(1), 21-22 (1971).

Precision Measurement of the Hyperfine Structure of '"Lu with the Atomic Beam Magnetic Resonance

Method. Lu 1: Hfs

1 199. M. Baumann and A. Eibofner, Phys. Lett. 34A(7), 421-423 (1971).

Investigation of rf Induced 3P-3D Transitions in He*. He II: EL

1200. N. Andersen, R. Boleu, K. Jensen, and E. Veje, Phys.

Lett. 34A(4), 227-228 (1971). A Beam-Foil Study of Li I. Li I - III; W

1201A. R. J. Huff, Diss. Abstr. Int. B 30(9), 4346 (1970). Stark-Induced Anticrossing Signals in the n=4 Term of

Singly Ionized Helium. He II: EL

1202A. F. Gutmann, Diss. Abstr. Int. B. 31(1), 363 (1970). Spark Spectra of Thallium and Lead. Tin, PbV: EL CL W

Tl III, IV, Pb IV: EL CL W IP

1203A. J. J. Wright, Diss. Abstr. Int. B 30(9), 4302 (1970).

Hyperfine Splittings and Pressure Shifts of Li' and

Li'. Li I: Hfs

I204A. R. E. Weiss, Diss. Abstr. Int. B 30(9), 4302 (1970).

High-Temperature Optical Pumping and the Hyperfine

Structure of Nitrogen.

N I: Hfs

1205. H. M. Foley, At. Phys., Proc. Int. Conf., 1st 1968, B. Bederson, Editor, 509-522 (Plenum Press, New York,

1969). Magnetic Hyperfine Anomalies.

Bi I: Hfs

1206. R. K. Hinkley, T. E. H. Walker, and W. G. Richards, J. Chem. Phys. 52( 1 1 ), 5975-5976 ( 1970). Spin-Orbit Coupling Constants from Gaussian

Wavefunctions. B I, C I, N I, O I, F I: AT

1207. M. Druetta, P. Ceyzeriat, and M. -C. Poulizac, Compt.

Rend. Acad. Sci. 271B(16), 846-848 (1970). Sur le spectre de O VI excite par la methode du

"faisceau-feuille". O VI: EL CL W

1208. Z. Les and R. Szewczyk, Acta Physica Polon. A38(4), 681-689 (1970).

Isotope Shifts Between Even Isotopes Zn 64, 66, 68 and

70 in the Visible Zn II Lines. Zn II: IS

1209. L. A. Svensson, Solar Phys. 18(2), 232-243 (1971).

Predicted Wavelengths of Coronal Transitions in the Configurations 3s^3p^, 3s'3p' and 3s'3p*.

V VIII - X, Cr IX - XI, Mn X - XII: OT

Fe XI - XIII, Co XII - XIV, Ni XIII - XV: OT

Cr IX - XI, Mn XII, Fe XI - XIII: CL

Ni XIII -XV: CL

1210. Ch. von Platen, J. Bonn, U. Kopf, R. Neugart, and E. -W. Otten, Zeit. Phys. 244( 1 ), 44-69 ( 1971 ). Spin Exchange Polarization and Hfs Anomaly Measurement

of /3-Active "K. K I: Hfs

121 1. S. Buttgenbach and G. Meisel, Zeit. Phys. 244(2), 149-162 ( 1971 ). Hyperfine Structure Measurements in the Ground States

Fj^j, *Fii2 ^"'^ *^in of Ta'" with the Atomic Beam

Magnetic Resonance Method. Ta I: ZE Hfs

1212. D. J. Newman and C. D. Taylor, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 4(2), 241-247 ( 1971 ). Configuration Interaction in Rare-Earth Ions. I. Three

Particle Correlation in Pr^* Pr III, IV: AT

1213. F. X. Powell and N. I. Djeu, IEEE J. Quantum

Electronics QE-7(4 ), 176-177 (1971). CW Atomic Oxygen Laser at 4.56 ix. O I: CL W

1214. V. Stacey and H. G. Kuhn, Proc. Roy. Soc. London

322A(1550), 301-31 1 (1971).

Isotope Shifts and Hyperfine Structure in the Atomic

Spectrum of Platinum.

Pt I: IS

1215. L. N. Labzovskii, Soviet Phys. JETP 32(6), 1171-1 175 (1971). Lamb Shift of the Levels of Inner Electrons in Heavy

Atoms.

Trans Lr Elements: Hfs

1216. J. O. Jonsson, M. Olsmats, L. Sanner, and B. Wannberg,

Nucl. Phys. A 166(2), 306-316 (1971). Hyperfine Structure Investigations of "Mn and ""Mn. Mn I: Hfs

1217. M. Hartmann, Ann. der Phys. 26(4), 349-358 (1971). Photonendifferenzzahlverfahren zum Nachweis

hochangeregter Hyperfeinstrukturubergange des Kupfer Il-Spektrums im nahen Infrarot. Cu I: Hfs

1218. A. R. Edmonds, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-71-74

(1970).

The Theory of the Quadratic Zeeman Effect. Ba I: ZE

1219. H. Kelly and A. Ron, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-77-81

(1970).

Electron Correlations in the Iron Atom.

Fe I: Hfs

1220. T. P. Das, C. M. Dutta, and N. C. Dutta, J. de Phys.

Colloq. 31, C4-99-104 (1970). Many-Body Theory for Hyperfine Effects in Atoms and

Molecules. He I, Li I, B I, N I, Na 1, P I: Hfs

1221. W. Eissner and M. Jones, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-149-154 (1970). Energy Levels and gf Values of Ions in Independent

Particle Model Calculations. O III, Si IX: OT

79
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1222. M. Fred, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-161-162 (1970),

Why the Hartree-Fock F'' Integrals Are Too Large. Pu I, IV: PT AT

1223. J. Morrison, K. Rajnak, and M. Wilson, J. de Phys.

Colloq. 31, C4-167-171 (1970).

Evaluation of Effective Operators for Configuration

Interaction. Pr IV: AT

1224. N. Spector, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-173-188 (1970).

The 4f-5d Interactions in Samarium, Gadolinium and

Terbium. Sm II, Tb II: ND PT Gd II: ND CL PT

1225. P. G. H. Sandars, J. de Phys. Colloq. 31, C4-225-227

(1970) . Relativistic Contributions to the Quadrupole

Interaction in Atomic Nitrogen.

N I: Hfs

1226. N. Bessis, G. Bessis, and J. -P. Desclaux, J. de Phys.

Colloq. 31, C4-23 1-239 ( 1970). Determination des fonctions propres des operateurs moments angulaires et en couplage (J.J.). Application a I 'etude de certains effets

relativistes. As I: Hfs AT

1227. L. J. Boya, An. Fis. 66(1 1-12), 421^24 (1970).

Effect of the Lamb Shift in the Hydrogenic Is Levels. H I, D I, T I, He II: Hfs

1228. M. Chantepie and Y. Lecluse, J. de Phys. 32(5-6), 415-419 (1971). Determination des structures hyperfmes des niveaux de

triplet de la configuration 5s5d des isotopes '"Cd

et '"Cd. Cd 1: Hfs

1229. W. Persson and S. Valind, Phys. Lett. 35A (2), 71-72

(1971) . The 4p'4d and 4p'nf Configurations of Doubly Ionized Strontium, Sr III. Sr III: EL IP

1230. A. Kponou, V. W. Hughes, C. E. Johnson, S. A. Lewis, and F. M. J. Pichanick, Phys. Rev. Lett. 26(26), 1613-1616 (1971).

Precise Measurement of the 2'Po-2'P, Fine-Structure

Interval of Helium. He I: EL

123 I A. W. A. Deutschman, Diss. Abstr. B 28(9), 3820-3821

(1968). A Laboratory Investigation of the Spectra of Highly

Ionized Sulfur, Chlorine, Argon, Potassium, and

Calcium.

S IX - XII, CI IX - XIII: EL ND CL W

Ca XIV, XV: EL

1232. C. E. Moore, Nat. Stand. Ref Data Ser., Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) NSRDS-NBS 3(Sect. 1), 21 pp. (1965).

Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra, Atomic Energy

Levels and Multiplet Tables-Silicon II, III, IV.

Si II, III, IV: EL CL W IP

1233. N. Comaniciu, Rev. Roum. Phys. 16(5), 527-533 (1971)

Constante du deplacement isotopique et moments

electriques quadripolaires du neodyme.

Nd 1: IS

1234A. J. R. Beacham, Diss. Abstr. Int. B 31(4), 2233 (1970).

Optical Study of the Hyperfine Structure of the Rubidium Resonance Lines. Rb I: W Hfs IS

1235. H. G. Berry, J. Bromander, I. Martinson, and R. Buchta, Phys. Scr. 3(2), 63-67 (1971). Doubly-Excited Terms in Lithium and Beryllium.

Li I: EL CL W

Be I, II: CL W

1236. M. Le Dourneuf, C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc,

and S. Haroche, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 272B(I9), 1131-1134(1971).

interaction d'atomes alcalins dans leur etat fondamental avec un champ de radiofrequence

tournant non resonnant. Rb I: Hfs

1237. D. Dily and J. -P. Descoubes, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2728(19), 1 135-1 138 (1971). Mise en evidence de I'effet Stark des niveaux 4, 5 et 6 'Dj de 'He. Application a la determination du

signe de leur structure hyperfine.

He I: SE Hfs

1238. D. Dily and J. -P. Descoubes, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2728(20), 1 182-1 184 (1971).

Application de la methode des croisements de niveaux a

la mesure de la structure de niveaux des atomes *He

et ^'Na excites par choc electronique.

He I: EL

Na I: Hfs

1239. J. E. Krizan, Phys. Rev. D 3(10), 2333-2339 (1971).

Particle Theory of the Lamb Shift without Divergences

or Cutoffs. H I: Hfs

1240. V. A. Oparin, R. N. Il'in, I. T. Serenkov, E. S. Solov'ev, and N. V. Fedorenko, Soviet Phys. JETP

Lett. 13(7), 249-252 (1971).

Direct Proof of the Existence of an Excited Negative C" Ion and the Determination of the Binding Energy

of the Electron in It. C: EL

1241. T. Andersen, J. Desesquelles, K. A. Jessen, and G.

Sorensen, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 2718, 685-688

.(1970). Excitation par feuille de carbone d'un faisceau d'ions P\

P III, IV, V: CL W

1242. Kh. B. Gezalov, A. V. Ivanova, and N. V. Rabin'kina,

Izv. Akad. Nauk Azerb. SSR, Ser. Fiz.-Tekh. Mat. Nauk 5, I 1 1-1 14 ( 1968). Calculation of Excited States of the Sodium Atom by

the Hartree-Fock Method. II. Na I: AT

80
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1243. T. Anno and H. Teruya, J. Chem. Phys. 52(6), 2840-

2850 (1970).

Systematic Determination of the Slater Parameters for the First Transition Elements. Ca I - Cu 1, Sc II - Zn II: FT

Ti III - Zn III, V IV - Fe IV, Ga IV: PT

1244. J. S. Alper, Phys. Rev. 177( 1 ), 86-93 (1969).

Application of the Group to Energy-Level

Separations and the Evaluation of Correlation Energy

'in Atoms. Be I - Ne VII, B I - Ne VI, C I - Ne V: AT

1245. N. Ashby and M. A. Holzman, Phys. Rev. A 1(4), 764-777 (1970).

Semistatistical Model for Electrons in Atoms.

Li II, Na II, K II, Cu II, Rb II, Ag II: OT

Cs II, Au II, Fr II: OT

1246. K. E. Banyard and C. C. Baker, J. Chem. Phys. 51(6), 2680-2689 (1969).

Analysis of Electron Correlation in Two-Electron

Systems. I. H", He, and Li*. H', He I, Li II: AT

1247. T. L. Barr and W. T. Simpson, J. Chem. Phys. 51(4), 1526-1533 (1969). Consolidated Configuration-Interaction Perturbation Method: The Ground State of Beryllium. Be I: AT

1248. P. S. Bagus, N. Bessis, and C. M. Moser, Phys. Rev.

179(1), 39^3 (1969).

Multiconfiguration Hartree-Fock Calculations. II. Calculation of the Lowest 'P, 'D, and 'S States of

the Carbon Atom. C I: AT

1249. T. L. Barr and E. R. Davidson, Phys. Rev. A 1(3), 644-658 (1970). Nature of the Configuration-Interaction Method in Ab

Initio Calculations. I. Ne Ground State. Ne I: AT

1250. P. S. Bagus, B. Liu, and H. F. Schaefer III, Phys. Rev. A 2(3), 555-560 ( 1 970). Study of the Contact-Term Contribution to the Hyperfine Structure Obtained from Spin Unrestricted Hartree-Fock Wave Functions.

Li I - F I, Na I, Al I - CI I, K I: Hfs Sc I - Cu I, Ga I - Br I, Sc III - Cu III: Hfs

1251. L. C. Gapenski, Thesis, U. S. Naval Postgraduate

School, 120 pp. (1970). U. S. Clearinghouse Fed.

Sci. Tech. Inform., AD No. 709935, 121 pp. (1970).

Predictions of Atomic Energy Levels by Extrapolation

Along Isoelectronic Sequences: Helium Through

Sodium.

CI VII -Zn XX: OT

Mg X - Ca XVIII: OT

Be I, B II, N IV, Ne VII - K XVI: OT

Bl-CaXVI: OT

F IV - Si IX, S XI - V XVIII: OT

N I, Ne IV - Cr XVIII: OT

O I - Cr XVII: OT

F I, Ne I!, Mg IV - Zn XXII: OT

Al IV - P VI, CI VIII, Ar IX, Zn XXI: OT

1252. R. J. Zollweg, J. Chem. Phys. 50(10), 4251-4261

(1969).

Electron Affinities of the Heavy Elements. H" - La", Hr - Rn : OT

1253. E. U. Condon and H. Odabasi,

Self-Consistent Field Calculations for Energy Levels of 6, 7 and 8 Electron Isoelectronic Sequences. Be I - Ca XVII, B I - P XI, C I - Ca XV: AT

N I - Ca XIV, O I - Ca XIII: AT

1254. H. Odabasi, Joint Institute for Lab. Astrophysics, JILA Report No. 97, 301 pp. (1968).

Selected Topics in the Theory of Atomic Spectra.

Si I - Ni XV, P I - Ni XIV, S I - Ni XIII: AT

1255. B. Edien, Topics in Modern Physics, W. E. Brittin and

H. Odabasi, Editors, pp. 133-146 (Colorado

Associated Univ. Press, Boulder, 1971).

Ionization Potentials of Atoms and Ions Containing One

to Ten Electrons. He I - C V, Ne IX, Si XIII: IP SF OT

Ar XVII, Ca XIX: IP SF OT

Li I - Ne VIII, Be I - Ne VII: IP SF OT

B I - F V, C I - Ne V, N I - Na V: IP SF OT

O I - Mg V, F I - Al V: IP SF OT

Ne I - Si V: IP SF OT

He", Li": OT

1256. P. Politzer, Trans. Faraday Soc. 64(549), 2241-2246

(1968).

Electron Affinities of Atoms. Ga I - Se I, In I - Te 1, Tl I - Po I: OT

1257. F. A. Gianturco, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London)

1(6), 101 1 1015 ( 1968). Inner-Electron Rearrangement in the Hartree-Fock Scheme.

Li I - K I, II, Li II - CI VIII: AT

1258. P. S. Bagus and C. M. Moser, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 2(11), 1214 1228 (1969). Multi-Configuration Hartree-Fock Calculations III. Calculations of the 'P, 'D and 'S States Arising from the ls^2s^2p^ Configuration for Z=7.0 to Z=30.0. Nll-ZnXXV: AT

1259. C. Fisk and S. Fraga, Can. J. Phys. 46( 19), 2228-2229

(1968). Slater-Condon Parameters for the Transition Elements, Evaluated from Analytical Hartree Fock Functions.

Ti I - Zn I: AT

1260. C. Fisk and S. Fraga, Can. J. Phys. 46, 1 140-1 141 (1968). Slater-Condon Parameters Evaluated from Analytical Hartree-Fock Functions. C I - Ne I, Si I - Ar I: AT

1261A. C. F. Fischer, Can. J. Phys. 46(20), 2336-2337 (1968). Numerical Hartree-Fock Results for the Atoms Helium

to Radon. He I - Rn I: AT

81
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1262. W. C. Martin, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.(U.S.) 75A(2),

109-111 (1971). Table of Spin-Orbit Energies for p-Electrons in Neutral Atomic (core)np Configurations.

H I - Th I: OT

1263. G. H. Fuller and V. W. Cohen, Nuclear Data Project,

Oak Ridge Nat. Lab. ORNL-4591 and UC-34-Physics,

27 pp. (1970).

A Table of Magnetic Hyperfine-Structure Anomalies. H I - Li I, B I, C I, N 1, Na I, S I: Hfs

CI I, K I, Sc 1, Ti I, V I, Mn I, Co I: Hfs Cu 1, Zn I - Rb I, Y I, Mo I: Hfs Ag I - La 1, Nd I, Sm I - Gd I, Dy I: Hfs Er 1 - Hf !, Re I, Ir I, Au I, Hg I: Hfs

Tl 1, Bi I, Po I, U I, Pu I, Am I: Hfs

1264. S. O. Kastner, J. Chem. Phys. 50(7), 2896-2901 (1969).

Approximate Higher Ionization Potentials for the Heavier Elements. Ga XVI - U LIV: AT

1265. B. A. Goodman and J. B. Raynor, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem.

32(10), 3406-3411 (1970).

Calculated Isotropic and Anisotropic Hyperfine

Coupling Constants of Transition Metal Ions. Sc"' - Sc ill, Ti ' - Ti IV, V"' - V V: Hfs

Cr"' - Cr VI, Mn"' - Mn VII, Fe"' - Fe IV: Hfs

Co"' - Co IV, Ni"' - Ni IV, Cu"' - Cu III: Hfs Y II, III, Zr II - IV, Nb II - IV: Hfs Mo II - IV, Tc II, Ru II - IV, Rh II - IV: Hfs Pd II - IV, Ag II - IV, Hf II - Hg II: Hfs

1266. S. Fraga, J. Thorhallsson, and C. Fisk,Can. J. Phys. Hartree-Fock Atomic Parameters. 47(1 3), 1415-1418

(1 969). He- - Kr-, He! - Kr I, Lill - Kr II: AT

Be III, B III, IV, C III - V to Zn III - V: AT

1267. J. Thorhallson and S. Fraga, An. Fis. 65(7 and 8), 195-200 (1969).

Spin-Spin Coupling Constants in Many-Electron Atoms.

B", N", Al", P", Sc", Ti", V", Mn", Fe": AT

Co", Ga", As", C I - Kr XXXI: AT

O I - Kr XIX, Si I - Kr XXIII: AT

S I - Kr XXI, Sc II - Zn XI, Ti II - Zn X: AT

V II - Zn IX, Mn II - Zn VII: AT

Fe II - Zn VI, Co II - Zn V: AT

Ti I, V I, Cr I, II. Fe I, Co I, Ni I, II: AT

Ge I, As II, Se I, Br II: AT

1268. W. Lotz, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 60(2), 206-210 (1970).

Electron Binding Energies in Free Atoms. H I - Lr I, Trans Lr Elements: OT

1269. J. Thorhallsson, C. Fisk, and S. Fraga, J. Chem. Phys. 48(7), 2925-2927 (1968). Spin-Orbit Coupling in Many-Electron Atoms. B 1 - Kr XXXII, C I - Kr XXXI: AT

O I - Kr XXIX, F I - Kr XXVIII: AT

Al I - Kr XXIV, Si I - Kr XXIII; AT

S I - Kr XXI, CI I - Kr XX: AT

Sc II, Ti II, V II, Cr III, Mn 11, Fe II: AT

Co II, Ni II, Cu III, Zn IV: AT

1270. D. Layzer and J. Bahcall, Ann. Phys. (New York) 17(2), 177-204 (1962).

Relativistic Z-Dependent Theory of Many-Electron

Atoms. He I - Al XII, Li I - P XIII: OT

1271. M. J. Smith, School Sci. Rev. 49(170), 41-47 (1968).

Ionization Potentials, Periodicity and Electronic Configuration.

H I - F I, Na I - CI I, K I, Ca I: OT

Ga I - Br I, Rb I, Sr I, In I - I I: OT

Cs I, Ba 1, TI 1 - Bi I: OT

1272. T. K. Krueger, W. L. McDavid, and S. J. Czyzak,

Aerospace Research Laboratories, Wright-Patterson

Air Force Base, ARL-68-0026, 442 pp. (1968). Table of Hartree-Fock Self Consistent Field Wave

Functions with Exchange. Supplement IV. Al I, Si II, P III, S II, IV, CI I, V: AT

Ar II, VI, K III - VII, Ca IV - VI, VIII: AT

V VII, XI, Cr I, VIII, X, XII, Mn IX, XI: AT

Fe X, XIV, Co XI, Ni XII, Ga I, Ge I, As I; AT

Br I, Kr I, Rb I, Sr I, Zr I, Nb I, Mo I: AT

Ru I, Rh I, Pd I, Ag I, In I, Xe I, Rn I: AT

1273. T. A. Carlson, C. C. Lu, T. C. Tucker, C. W. Nestor, and F. B. Malik, Oak Ridge National Lab. Report

ORNL^614, 267 pp. (1970).

Eigenvalues, Radial Expectation Values and Potentials

for Free Atoms from Z=2 to 126 as Calculated from

Relativistic Hartree-Fock Slater Atomic Wave

Functions. He I - Lr I, Trans Lr Elements: AT

1274. Y. Shadmi and S. O. Kastner, J. Chem. Phys.

53(12), 4710-4711 (1970). Average Energies of Ground and Singly and Doubly

Excited Configurations in Highly Ionized Atoms

Electron Numbers N=3 to N=20.

C IV - VII - Nd XLI - LVIII: AT

1275. U. Safronova, A. Ivanova, and V. Tolmachev, Litovskii Fizicheskii Sbornik (USSR) 7(2), 303 319 (1967).

Investigation of Feynman Diagrams of the First and the Second Orders for Some States of Light Atoms. III. Numerical Calculation of the Diagrams Contributions. He I - Ne I, N", N", N II - V: OT

O", on- VI: OT

1276. G. McGinn, J. Chem Phys. 51(11), 5090-5095 (1969). Atomic and Molecular Calculations with the Pseudopotential Method. V. Two-Valence Electron Energy Values and Oscillator Strengths for Some

(ns)^ Ground States and (nsmi) Singly Excited

States. Be I, Mg I, Ca I, Zn I, Al II: AT

Li", Na", K", Rb", Cu", Ag": AT

1277. H. Basch, C. J. Hornback, and J. W. Moskowitz, J. Chem. Phys. 51(4), 1311-1318 (1969). Gaussian-Orbital Basis Sets for the First-Row

Transition-Metal Atoms.

Sc I - Cu I: AT

1278. G. W. F. Drake, G. A. Victor, and A. Dalgarno, Phys. Rev. 180(1), 25-32 (1969). Two-Photon Decay of the Singlet and Triplet Metastable

States of Helium-like Ions. He I - Ne IX: OT

1279. J. P. Desclaux, D. F. Mayers, and F. O'Brien, J. Phys.

B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London) 4(5), 631 642 (1971 ). Relativistic Atomic Wave Functions. He I, Ne I, Na I, Ar I, Br I, Rn I: AT

82
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1280.

1281.

1282.

1283.

1284.

1285.

1286.

1287.

1288.

1289.

T. E. H. Walker, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London)

4(4), 399-407 (1971).

Relativistic Contributions to the Energies of Atoms. Be 1 - Ar 1: OT

R. G. Wilson, J. Phys. B(Proc. Phys. Soc. London)

4(2), 228-240 (1971). A Perturbation Treatment of the Unrestricted Hartree-Fock Equations for the Ground States of 3- to 10-Electron Atoms.

Li I - Ne I: AT

H. F. Schaefer III and R. A. Klemm, Phys. Rev. A 1(4), 1063-1069 (1970).

Atomic Hyperfme Structure. IV. Positive and

Negative First-Row Ions. B", C", N", O": Hfs C 11, N II, O II, F II, Ne II: AT

Hfs AT

R. I. Semenov and B A. Strugach, Optics and

Spectrosc. 24(2), 75-79 (1968). Determination of the Coupling Coefficients of the np^

Configuration from Experimental Data. Ge I, Sn I, Pb I: PT

I. Oksuz and O. Sinanoglu, Phys. Rev. 181( 1 ), 54-65

(1969). Theory of Atomic Structure Including Electron

Correlation. II. All-External Pair Correlations in the Various States and Ions of B, C, N, O, F, Ne, and Na, and Prediction of Electron Affinities and Atomic Excitation Energies. B - B II, C - C III, N" - N IV, O" -O V: AT

F I - V, Ne II - VI, Na III - VII: AT

I. Oksuz and O. Sinanoglu, Phys. Rev. 181( 1 ), 42-53

(1969). Theory of Atomic Structure Including Electron

Correlation. 1. Three Kinds of Correlation in Ground

and Excited Configurations. B I, C I, N I, O I, F I, Ne I, Na I: AT

C", N", O", F": AT

P. L. Olympia, Jr. and D. W. Smith, J. Chem Phys. 52(1), 67-87 (1970).

Density Matrix Study of Atomic Ground and Excited

States. I. Beryllium Ground State. Be I: AT

O. Sinanoglu and I. Oksuz, Phys. Rev. Lett. 21(8), 507-51 1 (1968). Theory of Atomic Structure Including Electron

Correlation. C", N", O", F": AT

N I - IV, O II - V: AT

J. C. Slater, T. M. Wilson, and J. H. Wood, Phys. Rev.

179(1), 28-38 (1969). Comparison of Several Exchange Potentials for Electrons in the Cu* Ion. Cu II: AT OT

M. Synek, P. Grossgut, and F. Schmitz, Phys. Rev.

178(1), 73-75 (1969). Accurate Analytical Self-Consistent-Field Wave

Functions for Ag*.

Ag II: AT

1290.

1291.

1292.

1293.

1294.

1295.

1296.

1297.

1298.

1299.

1300.

1301.

S. Larsson and V. H. Smith, Jr., Phys. Rev. 178( 1 ), 137-152 (1969).

Analysis of the ^S Ground State of Lithium in Terms of Natural and Best Overlap (Brueckner) Spin Orbitals With Implications for the Fermi Contact Term.

Li I: Hfs AT

M. Wilson, Phys. Rev. 176( 1 ), 58-63 (1968). Ab Initio Calculation of Screening Effects on /i/((0)/^ for Heavy Atoms, r- I VIII, Hg I, II, Pu I, II: AT

D. R. Whitman and C. J. Hornback, J. Chem. Phys. 51(1), 398-402 (1969). Optimized Gaussian Basis SCF Wavefunctions for First-Row Atoms. B I - F I: OT

A. Wallis, D. L. S. McElwain, and H. O. Pritchard, J. Chem. Phys. 50(10), 4543-4545 (1969). Nonexistence of Isns Autoionizing States of H".

H": OT

T. Tietz, J. Chem. Phys. 52( 1 ), 460-461 (1970). Ground State of Heliumlike Systems.

H": OT

J. Thorhallsson and S. Fraga, Can. J. Phys. 46( 12), 1469-1472 (1968). Orbit-Orbit Interaction in Positive Ions of Transition Elements.

Ti II - Ni II: AT

Cr I - VI, Mn IV, Fe IV: AT

T. F. Lin and A. B. F. Duncan, J. Chem. Phys. 51(1 ), 360-367 (1969).

Calculations on Rydberg Terms of the Beryllium Atom. Be I: OT

D. C. Griffin, K. L. Andrew, and R. D. Cowan, Phys. Rev. 177(1), 62-71 (1969).

Theoretical Calculations of the d-, f-, and g-Electron

Transition Series. Trans Lr Elements; AT

E. Godfredsen, Astroph. J. 145(1), 308-332 (1966). Atomic Term Energies for Atoms and Ions with 11 to 28

Electrons. V II, Cr II, III, Mn II, III, Fe III, IV: OT

Co III: OT

S. F. Boys and N. C. Handy, Proc. Roy. Soc. London

310A(1500), 63-78 (1969). A Calculation for the Energies and Wavefunctions for States of Neon with Full Electronic Correlation Accuracy. Ne I, II: OT

P. Heinecke, Zeit. Phys. 245(5), 411-424 (1971). Die Isotopieverschiebung von "'Eu, "^Eu, "'Eu, "*Eu und die Kernmomente der radioaktiven Isotope

Eu I: IS

D. L. Hardcastle and R. Keown, J. Chem. Phys. 51(2), 598-602 (1969). Extended Hartree-Fock Calculations for Li and Li-Iike

Ions. Li I - F VII: Hfs AT

83
3. Bibliography Ordered by Reference Numbers — Continued

1302. S. Hameed, S. S. Hui, J. I. Musher, and J. M.

Schulman, J. Chem. Phys. 51(2), 502-508 (1969).

Orbital Approximation to Spatial Eigenfunctions

of the Many-Electron Hamiltonian.

Li 1; AT

1305. H. F. Schaefer III, R. A. Klemm, and F. E. Harris,

J. Chem. Phys. 51(10), 4643-4650 (1969). First-Order Wavefiinctinn*; Orihifal Cr\rrf\^ur\rt Energies, and Electron Affinities of First-Row Ato

Atoms.

1303. G. McGinn. J. Chem. Phys. 51(4), 1681-1682 (1969). Calculated f. g, and h Single-Valence-Electron

Atomic States with Exact Exchange for AF+,

Ca+, and Rb.

R- C- N- n- F-- AX

B I, C I, II, N I, II, O I, II. F I, II: AT

Ne 1. II, Na II: AT

AlIlI.Call.Rbl: AT 1306. J. M. Levy-Leblond, J. Phys. B (Prox. Phys. Soc.

1304. P. S. Kelly. O. R. Piatas, and P. S. Bagus, J. Chem. Phys. 51(3), 1261-1262 (1969). Accuracy of Numerical Hartree-Fock Wavegunctions

Nonexistence of the Ion H —

.

He I, Li II: OT

for Heavy Atoms. 1307. K. M. S. Saxena, J. Phys. B (Prox. Phys. Soc. Ne 1. Ar 1. Kr I. Xe I, Rn [, Ra I, U I: AT

Self-Consistent Field with Exchange for U^"^. U VII: AT

84
4. Author Index

Abadjieva, L. Avakyan, S. V. 455 943

Accad, Y. Aygun, E. 586 711 215 Ackermann, F. Aymar, M.

1140 1044A 698 1123 Ackermann, H. Bagus, P. 752 785

Adelroth, K. E. Bagus, P. S. 712 784 871

Adler, A. Bahcall, J. 163 947A 1270 Ahmad, S. A. Baird, J. C. 608 203 908

Aleksandrov, E. B. Baker, C. C. 424 1246

Alexander, E. Baker, M. R. 928 163 Alexander, M. H. Bakken, G. S. 367 625

Ali, M. A. Balducci, G. 936 301

Ali, Z. Balling, L. C. 1078A 260 507

Allan, D. W. Banks, H. W.

935 450

Allen, E. S. Banyard, K. E. 803 1246

Aller, L. H. Barr, T. L. 204 1247 1249

Alper, J. S. Basch, H. 1244 1277

Altick, P. L.

11

Bashkin, S. 261 324 Ambry, C. Basov, N. G.

37 32 170 Amoruso, M. J. Bauche, J. 890 479 647 AnandaRam, M. N. Bauche-Arnoult, C. 998A 1130

Andersen, N. Baumann, M.

1200 1066A 213 421

Andersen, T. Beacham, J. R. 730 1241 881 1234A

Andrew, K. L. Beck, D. R. 187 234 820 88 1 1166 1297 373

Angel, J. R. P. Becker, W.

258 214

Anger, G. Beckmann, A. 770 1033A

Anisimova, G. P. Beer, H. 259 1116 1147 Anno, T. Behrens, H. -O.

1243 1067A

Appelquist, T. Behring, W.

825 889 695 753

Arbuzov, B. A. Belin, G. 652 1069

A

Artura, C. J. Beltran-Lopez, V. 518 164 364

Ashby, N. Bely, O. 1245 3 609

Asprey, L. B. Ben Mena, T. 771 473

Assous, R. Ben Osman, Z. 567 959A

Aufmuth, P. Ben-Yosef, N. 1067A lOOOA

Austin, J. M. Benoit-Cattin, P. 242 486 1195

1171

1248 1250 1258 1304

904 9i: 1148 1014A

583 939 967A 968A 1021A

864 1189 1068A

1196 1199

819

849

927

85
4. Author Index — Continued

684

Berg, H. C. 671 Bergmark, T. 653

Bergstrom, I. 358

Berkowitz, J. 84

Bernage, P. 1126 Bemardi, F. 372

Berry, H. G. 583

Berube, G.

100

Besch, H. J. 439

Bessis, G. 1226

Bessis, N. 37

Beterov, I. 602

Beyer, H. J. 1071A 1072A

Bhatia, A. K. 850

Bhatia, K. S. 1012A 1143A

Bickel, W. S.

929 1188 1235 1070A

548 649 848 1226 1248 M.

358

438 959A

364

472 1053A

261 324 967A 1021A

Bigeon, M. C. 100

Birkhahn, R. 1073A

Blachman, A. G. 406

Blaise, J. 352

1 156

Blaisten, E. 164

Blau, L. M.

826

Bloemhof, H. F. 616

Blume, M.

200

Bockasten, K. 525 552

Boiko, V. A. 32 170

Boklen, K. D. 1033A

Boleu, R. 1200

Bonn, J. 1210 1045A 1075A

Bordenave-Montesquieu, A. 1195

Borgstrom, A. 262

Bout, P. A. V. 215

Boya, L. J. 1227

Boys, S. F. 1299

583 732 929 939

645 1055A646 1056A748

1074

A

1134

120

Bozman, W. R. 149 450

Brandenberger, J. 908

Brandenberger, J. R. 203 1142A

Brandt, W.

390

Brieger, M.

443

Bril, J.744

Brink, G. O. 389 596

Brochard, J. 475 717

Brodsky, S. 263

Brodsky, S. J. 825 889

Bromander, J. 525 648 1235

Brossel, J. 669

Brouwer, J. H. 616

Brown, J. D. 618

Brown, L. 390

Brown, M. 1016A

Brown, R. 982A

Brown, R. A. 1013A

Brown, R. E. 836

Brown, R. T. 574

Bruch, R. 469 1133

Brun, P. 216

Buchet, J. P. 217

Buchta, R. 358 1235 Bucka, H. 218 443

Budhiraja, C. J. 930 1157

Budick, B. 27 265 307

Budiraja, C. J. 981A

Buldt, G. 920

Bunge, C. F. 679

Burger, J. M.

515 893

Burton, W. M.

1122

Buttgenbach, S. 1211 1034A

Byron, F. W., Jr. 304 305 306

Cahuzac, Ph. 862

453 1076A

355 827

86
4. Author Index — Continued

563

1273

105

841

Cajko, J. 713 Camus, P. 437

Cantone, B. 933

Capalbi, A. 301

Carlson, K. D

41

Carlson, T. A, 159

Carnall, W

101 Carre, M.

1168

Carrico, J. 163

Carriveau, G. W

1077A

Carter, V. L. 205

Caspi, E. 252

Ceyzeriat, P. 729 1207

Chaghtai, M. S. 395 765

Chaghtai, M. S. Z. 1078AChaika, M.

131 Chaika, M. P. 1131 Chaiko, Yu.

155 969A

Champeau, J. 678 Champeau, R

470

Chan, C. C. 1008A

Chan, Y. W.

192

Chandler, G. S. 98 Chang, E. S. 68 Channappa, K. H. 863

Chantepie, M.

474 512

Chantrel, H. 651 674 Chapman, R. D. 384

Chartier, J. P. 219

Chebotaev, V. P. 267 602

Chen, C. J. 940

Chenevier, M.

568 1039A

Cheremukhin, G. S 948

Chevillard, J. 748 1156 Chien-Ming Wu,

914

645 923 946

108

413 983A

328

766 794

-J.

532 984A

1228 1036A

Childs, W. J. 14 38

851 891 Chin-Yen Lee, 924

Chubb, T. A. 1159 Chuckrow, R. 880

Ciplys, J. 728

Claydon, C. R. 41

Clua, A. L. 396

Codling, K. 363 Cohen, L. 225 270

927 1128 Cohen, M.

872 Cohen, V. M.

201 Cohen, V. W.

532 1263 Cohen-Tannoudji, C. 1236

Cole, J. B. 221

Collins, B. S. 702

Colhns, J. H. 90

Comaniciu, N. 672 1233 Commins, E. D. 312 Condon, E. U. 1253

Conneely, M. J. 693 910

Connerade, J. P. 145 400

1158 1181 Connerade, J.-P. 859

Conrad, A. C. 625

Contreras, R. H. 446

Conway, J. G. 737 749

Cooper, J. W.

910 1121 Copley, G

192

1163

194 985A

325

1022

A

681 834

622 695 753 819 857

984A

619

1182 6201 183 707 915 917

1137

H. 149

209

Corliss, C. 58

Cosens, B. 178 Coulombe, M. C. 554 778

Covey, R. L. 986A

Cowan, R. D. 78 959A

Crampton, S. B. 671

617

165

762

153

829

779 1177 957A

1154 1058A 1089A

234 618 1153 1166 1297

87
4. Author Index — Continued

584 987A 988A

1272

Crance, M.

1171 Crawford, M. F. 673

Cromer, D. T. 377

Crooker, A. M.

786

Crossley, R. J. S. 1155

Crosswhite, H. 988A

Crosswhite, H. M.

144

Crubellier, A. 864

Csillag, L. 46

Curnutte, B. 324

Curtis, L. J. 1188 Czerwonka, R. 628

Czyzak, S. J. 204 DaMommio, A. 1018A

DaMommio, A. 1017A

DaVia, J. J. 1179

Dabbousi, O. B.

1 175

Dagis, R. S. 322

Dagys, R. 780

Dalgarno, A. 500

Das, T. P. 68

Davidson, E. R. 1249

Davis, S. J. 1148 1014A

Davis, S. P. 716 980A 986A

Dawe, F. A. 338 De Maria, G.

301 De Michelis, G. 865 De Rafael, E. 745 Decomps, B. 669

Deech, J. S. 221 Dehmelt, H. G. 877 Dehmer, J. L. 1121 Dekker, J. W. M.

220 536

Delouis, H. 1074A

Dembauskaite, A. 728

682

95 357

1278

360 685 1220

616

Denis, A. 217 392

Desclaux, J. -P. 1226

Desclaux, J. P. 548 848

Descoubes, J. -P. 666 669

Descoubes, J. P. 882 1085A

Desesquelles, J. 217 392

1241

Deutsch, C. 830 1187 Deutschman, W. A

1231A

Dhez, P. 668

Di Lavore III, P. 86

Di Sipip, L. 865

Dieselman, H. D. 261

Dily, D. 1237 1238

Djeu, N. I. 1213

Donnally, B. 1016A

Dontsov, Yu. P. 565 Doobov, M. H. 1077A

Doschek, G. A. 1159

Dosinas, G. 416 502

Drake, G. W. F. 500 682

Drawin, H. W.

1187

Drell, S. D. 783

Druetta, M.

1207

Druzbick, J. 995A

Ducas, T. W.

1023A

Dufay, M.

217 392

1 170 Duncan, A. B. F. 1296 Duong, H. T. 1054A

Duong, T. H. 222 541 Dupont-Roc, J. 1236

Dutta, C. M.

1220

Dutta, N. C. 95 360

Eck, T. G. 1193

Ederer, D. L. 363

397

1279

670

397

729 909 1169 1170

688 1237 1238

730 909 1169 1170

506

870

559 560

887 1278 989A

397 729 909 1168 1169

685 1220

912 1026A

88
4. Author Index — Continued

Edlen, B. Faucher, P. 516 525 526 663 694 1255 609 Edmonds, A. R. Fawcett, B. C. 1218 78 654 697

Edwards, A. K. Fedorenko, N. V. 36 978A 1005 A 1006

A

1194 1240

Edwin, R. P. Feiertag, D. 223 31 Egorov, V. N. Feld, M. S. 667 1023A

Ehlers, V. J. Feldman, P. 215 224 lOOlA 128 308

Ehrhardt, J. C. Feldman, P. D. 980A 411 895

Eibofner, A. Feldman, U. 1196 1199 225 229 270

Eidelsberg, M. 856 857 927 1051A Felenbok, P. Einfeld, D. 612 1076A Feneuille, S. Eisele, G. 335 916 1123 1032A Feser, S. Eissner, W. 289

1221 Fields, P. R. Ekberg, J O. 101 105 108 64 740 1111 1079A Figger, H.

El'yashevich, M. A. 756 800 1198 425 Fine, J. Elbel, M. 1190 530 787 Fink, U.

Elder, F. A. 169 939

91 Fischer, C. F. Elke, D. 75 271 1261A

1033A Fischer, W.

Elton, R. C. 214 227 463

148 151 1161 993A Fisk, C. Emma, V. 29 313 1259 933 Flaks, I. P. Engerholm, G. G. 943

90 Foglia, C. Engleman, R. 228 273 964A Foley, H. M.

Ensberg, E. S. 1205

123 Ford, W. K., Jr. Epstein, G. L. 390

257 524 960A 962A 965A 990A Fowler, T. R. Eremin, M. V. 659 686

604 Fowles, G. R.

Erickson, G. W. 576

875 Fraenkel, B. S. Eriksson, K. B. S. 742 856 858

74 531 610 793 Fraga, S. Eringis, K. 29 313 1259 780 1295

Esteva, J. M. Frank, H. 481 1150

Even-Zohar, M. Frankel, B. S. 928 229

Evenson, K. M. Fred, M.

44 327 1222 1053A

Fabjan, C. W. Freeman, A. J. 822 1164 1015A 871

Faessler, A. Freeman, F. F. 1029A 138

Fairchild, C. E. Friedman, H. 977A 1 159 Fan C. Y. Fripfirioh H

' 195 393 513

Fano, U. Fuller, G. H. 832 1121 1263

761

622 695 753 819

813 817 1080A 1081A

928

89
4. Author Index — Continued

H.331 342 664

Fulop, G. 1007 A 1104A

Gabriel, A. H. 627

Gagne, J. M.

473

Gaillard, M.

1 168

Galkin, V. D. 259 1108

Gallardo, M.

941

Galleron-Julienne, C. 666

Gallup, G. A. 1127 Gammel, J. L. 40

Gapenski, L. C. 1251

Garavaglia, M.

941 Garcia-Munoz, M.

195 Garcia-Riquelme, O. 249 457 Garpman, S. 1082A

Garstang, R

319 340 658

Garton, W. R. S. 400 570

Gates, W. J. 719 Gautam, M. S. 998A

Geballe, R. 978A 1005A

Geballe, T. R. 741 Gebauer, R. 768

George, S 703

Gerstenkorn, S. 55 414

Gezalov, Kh. B. 1242

Giacchetti, A. 588 1055A

Giacomo, P. 628

Gianturco, F. A. 1257

Ginibre, A. 1057A 1084A

Glass-Maujean, M

1085A

Glaze, D. J. 935

Gobel, L. H. 356

Godfredsen, E. 1298 Goldmann, G. 427 578

Goldschmidt, Z. B

230 278

1116

333

343 940

334

344

337 338

345 347

339

657

577 1181 1083A

1006A

925

541

1056A

798 1053A 1057A 1084A

629 1086A

1109 1110

Goldschmidt, Z. H

230

Goldsmith, S. 229 522 928 1128

Golovin, A. F. 171 419

Gondaira, K.-I. 908

Gonzalez E., T. 849 Goodman, B. A. 1265 Goodman, L. S. 14 38

Goorvitch, D. 396 535

Gould, H. 599

Grabauskas, D. 139 140

Grabauskas, D. V. 429

Grasso, F. 933 Greenebaum, B. 1022A

Grevesse, N. 103 1115

Gribkov, V. A. 1120

Griffin, D. C. 1166 1297

Grigor'eva, V. N. 1131

Grossgut, P. 635

Grotch, H. 847

Grudzinskas 788

Gruzdev, P

120

Guelachvili 437

Guido, M.

301

Gullon, N. 456

Guthoehrlein, G.

135

Uithohrlein, G. 471 Gutmacher, R. G

762 Gutman, A

815 Gutmann, F

1202

A

Guyon, F. 1074

A

Haberstroh 756

Hackett, R. Q

937

Hadeishi, T. 967A

Hahn, C. 427

F.600

G.959A

957A

M.

R. A. 800

539 753 856 858 927

192

716

141

325 681 891 1022A

742 956A

747

1289 1017A 1018A

637

1074

A

735 816

90
4. Author Index — Continued

Hahn, Ch. Himmel, G. 578 471 Hahn, Y. Hinkley, R. K. 1019A 1206

Hallin, R. Hobby, M. G. 525 724 Hambro, L. Hoekstra, R. 386 789 441 1125 Hameed, S. Holmstrom, J. -E. 1302 483 Hamon, J. Holtz, J. Z. 628 741

Handrich, E. Holzman, M. A. 466 790 1135 1245 Handy, N. C. Hol0ien, E. 1299 660 945

Hansen, J. E. Hoory, S. 309 1049

A

1087A 1088A 753 856 927

Happer, W., Jr. Hopkins, B. D. 198 279 488 843 1165 1020A 576 952A

Hardcastle, D. L. Hornback, C. J. 40 1301 1277 1292

Hardcastle, R. A. Houdart, R. 697 1126

Haroche, S. House, L. L. 1236 401 1192

Harrach, R. J. Hsiou-Er Lin, 104 924

Harris, F. E. Huber, G. 162 407 1305 1075A

Hartmann, M. Hubner, G. 594 1217 901

Harvey, J. S. M. Hudson, R. D. 405 205 413 983A

Hatfield, L. L. Huehnermann, H. 160 214 227 233

Hayne, G. S. Huet, M.

69 123 1139 566

Heikes, L. G. Huff, R. J. 1127 1201A

Heilig, K. Huffman, R. E. 73 469 1133 1067A 56 59 67

Heinecke, P. Hughes, R. H. 792 1300 1040A 160 991A 1009

A

Helber, J. M. Hughes, V. W.

473 12 782 833

Helbert, J.-M. Hughes, W. M.

798 69 613 1139

Held, S. Huhnermann, H. 854 950 451 463 530

Heldt, J. Hui, S. S. 196 1302

Hellwig, H. Hull, R. J. 935 389 596

Heppinstall, R. Humphreys, C. J. 487 234 521 605

Herbig, G. H. Iglesias, L. 553 147 704 705 Herman, L. Il'in, R. N. 1187 1194 1240

Heroux, L. Incesu, T. 977A 215

Hertel, G. R. Ingemann-Hilberg, C. 276 398 458

Herzberg, G. Inghram, M. G. 694 642

Hcsc, A. lonescu-Pallas, N. 750 920 938 942 1031A 1107A 592

Hibbert, A. Irwin, D. J. G. 656 692

514

1230 994A

976A

817 1080A 1081A

754 763 821

91
4. Author Index — Continued

isocig, n. D. tj. iVaUctactlvcU, I . 774 ZZH

Icl*>r D C IColHor IVdlUDl I I

, . O / 70Q R4f^ Ivanova, A.

1 275 469

Ivanova, A. N. ICancerevicius, A. 429 172

IVallUVd., r\. V . iVct^laCll, ivi.

1 242 1171

Iwao, M. Karazija, R.

jyJO ^n^

Jackson, A. D., Jr. ICaraziya, R. I. 66 429

cVClIUolCllC, K Qri~\d^n^ /A. A 554 778 1 1 S4 1 0S8 A 11 08Q \JOye\A

JuCOOS, IV. 1\.

1 1 fx') Q7S A 1 01 Q A

Jaglc, r. ODo 7S OOO

JalUIKa, i> . W .

1 n 1 1 A 8O 11 Q7 Javan, A. Kaufman, R. Q70A 7 /\Jr\ Jcffcrics, J. X. ICaufman, V.

J 0 1 1

I OJ8*^ 1lot87 958A

I ZVJVj 1 uuu/\ ^aUl, fx. L^. Tf^Qct^n VC A 96

7-30 1 J\) 1941 1 Z*T 1 ^.ciiy, r. ivi. 446

/ i^^allv 14 ft.ciiy, n.

J UllullooU 11 , TV . O. 845 1219

J J Z

K'^allv ivciiy, Hn. r.P

Johansson, L. 411 1 7z

jonns, J. w . . 1 "^04 ^.cown, iv. Johnson, C. E. 40 1*^01

1

1 7Z 11 710 Z JU OS 1 A Q7Q A QQd 77*t/\A It amfinon T A ivcrnaiian, J. r\. JUIllloUll, W . Ix. 244

CQO ivessier, n. o.

Johnston, T. F., Jr. 11

11 JS7z 71^ Z J J

It ri o/H 1 A n.IlaUJaVI, r\. joncs, D. D. 77Q Z / 7 488 *TOO

1 J o

Iti^iiariionuva, « o f1 t/^r^/^ij o \/V . Ml>i Jones, M. ^0

1

O 1 ft 177 1 7 1 o 1 ZZ

1

Khvostenko, G.

Jones, W. E. 1 1

1 O 1 7 A I K) 1 Z/\ VUaiClll^U, vj. 1. Jonsson, J. O. 1131

1 7 1 A 1 Z 1 0 l^.ID01c, D. r. Jordan, C. 700 1 1 "^7 ZU" 1 i J / OZ / lUVUA KieiKopi, J . r

.

Jordan, J. A. SS4 01*^ 391 625 Kinp A S

josni, I . . 779

Vzj VzO 1 1 ^7 Qfi 1 A IcTina R R

Joy, H. w. JO J Q 1

A

y Jo Vino W 14 Jucvs, A. 223 238

! IQ 1 AC\ 1 /4 1 4 1 A JUZ ^07 ^O'l J\JD ^o^ r^irt-ner, \j. JWU S0(^ J\J\J S^iO 788 805 73

Jucys, A. P. Jzz 0<i71/ 870 0/7

liir'vc A P K-lapisch, M.

429 916 1123

Judd, B. R. Kleiman, H. 1174 716

1264 1274

236 298 521 640 736

843

1091

A

1151 1052A

92
4. Author Index — Continued

Kleinpoppen, H. 1071A 1072A

Klementev, V. M.

602 Klemm, R. A. 407 1282 1305

Kleppner, D. 853

Klingberg, R. A. 703

Klingo, V. V. 321

Klinkenberg, P. F. A. 220 285 536 550 616 902

Kluge, H. -J. 465

Kluge, H. J. 1046A 1075A

Kluge, K. 802

Knox, H. O. 575

Koenig, E. 916

Koepf, U. 439

Kohler, P. 665 Kononov, E. Ya. 32 60 170 533 814

Kopf, U. 1210 1075A 1093A

Kopff, M.

197

Korintskaya, M. F. 667

Kornalewski, T. 485

Kornyei, I. 802

Korostyleva, L. A. 565

Koshelev, K. N. 814

Kponou, A. 1230 994A

Kraetschmer, W.

453

Krainska-Miszczak, M.

432 1136 Kramer, I. F. 171 Krause, H. 1028A

Krebs, K. 1028A

Kreplin, R. W.

1159

Kretzen, H. 1135

Krizan, J. E. 1239

Krokhin, O. N. 170 Kromer, G. 1081A

Krueger, E. 227

Krueger, T. K. 204 1272

Krutov, V. V. 948

Kugel, H. 1024

A

Kugler, L. 1075

A

Kuhl, J. 1172 1041A

Kuhn, H. G. 1214 1062A

Kulyasov, V. N. 424

Kunze, H. -J. 999A

Kupliauskis, Z. 504 746

Kustanovich, I. M.

603 638 655

Kuzmickyte, L. 504 728

Labzovskii, L. N. 1215

Laferriere, A.

831 Lahaye, B. 720 867 1037A

Lalde, F. 1094

A

Laloe, F. 689 Lamb, W. E. 1162 1186 975A 1025A

Lambert, D. L. 454

Lambert, R. H. 507 904 911

Landais, J. 1036A

Landman, D. A. 394 406 683 696 700

Lange, W.

1135 1042A 1043A

Langkemper, J. F. 220

Larrabee, J. C. 56 59 67

Larson, A. C. 239

Larson, D. J. 615

Larson, H. P. 240

Larsson, S. 836 844 1290

Laun, D. D. 153

Laurenzi, B. J. 580

Lautrup, B. E. 745

Lawrence, G. M.

20

Layzer, D. 1270 Le Doumeuf, M.

1236 Le Floch, A. 216 Le Quang Rang, 866

93
4. Author Index — Continued

924 Le-Fu Teng,

811

Lea, K. R. 1162 975

A

Leach, S. 668

Leavitt, J. A. 968A

Lecler, D. 106 281 452

Lecluse, Y. 219 1228 Leduc, M.

1094

A

Lee, T.685

Lefebvre-Brion, H. 649

Legowski, S. 163 Lehmann, J. C. 282 359

Les, F.197

Les, Z.197 1208

Lesprit, J. -F. 717

Leventhal, M.

878 1186

Levin, L. A. 394

Levine, M. W.

935

Levinson, I. B. 815

Levitt, M.

128 411

Levy, M. E. 514

Levy-Leblond, J. M.

1306 Lew, H. 997A

Lewis, E. W.

1083A

Lewis, M. R. 528

Lewis, S. A. 833

Lexa, J. 143 Ley Koo, E. 164

Li, H.820

Liberman, D. 377

Liberman, S. 371 717

Lido, G. 1082A

Lie, T. N. 1161 993A

Lieber, M.

284

Liening, H. 421

Lifshitz, C. 84

464

973A 1024A

895 974A

1230 994A

364

916 1059A 1095A

311

873

Lin, T. F. 1296

Lincke, R. 1047

A

Lindner, W.

1045 A

Lineberger, W. C. 823

Lipeles, M.

302

Lipsky, L. 693

Lipworth, E

163

Litzen, U. 370

Liu, B.1250

Liu, C. H. 967A 1007A

Lluesma, E. G. 941

Lofstrand, R. 663

Lotz, W.

241 1268 Lougheed, R. W.

762 957A

Lu, C. C. 1273

Lu, K. T. 832

Luc, P.541 1060

A

Lucatorto, T. 912 947

A

Lundin, L. 358 1188 Lundstrom, T. 1096A

Lurio, A. 198 683

Luther, J. 1042

A

Luther, M

49A

Lutz, O. 861 Luyken, B. F. J. 1124

Lyons, J. D

357 Macek, J. 83 Mackey, J. H. 641 Madden, R. P. 363 912

Mader, D. L. 1186 973A

Magnante, P. C. 326

Magnusson, N. 653

Malczyk, B. 197

Malik, F. B. 159 1273

599

874

841 970A

885

1021A

279 696

1043A

L.

1064

A

971A

318 700

394

843 406

893 4881165 515 1020A

824

1026

A

1025

94
4. Author Index — Continued

Maljavkin, L. P. 948

Malli, G. 142 527 1167

Mallow, J. V. 871

Manalis, M. S. 1144

Mandel'shtam, S. L. 32 170 948

Mandrek, K. 1080A

Mann, J. B. 378 777

Mansfield, M. W. D. 1181 Manson, S. T. 896

Marcus, S. 307 546 547

Margerie, J. 281 720 868 Markov, V. K. 667

Marr, G. V. 242 486 487 1097A

Marrus, R. 222 243 361 362 996A

Martin, N. J. 283

Martin, W. C. 354 418 639 640

1262

Martinenas, B. 780

Martinson, I. 358 583 732 929

Martyn, H.-U. 770

Maryakhina, O. I. 604

Mashinskii, A. L. 706

Matsubara, C. 95 360

Matulis, A. Yu. 796

Maujean, M.

688

Mayers, D. F. 1279 McConkey, J. W.

244 McDavid, W. L. 1272 McDermott, M. N. 304 305 306 316 McEachran, R. P. 872 McElwain, D. L. S. 1293 McGinn, G. 590 1276 1303 McKoy, V.

831 McNally, J. R., Jr. 420 523 731

Meekins, J. F. 1159

860 1149 1180

736 757 1185

1188 1235

317 1008A

Meenakshi, K. 608

Mehlhorn, R. 408

Mehlhorn, R. J. 762

Mehlman-Balloffet, G.

481 535

Meier, Th. 817

Meinders, E. 285 537 550 723 1098A

Meisel, G.

1211 1034A

Mendlowitz, H. 129 Metag, V. 453

Metcalf, H. 203 908

Meyer, W.

621

Michels, D. J. 691 1117

Midtdal, J. 660 945

Minnhagen, L. 353 821 1050A 1099A

Mitchell, D. A. 1009

A

Mitchell, P. 399

Montixi, G. 674

Moore, C. E. 779 1112 1113 1232 Moore, F. L. 1179 Moos, H. W.

144 Morgan, F. J. 255

Morillon, C. 438 769 1134

Morrison, J. 1223 Moser, C. M.

37 649 784 1248 1258 Moskowitz, J. W.

1277

Moskowitz, P. 1007

A

Mueller, G. 231 Mukhtarov, S. M.

426

Muller, G.

11 00A

Muller, H. 1045

A

Murnick, D. 1024A

Murnick, D. E. 878 Murphy, P. W.

85 Musher, J. I. 1302

Myint, M. T. 853

95
4. Author Index — Continued

K. 824

W., Jr. 1273

Nagourney, W.

1020A

Neiger, M.

1150

Nesbet, R

440

Nestor, C. 159

Neugart, R. 1210 1093A

Neupert, W. M.

719 739

Newell, P. B. 953A

Newell, W. R. 1173 Newman, D

1212 Newsom, G, 82

Ney, J.427

Nguyen,

T

1039A

Niay, P. 1126 Niewodniczansk 485

Nir, S.585

Nordling, C

653

Norlen, G.

838

J.

H.1184

430 453 578 1073A 1076A

D.

H.

1109

564 610

Novick, R. 128 212 302 304 305 306 307

308 311 312 315 316 317 318 518 546 547 826 895 907 947A

971A 974A

Novikov, L. N. 1138 Nussbaumer, H. 626 931 1115 1129 1176

Nygaard, K. J. 992A 1019A

O'Brien, F. 1279

Oakland, R. 1017A 1018A

Odabasi, H. 245 299

Oertel, K. B. 751

Ogurtsov, G. N. 943

Oksuz, I. 1284

Oleari, L. 865 Olme, A. 482

Olschewski

1 132

Olsmats, M.

1216

Oluwole, A. F. 1118 1119

Olympia, P. L., Jr. 1286

1285

694

1253

1287

732

1254

876

L.

955A 972A

525 767

1191 lOlOA

Omidvar, K. 25 Gona, H. 929

Oparin, V. A. 1194 1240

Greg, J. 328 Grmonde, S. 910

Gsterbrock, D. E. 931

Gtten, E. -W.

465 467 1140 1210 1075A

Gtten, E. W.

439 1132 1045A 1046A 1093

A

Gtto, H. 428

Pacheva, J. 1063A

Pacheva, Y. 455

Paget, T. M.

919

Palenius, H. P. 369 484

Palmer, H. G. 949

Parr, A. C.

91 642

Parsons, R. G. 263

Pasternak, A. 230

Paul, E., Jr. 234 605

Pavolvic, M.

689

Peacock, N. J. 78 707

Pegg, D. J. 1016A

Pegg, D. T. 540

Peixoto, E. M. A. 679

Pekeris, C. L. 586 711

Pelletier-Allard, N. 335

Pendlebury, J. M. IIOIA

Penselin, S. 756 800

Peresse, J. 448

Perevertun, V. M.

426

Perkins, J. F. 852

Perrott, R. H.

81 287

Perry, B. W.

304 305

Persson, W.

288 734 Peschmann, K. R. 174 422

Peterman, A. 745 1197

754

724

763

917

821

1158

1198 1034A

317

1229 1088A 1102A

491

96
4. Author Index — Continued

Petersen, F. R. Ram, K. J. 963A 1003A 708

Petersson, B. Ramaker, D. E. 353 519

Petrakiev, A. Ramirez, R. 802 634

Petrasso, R. Ramsey, A. T. 614 614

Phillips, E. A. Ramsey, N. F. 66 615 671

Picart, J. Rank, D. M.

548 785 741

Pichanick, F. M. J. Raynor, J. B. 12 833 1230 994A 1265

Picque, J. L. Reader, J. 1054A 524 764

Pietsch, G. Rebane, T. 24 508 894

Pinnington, E. H. Redhead, P. A. 903 289

Piosczyk, B. Redi, O. 725 402 1007

A

Pipkin, F. M. Rehder, L. 822 828 1164 982A 1013A 1015A 24

Platas, O. R. Reichelt, A. 1304 443

Platz, I. Reimann, R. J. 1044

A

1008

A

Po-Chuan Tsui, Reisfeld, M. J. 811 924 618 771 Pokazanev, V. G. Richards, E. W. T. 1138 290

Polak, L. S. Richards, W. G. 603 638 655 1206

Politzer, P. Richardson, C. B. 1256 991 A 1009

A

Popescu, I. M. Ridgeley, A. 156 1122

Popp, H. -P. Ring, D. B. 1150 IIOIA

Poppe, R. Risley, J. S. 247 1103A 978A 1005A

Poulizac, M. -C. Roberts, L. D. 1207 159

Poulizac, M. C. Robertson, M. M.

392 201

Powell, F. X. Robertson, R. G. H. 1213 250

Prior, M. H. Rooinson, E. J. 1175 310

Pritchard, H. O. Robinson, H. G. 1293 69 123

Pu, R. T. Robiscoe, R. T. 68 95 357 360 508 894

Quinn, J. W. Robitaille, J. L. 1117 999A

Rabin'kina, N. V. Roe, L. A. 1242 1019A

Rabinkina, N. B. Roesler, F. L. 429 201 684

Rabold, R. Ron, A. 218 845 1219

Radford, H. E. Rosen, A. 44 624 712

Radziemski, L. J., Jr. Rosner, S. D. 187 236 298 959A 964A 828

Ragent, B. Ross, C. B. 742 956A 869 961

A

Rajnak, K. Ross, J. 101 105 108 1223 204

921

960A 962A 965 A 990A 1079

A

613 671 1139 976A

97
r

4. Author Index — Continued

Ross, J. S. 1002

A

Ross, K. J. 1173

Roth, C.

71 329 330 433 675 676

722 738 758 759

Roth, N. V. 148 151 Rozelot, J. P. 1114

Rozelot, J.-P. 809 810

Rubin, A. G. lOOOA -

'

Rubin, V. - - Jj , 390

Rudd, M. E. 13 36

Radge, M. R. H. 575 : ^

Rudkjoebing, M.

458

Rudzikas, Z. 416 502 506 559 560 747

Rugge, H. P.

1 160 Rugge, H. R. 804 905 906

Ryan, L. W., Jr. ^ 1023

A

Rydberg, S. 434 791 1038A 1082A

Safronova, U. 1275

Safronova, U. I. , 429 601 796 ^ Saksena, G. D. 608

Saloman, E. B. 304 305 317

Sandars, P. G. H. , : 163 258 283 1225

Sanders, J. H. i 221 .f. Sanner, L. 1216

Saplakoglu, A. 215

Saxena, K. M. S. 142 527 1167 1307

Schaefer III, H. F. 162 407 1250 1282 1305

Schafer, H. J. 1081A

Schawlow, A. L. 673

Schectman, R. M.

583

Scheer, M. D. 1190

Schenck, A. 436 1140

Schiff, B. 586 711

Schmelling, S. G.

1 119 972A 1001

A

Schmieder, R. W.

198 843 860 1165 1180 996A

677

Schmitz, F. 1289

Schneider, K. H. 1034A

Schoenbemer, D. 251

Schrader, D. M.

519

Schrijver, J. 534

Schroder, J. F. 607 797

Schroeder, J. B. 261 Schulman, J. M.

1302

Schweickert, H. 1045

A

Schweighofer, M. -G. 438

Schweighofer, M. G.

1 134

Schweighofer, M.-G.

795

Seaton, M. J. 449

Segovia, N. 164 364

Selhofer, H. 768

Sellin, I. A.

195 1016A

Sellschop, J. 1024

A

Semenov, R. I. 48 259 1108

Serenkov, I. T. 1194 1240

Series, G. W.

209 937 1137

Shadmi, Y. 252 328 1274

Shafer, J. H. 922

Shamey, L. J. 345 664

Shenstone, A. G. 897

Shipley, G. 786

Shore, B. W.

82

Shrivastava, K. N. 93

Shugart, H. A. 215 224 1119

Shyn, T. W.

508 894

Siddall, J. 297

Siegbahn, K. 653

Silsbee, H. B. 532 984A

Silver, J. D. 542 1061A

Silverman, M.

1164

Simpson, W. T. 1247

1116 1283

1175 972A 1001

A

98

L
4. Author Index — Continued

Sinanoglu, O. Stein, T. S.

1 98S 1287 841

Sinou, G. Stein,, T. S. 448 163

Sklizkov, G. V. Steinhaus, D. W.

32 1120 959A 964A

Sklizkov,, G. V. Stephen, I. 170 290

Skribanowitz, N. Steudel, A. 1023A 466 47

1

1041A 1043A

1 1 OOA Stevenson, R. B. Skwirc S. 519 974A Stewart, A. L. 81 287

837 1288 Stockmann, H. J. Slooten R. 752

645 1 125 Stredele, B. Smith, D. H. 1047

A

398 898 Striganov, A. R. Smith n W 419

1286 Strihed, H. 353

297 702 755 Stroke, H. H. Smith K 326 402

13 693 910 Strugach, B. A. Smith M I 48 1283

1 27

1

Stueck, H. L. Smith P I 1146

385 Stumpfel, C. R. Smith R I 999A

1 193 Sugar, J. Smith V H Jr. 183 365 836 1290 1121 1178

Smith W W Sulmont, M. -C.

101 6A 612

Snir J. Summers-Gill, R. G.

27 355 827 250

S. Svanberg, S.

1 194 1240 434 791

Svensson, L. A.

1 "^A 1 1 Z** 1 64 490

Soroka, V. A Swartz, M.

603 638 655 719 739

Soto, M. F. Swensson, J. W.

840 115 158

Spector, N. Swift, R. D.

701 842 854 855 1224 966A 1030A 12 1065A Swings, J. P. Speer, R. J. 103 1115 707 724 917 1158 Synek, M.

Spohr, R. 634 635

653 Szewczyk, R.

Sprott, G. 1208 212 947A 971A Tache, J. P. Stacey, D. N. 216

542 1061A Tagliaferri, A. A.

Stacey, V. 941 1214 1062A Tanaka, Y.

Stamper, J. G. 56 59

137 Tatu, V.

Stanley, R. W. 592

240 588 Tatu, V. S. Starace, A. F. 806

1121 Taylor, C. D.

Steele, R. 1212

9 Tech, J. L.

Steers, E. B. M. 58 149 1048A Tegeder, K. 1047

A

715 790 792 1135 1040A

880 1007A 11 04

A

418

95 8

A

587 589 639 764

1038A 1069A 1082A

740 nil 1209 1 105A

636 1289 1017A 1018A

67

354

99
4. Author Index — Continued

Teruya, H. 1243

Tezer, O. 224

Thackeray, A. D. 454

Thaddeus, P. 315 Thiem, H. 1040

A

Thirunamachandran, T. 98

Thorhallson, J. 1267

Thorhallsson, J. 1266 1269 1295 Tiedemann, U. 491

Tietz, T. ,

• ^ 1294

Tilford, S. G. - 1117 "

; : Timmons, W.

636

Tkacheva, V. I. 425

Tolk, N. : 302 518 Tolmachev, V. 1275 Tomkins, F. S. 414 563 570 577 1053A

Tondello, E. 865

Tondello, G. 571 697 919

Tougne, P. 718 Townes, C. H. 741 . Trachslin, W.

390

Traub, W.

201

Trefftz, E.9 445 513

Tucker, T. C. 159 1273

Tuffin, F. 448

Tull, C. E. 872

Tuszynski, W.

1073A

Tutlys, V. 746 805

Ullrich, S. 467 1140 Underwood, J. H. 25 Unsworth, P. J. 253

Uspalis, K. 504 728

Valberg, P. A. 615 921 Valdemoro, C. 29

Valero, F. P. J. 396 535 742 775 956A

Valind, S. 1229 11 02

A

Van Blerkom, J. 344

van Kleef, Th. 1092

A

van Kleef, Th. A. M.

352 645

van Rensbergen, W.

87 Vander Sluis, K. L. 420 523

Vanderpoorten, R. 447

Varga, L. P. 618 771

Varsavsky, C. M.

7 Vedel, M.

674

Veje, E. 1200 1066

A

Velasco, R. 456 705

Velghe, M.

668

Verges, J. 437 438

Verges, J. L.

1 134

Verges,, J. 959A

Vessot, R. F. C. 935

Vetter, R. 475

Victor, G. I- 1278

Violino, P. 442

Vizbaraite, 139 504

788

Voinov, Yu

32

Volikova, L. A. 1131 von Hartrott, M.

770

von Oppen, G. 246 725

von Platen, C. 439

von Platen, Ch. 1210 1045A

von Sichart, F. 752

Vorburger, T. V. 617 829

Voros, T. 802 Waber, J. T. 239 377 Waddington, J. C. 250

Wagner, G. 1093

A

Wagner, H. 233 451

561

714

140 505

805

646

731

797 902 1156 1027A

470 743 748 1156

591

141 506416

559 429

560

502 746503

747

170 1120

726 727 770 1141

100
4. Author Index — Continued

Wagner, W. J. Wilde, D. 401 1192 1067

A

Wakim, F. Wilken, J. 1017A 1018A 1076A

Walker, A. B. C, Jr. Williams, W. L. 804 905 906 1 160 508 782

Walker, T. E. H. Wilson, C. M.

1206 1280 450

Wallenstein, R. Wilson, M.

466 715 1135 16 111

Wallis, A. 572 755

1293 Wilson, R. Walther, F. G. 138 853 Wilson, R. G.

Walther, H. 1281 466 715 790 792 1135 1029A 1041A Wilson, T. M.

Wandel, G. 837 1288

213 421 Wing, W. H. Wang, E. 954A 1025A

243 Winkler, P. F. Wang, E. C. 853

361 1149 Winkler, R. Wannberg, B. 231 1028A

1216 Winter, N. W.

Wares, G. W. 831 528 Winters, R. E. Warner, B. 90

517 879 884 Wise, H. S. Watson, R. E. 290

200 Wittig, C. Watson, W. S. 901 255 Wolber, G.

Wautier, J. 756 800 474 Wolga, G. J. Webb, C. E. 235

136 Wood, D. E. Weeks, D. W. 641 803 Wood, J. H.

Weinflash, D. 837 1288 826 Woodgate, G. K. Weise, H. P. 283 942 Woodward, B. W.

Weise, J. 823 1107A Woolsey, J. M.

Weiss, A. W. 1072A

109 110 167 188 493 886 Worden, E. F. Weiss, R. E. 737 749

904 911 1 204A Wright, J. J. Weisskopf, M. C. 507 904

599 841 Wyart, J. -F. Weisskopf,, M. C. 468 646

163 Wyart, J. F. Wenaker, I. 1156 1106A

793 Wyart, J.-F. Wendlandt, D. 799 899 469 1133 Ya'akobi, B. Werme, L. O. 254

653 Yadav, H. L. Whaling, W. 1078A

385 Yarosewick, S. J. White, C. W. 1 179 69 1139 Yellin, J. White, J. A. 222 243 995A Yoshino, K. White, W. A. 733

719 Young, P. A. Whitman, D. R. 413

1292 Young, R. M.

Wickes, J. B. P. 719

1 173

894

112 892327

1223 3541291 399 415

1032A llOOA

1198 1035A

762 779 1177 957A

1148 1014A 1203A

748 944

361 362 686 1149

101
4. Author Index — Continued

Young, R. T. Zimmermann, P. 818 428 435 443 579 623 801 1146

Zabulas, R. Zimmermann, P. H. 588 266 431

Zare, R. N. Zimnoch, F. S. 133 134 445 528

Zauli, C. Zitzewitz, P. W.

372 935

Zhitnik, I. A. Zollweg, R. J. 948 1252

Ziko, A. O. Zschimmer, M. 1097A 1028A

Zimmermann. D. zu Putlitz, G.

251 721 . 31 218 752 1 140 1004

A

1044

A

Zimmermann, G. Zvereva, L. I. 465 60

102
FORM NBS-114A (1-71) U.S. DEPT. OF COMM. 1. PUBLICATION OR REPORT NO. 2. Gov't Accession

BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA j^g sp_363

No.

3. Recipient's Accession No.

4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE

Bibliography on Atomic Energy Levels and Spectra

July 1968 through June 1971

5. Publication Date June 1972

6. Performing Organization Code ^

7. AUTHOR(S)

Lucy Hagan and W. C. Martin

8. Performing Organization

9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20234

10. Project/Task/Work Unit No. 2320115

11. Contract/Grant No.

12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Address

Same as No* 9*

lo. 1 ype ot l\eport o£ Feriod Covered interim-July

1968 through June I971

14. Sponsoring Agency Code

15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

16. ABSTRACT (A 200-word or less factual summary of most significant information. If document includes a significant

bibliography or literature survey, mention it here.) The bibliography contains approximately 1100 references classified by

subject for individual atoms and atomic ions. A number index identifies the

references. An author index is included. References included contain data

on energy levels, classified lines, wavelengths, Zeeman effect. Stark effect,

hyperfine structure, isotope shift, ionization potentials, or theory which

gives results for specific atoms or atomic ions.

17. KEY WORDS (Alphabetical order, separated by semicolons)

Atomic energy levels; atomic spectra; bibliography; energy levels, atomic;

spectra, atomic; wavelengths, atoms and ions.

18. AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 19. SECURITY CLASS

(THIS REPORT)

21. NO. OF PAGES

ricl UNLIMITED. UNCLASSIFIED

103

1 1 FOR OFFICIAL DISTRIBUTION. DO NOT RELEASE

TO NTIS.

20. SECURITY CLASS

(THIS PAGE)

UNCLASSIFIED

22. Price

$1.00

USCOMM-DC 66244-P71

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1972 O - 456-156
rill
NBS TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

PERIODICALS JOURNAL OF RESEARCH reports National

Bureau of Standards research and development in physics, mathepiatics, chemistry, and engineering.

Comprehensive scientific papers give complete details of the work, including laboratory data, experimental

procedures, and theoretical and mathematical analyses. Illustrated with photographs, drawings, and

charts.

Published in three sections, available separately:

• Physics and Chemistry

Papers of interest primarily to scientists working in these fields. This section covers a broad range of physical and chemical research, with major emphasis

on standards of physical measurement, fundamental

constants, and properties of matter. Issued six times a year. Annual subscription: Domestic, $9.50; $2.25

additional for foreign mailing.

• Mathematical Sciences

Studies and compilations designed mainly for the mathematician and theoretical physicist. Topics in mathematical statistics, theory of experiment design,

numerical analysis, theoretical physics and chemisty, logical design and programming of computers

and computer systems. Short numerical tables. Issued

quarterly. Annual subscription: Domestic, $5.00;

$1.25 additional for foreign mailing.

• Engineering and Instrumentation

Reporting results of interest chiefly to the" engineer

and the applied scientist. This section includes many

of the new developments in instrumentation resulting

from the Bureau's work in physical measurement,

data processing, and development of test methods.

It will also cover some of the work in acoustics,

applied mechanics, building research, and cryogenic

engineering. Issued quarterly. Annual subscription

Domestic, $5.00; $1.25 additional for foreign mailing.

TECHNICAL NEWS BULLETIN

The best single source of information concerning the Bureau's research, developmental, cooperative, and

publication activities, this monthly publication is designed for the industry-oriented individual whose

daily work involves intimate contact with science and

technology

for engineers, chemists, physicists, re- search managers, product-development managers, and

company executives. Annual subscription: Domestic,

$3.00; $1.00 additional for foreign mailing.

Order NBS publications from:

NONPERIODICALS

Applied Mathematics Series. Mathematical tables, manuals, and studies.

Building Science Series. Research results, test methods, and performance criteria of building materials, components, systems, and structures.

Handbooks. Recommended codes of engineering

and industrial practice (including safety codes) de- veloped in cooperation with interested industries,

professional organizations, and regulatory bodies.

Special Publications. Proceedings of NBS conferences, bibliographies, annual reports, wall charts,

pamphlets, etc.

Monographs. Major contributions to the technical

literature on various subjects related to the Bureau's

scientific and technical activities.

National Standard Reference Data Series.

NSRDS provides quantitative data on the physical

and chemical properties of materials, compiled from

the world's literature and critically evaluated.

Product Standards. Provide requirements for sizes, types, quality, and methods for testing various industrial products. These standards are developed co- operatively with interested Government and industry

groups and provide the basis for common understanding of product characteristics for both buyers and

sellers. Their use is voluntary.

Technical Notes. This series consists of communications and reports (covering both other agency and

NBS-sponsored work) of limited or transitory interest.

Federal Information Processing Standards

Publications. This series is the official publication

within the Federal Government for information on

standards adopted and promulgated under the Public

Law 89-306, and Bureau of the Budget Circular A-86

entitled. Standardization of Data Elements and Codes

in Data Systems.

Consumer Information Series. Practical information, based on NBS research and experience, covering

areas of interest to the consumer. Easily understandable language and illustrations provide useful background knowledge for shopping in today's technological marketplace.

NBS Special Publication 305, Supplement 1, Publications of the NBS, 1968-1969. When ordering, include Catalog No. CI 3. 10: 305. Price $4.50;

$1.25 additional for foreign mailing.

Superintendent of Documents

Government Printing Office

Washington, D.C. 20402
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Bureau of Standards

Washington, D.C. 20234

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

Penalty for Private Use. S300

POSTAGE AND FEES PAID

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

215